Listener Question: “Why Isn’t Anyone Signing Up For My Freebie?”

Listener Question: “Why Isn’t Anyone Signing Up For My Freebie?”

Struggling to grow your email list despite offering valuable freebies? You’re not alone! Today, we discuss the complexities of enticing people to sign up for your list and the art of creating irresistible freebies. We delve into the nitty-gritty of the process, discussing what it takes to get your freebie in front of the right eyes, and how to keep it there.

But creating a compelling freebie is only half the battle. Promotion is key, and this episode reveals the magic formula of repetition and engagement. Discover surprising facts about how your social media followers interact with your posts and the number of times you need to expose them to your freebie before they take action. Learn how to keep your posts engaging, how to manage expectations, and how to talk about your freebie in a way that resonates with your audience.

Lastly, we tackle the challenge of crafting messaging that aligns with your ideal client. Uncover the right words to connect with your audience and improve your messaging to make it more effective. If you’ve ever wanted to create a business that reflects your personality, you’re in luck! We share a simple quiz that can help you discover your flow business personality type, allowing you to build a business that you absolutely love. Tune in as we unwrap the secrets to building an email list that converts.

Remember: Growing an email list can seem daunting, but with the right strategies and a little patience, success is within your grasp. Don’t miss out on this insightful episode!

“It takes time to build a business… it takes time to grow it all and knowing that, give yourself the space and time to make it happen.” – Shawn Mynar

“Shift your messaging to be in alignment with what your dream clients need to hear.” – Shawn Mynar

“It’s just really remembering to be patient, to give yourself time, to be persistent, to be consistent and to use this momentum that you’re building.” – Shawn Mynar

Messaging Episodes:
Ep. 176 – The #1 Thing You Need To Change To Make More Sales
Ep. 186 – Do You Have Magnetic Messaging?

Sign up for the Signature Program Bundle
Check out the Messaging Magic Masterclass 

+++

Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!

Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!

Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR

Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM

+++

Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support. 🙏

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

Speaker 1: 0:13

Hey, hey there, friends, Welcome back to the Flow Business Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host, and this is your place to build a business that excites you,not overwhelms you. And today we are doing another listener question episode, another question that was submitted a few weeks ago when I kind of put the call out to everyone for things they wanted to discuss on the show. And so we’re going to dive into the world of email lists and freebies and getting people on your email list by way of your freebie and why it may not be happening. But first, before we get into it, guess what? This is the last new episode of the Flow Business Podcast for 2023. I cannot believe that. That is absolute craziness. That is already the end of the year, because it feels like it was just the beginning of the year, but it’s true. So I’m going to be taking a break, as I always do this time of year, for a few reasons. First of all, to give myself and my podcast producer, chris, some time off from the podcast, and just around the holidays it’s always a nice thing to do is have a little more space and time to be with your family and travel and celebrate and relax and all that good stuff. So a little bit because of that and also because I guess this kind of goes against what I just said, which is that I am going into a hibernate and create mode, as I am calling it. I also do this every year around this time something about the turn of the season and it getting colder and darker and spending more time inside way more time inside than I do in the summer, obviously and with that I usually get into this very creative space and I start creating. And when I start creating, usually that is for my business, which is the case right now. So giving myself the time and space to do that, so that I have some new offerings and new things coming out into the world at the beginning of the year. So that is what will be going on behind the scenes. During my time away from the podcast, however, I will be pulling the top episodes of the show from the past two years, so we’re going way back in the archives to find the very best episodes of the show to play for the next five weeks every Wednesday, as always in place of a new episode. So these are really fun. They are determined to be the best by you. I go by the number of downloads for that episode. Also, if there’s been a lot of feedback or comments on episodes, I always take that to mean it was a best of episode. So those are the ones that are going to be coming out for the next five weeks as we go through the holiday season and the end of the year, and then I’ll be back, of course, in January 2024 with new episodes for you Now, what I’m working on behind the scenes in my hibernate and create mode, and if you want to continue to hear about what I’m doing behind the scenes, how it’s going, what’s coming up, I am still going to be all over the Instagrams so you can head to at Shawn Minor and check out my stories and that kind of stuff. I’ll be sharing what’s going on behind the scenes as I work on this. But I have taken this what I thought was going to be this tiny little addition to the Signature Program Bundle, and it is becoming this massive, giant thing. So big, big, huge updates and additions coming to the Signature Program Bundle, even just some kind of reconfiguration of the entire thing. But my overall goal, what I am in the process of doing right now, is turning the Signature Program Bundle into an entire full on business system for the introverts and the low key coaches and practitioners of the world. So specifically for those people who want and need a more low key, more simplified, more laid back kind of business system. So that’s what’s going on, that’s what I’m working on. As I mentioned, this is part of the Signature Program Bundle. So and I thought it was just going to be like I said this simple little thing I was tacking on, but it is snowballing rapidly. But everyone who is a member of the Signature Program Bundle so anyone who has purchased the Signature Program Bundle in the past what three and a half years that it has been a thing, three years that it has been a thing will get access to this new addition, update, improvement, reconfiguration thing, potentially in December, if not definitely in January. And when I do that, as part of this whole upgrade, I will be closing the doors of the bundle to make these changes and updates and all that stuff, and then and I’m not saying this to be remotely gimmicky or marketing-y or sales-y or any of this, but I just want to let you know. So I’m just telling you when the doors open because of this massive thing that I’m adding, it will be at a higher price point. It will be a larger investment to get into the Signature Program Bundle. So if you have been wanting to be a part of that, if it’s been on your radar and you’ve just kind of been waiting for a better time or the right time, this may be the time. If it is something that is available to you and it’s something that you want, you may want to get in on the bundle before those doors close, as I said in December, while I make these changes to it, and you will get access to everything all the updates, all the additions. From the moment you become a member, you are always a member, so as things continue to change and evolve, you will get access to all of that. So just wanted to put that out there, because what I don’t want is someone waiting for a better time or to be ready or for everything to be perfect and then to go and realize that the investment has changed. So this right now is the official announcement that that is going to happen and if you want to get in on the Signature Program Bundle before it does, it is open to everyone Right now until the doors close for this renovation that, like I said, will be happening in December, so you have a few more weeks to get in on that before that happens and then also get access to all of the upgrades that will be coming with this new price point when the doors reopen. Alright, now that we have all the updates out of the way, let’s get into today’s question from Krista. Hey, Shawn, thanks for taking our questions. I have a dormant email list of about 50 people right now, but I’m committed to building that up and staying in contact with them for the long haul, now that I am going to have my signature program to offer them. I just created a freebie that I’m really proud of and am excited to share, but I’m not getting a very many signups. I’ve had seven people sign up in the past three weeks. I know it’s a valuable freebie for my audience, so what am I doing wrong? Thank you for any insight you have. Thanks for the question, krista. It’s a great one, and please know that you are not alone in this. I get this question a lot. In fact, I had picked this question out and was kind of getting prepped for this episode and then had to not had to got to be on a coaching call with the Signature Program Bundle members and this question almost to the T came up in that call as well and just the overall challenge of getting people on your email list. So getting people interested in your freebie and getting them to the point where they’re signing up and getting on to your list. So this is super common and very weird to say, but one of my favorite topics to discuss. So that’s what we’re going to do today. I have some reasons why you may not be getting the number of subscribers that you want and some things that you can work on and tweak and fix to get you there. But I think I want to start the conversation before we even get into any of that, talking about expectations and making sure that your expectations are in alignment with your current situation. What is currently going on in your business with your audience, the size of your audience, how engaged they are. There’s just a lot of considerations with where your business is at right now, where your audience is at right now, and what kind of feedback, what kind of engagement, what kind of interest you’re going to get in your freebie. So setting those expectations and being realistic with your expectations and I hate using the word realistic, because I want you to dream big and go big and make it happen, but at the same time, there are just like these data driven analytics, that we really can’t get past. Like you’re not going to have 100% of your Instagram followers sign up for your freebie. I mean, we know that what 5, 10% at most of our Instagram followers even see any of our stuff. So then take into account that and what kind of the algorithm does with your content. And then, of the amount of people that do see it, a small percentage of those people take action on that post the first time they see it. There’s just a lot of factors that are completely outside of your control that will really help to shape your expectations on your freebie and set them into a realistic place where you will maybe end up feeling more confident and more excited about the number of subscribers you are having when you look at the numbers a little more objectively and just from this like very analytical data standpoint. So that’s one thing I just want to point out to everyone, and Krista didn’t say how she got the seven people to sign up, where she’s sharing it. I’m just assuming it’s social media, because I know that’s where a lot of you are turning to to get your email subscribers, which is excellent, great. Please do that, absolutely. So I’m just kind of coming at this from that standpoint. But just remember, you’re working with an algorithm. You’re working with an audience that may or may not be engaged in your content If you haven’t been posting for a really long time. I know you mentioned that you had kind of ghosted the people on your email list. Currently, if you did the same thing with your social media account, it’s going to take a while to get those people warmed back up and interested in what you are offering, to be able to go grab your freebie and even see your posts. So there’s just a little bit of a process here to consider and very clearly show you that it’s not as black and white as hey. I posted about my freebie and no one signed up, or I didn’t get as many people to sign up as I wanted or as I thought, and now I don’t know what to do. That is very black and white and this is anything but so. That’s the first thing I wanted to talk about managing the expectations of your freebie and your email list and everything coming together as quickly as you probably want it to. I think we are very much. Also. It’s just the way that our world is working these days and we’ll only continue to get more and more. So is this place of immediate gratification and thinking hey, I just created I spent like weeks creating this amazing freebie. Everyone is going to love it. I know it’s what my clients need and I also know it’s what my business needs in order to get me where I want to go. And so we put a lot of pressure on that and we really want it to happen as quickly as possible, because as soon as people start signing up for that freebie, well then, that means that you can start selling things. You have an audience of warm people who can now take part in your paid offer. So then you’re making money and your business is growing and everything that you want is happening. So just a lot of pressure on that freebie and getting people to sign up for it and wanting that to happen as soon as possible, because you want to be making money as soon as possible, you want your business to be growing as soon as possible. That is all valid, that is normal to one pad. But again, the expectation of what is currently your reality, what is currently going on in your audience, what is currently going on in your business, what has been going on in your business over the past year, how you have or have not been showing up and taking all of that into account and being super real with yourself and also with this. Again, I’m going on a tangent here, but just roll with. It is time, time, time, time. It takes time to build a business, it takes time to build an email list, it takes time to grow it all. And knowing that and giving yourself the space and time to make it happen and if it’s been three weeks and only seven people have signed up, guess what? That is, seven people that have signed up and said, yes, I’m interested in what you do, I need your help, I am your person. That is amazing. And so, instead of it being like it’s not enough, what if you could just give yourself the space of it is growing? I am doing it. I have seven more people interested than I did three weeks ago and I’m giving myself the time and space to continue building this momentum. This is the start of your business momentum and it will only keep growing and growing and growing as long as you keep feeding, and feeding and feeding the momentum. If you stop, obviously the momentum stops. But as long as you keep giving yourself the time to make it happen, it will keep happening. But very rarely does it all just like come in at once. Very rarely is there an overnight success, and even by overnight success do I mean even like three months, six months a year. Most people that you talk to that have a business like you want to have. It took them years and they just kept working with that momentum and they gave themselves the time to work with that momentum. That is exactly what I did. I think most of you know by now, unless you’re new to the show and if so, welcome. But I struggled in my business for three and a half years and then the momentum really started to kick in. But for three and a half years I was barely making ends meet. I was really struggling and that was me working on my business full time. That was my only thing. I think that that’s a pretty common place to be for people who have successful businesses today. Now, for me, a decade later, those first few years were a struggle and they had to keep working with the momentum they were building, giving yourself also the pep talk about being in it for the long haul and doing this for the long haul and being willing for it to take time and space and energy to get it where you want it to go, and using that momentum to help you. Also, one more thing before we get into what I actually want to talk about today. One more thing is now. Christa has 57 people on her email list. That is plenty of people in your audience for you to host a launch for your signature program. You don’t need to wait any longer to go through that first beta launch. You can do so with the audience you currently have. If you’re ready to go, then do it. If you still need some time to create your launch material and get that all prepped and ready, then continue to promote your freebie while you’re working on that and then switch over to your launch and you’ll have an even bigger audience when you’re ready. Now let’s actually talk about promoting your freebie and getting people on your email list. These are, I would say, the three most common by far things that I see people doing and or not doing to promote their freebie. This is the top three. Of course, there are other reasons, but we’re just going to go over these because I can guarantee at least one of these is going on for Christa and probably for you too. If you’re struggling to promote your freebie, the first one is the easiest one to fix. Let’s start easy. That is that you’re just not talking about it enough. The amount of people I see who have these amazing freebies and they’re barely talking about them is almost 100%. It is a pretty across-the-board thing where you think that you’re being annoying if you talk about your freebie more or, like I already posted about it once this week, no one signed up. It’s doomed kind of thing, whereas your audience doesn’t even know it exists still, even though you posted about it. First of all, like I already mentioned in this episode, the amount of people on your social media who follow you on social media who don’t see your post is the majority of your followers, so you can pretty much bet that most of your followers aren’t seeing your posts. Most of your followers aren’t checking your stories, so most of your followers don’t even know that this freebie exists still. Yes, it’s true, and not only that, but some people will see one post and not see the other. Some people won’t see this post but then see that post. Different people see different posts, so that’s another reason why it is not annoying to be talking about your freebie a lot. And then, on top of that, you are not the only person they follow. They follow a lot of other people. They are seeing a lot of other posts Every single time they are logging on to Instagram or Facebook or LinkedIn or whatever you’re using as your social media platform, they are bombarded with content, so much so that most of it they just scroll by without really ever registering or engaging what that post was, and they just scroll, scroll, scroll and find the things that catch their attention and then close the app and that’s it. So there are also just you’re competing, I guess you could say, with a lot of other content and not everything is going to even register with the people that do see your post. And then, on top of all of that, it takes people an average of seven times to see something before they take action on it. And I think this was actually a study that was done pretty long ago, like probably decades ago, where they found that seven rule of engagement, but I believe now it is even more like more like nine or 10 because of the amount of content that we are being shown every single day, every moment of every day, which is obviously a lot different than it was 20 years ago. So that has changed. It takes people multiple, multiple times to see something, even if they’re interested in it, and take action on it. So all of that means that you posting about your freebie once, twice, twice, three times, five times, 10 times, is not enough. It is not enough. So, just as much as you need to have your some grace around the time it’s going to take, you need to also get real about the amount of repetition it is going to take to get people to sign up for your freebie. Even if they’re interested, even if it’s something that sounds appealing to them, even if it’s right for them, they still, even subconsciously, will be like oh, I’ll go back to that later, I know that that’s there. And then they won’t, because they’re not going to remember that unless you remind them over and over and over again. So that is on you, that is your job, to remind them of your freebie. So, as an example for me, right now I am doing the absolute bare minimum I will ever do, because I’m kind of in this quote unquote off season for my business and for things I’m selling and promoting and building things up. I’m in a little bit of a break right now. So the absolute least I will ever do is what I’m doing right now, and that is at least one post on my Instagram feed every week will direct people to my freebie, which is a masterclass, and that happens whether that’s the only post I post that week or I post three or four times and I have the one that is about my masterclass. That happens no matter what. So this week where I’m recording, I only posted twice this week on my feed and one of those was about my masterclass, and that happens no matter what, every single week and has four years. And then, when I’m in a more like promotional period of my business, in a little bit of a higher season, that will bump up to twice or three times on my feed and then on stories, at this kind of off season that I’m in right now, at minimum every single week, posting one like series of stories. I always do more than one. I kind of break it up into several slides and just get people interested and intrigued to then move through, kind of like a story or a process and then end with a slide of a link to the freebie. So I always have one series of slides per week, every single week, no matter what, and then, once I’m in this higher season, that will change to three or four times a week during that higher season to get people interested in my freebie. And then not only that, but how I am posting about it changes every week too Because, like I said, some people will be interested in this post but not in that post, like they won’t even connect or engage with something like this, but they would with something like this. Or they don’t watch videos but they do love carousels or whatever it is. So being able to kind of use different tools within your platform of choice to keep it engaging, to get new people interested, to keep it unique and have it really work into your post, like not just like here’s this freebie, go get it, but have it really work into the story you’re sharing or the tips you’re sharing or kind of the before and after or whatever kind of posts you’re doing and how that can then move into your freebie. So switching up how you’re sharing about your freebie is important as well. So simply just talking about it more, posting about it more, talking about it with your network more your friends, your family, your coworkers, whoever it is just getting the word out there more about this freebie. I would say to make the goal minimum at least once a week that you are talking about your freebie and if you’re feeling some resistance to doing that, if you’re having some stories come up, if you’re making excuses for yourself, whatever it is, I would love for you to do some kind of internal digging and find out what’s really going on with that. What is it that is stopping you? What stories are you telling yourself? What meaning have you placed on promoting your work? No-transcript, because let me just remind you that this is free. You are literally giving someone something of value for free. You’re gifting your clients something, so why would we hide that? Why wouldn’t we be shouting about that from the rooftops over and over and over again, like, hey, I have this free thing that is definitely going to help you here. Take it. I’m not asking for anything else, but your email address. Take it, have fun with it, roll with it. It’s going to help you so much. Why do we have resistance to doing that? It is something about you promoting your work and being in this promo mode. I think that is really powerful. I think there’s a lot of stories behind that that you can uncover and potentially work through and really be able to share your work with the world confidently, in a way that you need to in order to get the growth that you are seeking. And now, with your freebie, is the time to do that work. Because guess what, if you’re struggling to promote your freebie, it is going to be 10 times worse when it comes time to promote your paid offer. So if you’re coming up to some resistance or feeling some blocks when it comes to self-promotion, then do the work now. Figure that out now, see if you can release some of that now, because it is going to be so, so helpful when it comes time to promote something where people actually pay you for your work. So let’s do that work now. Okay, moving on. Number two, when you do talk about it, your messaging is off and or non-existent. Of course, we knew it would come back to the discussion of messaging, because doesn’t everything. Are we starting to realize how important this is now? For those that are not familiar, let me kind of break it down for you what I mean here when I say messaging and how this is known in the business world. Messaging is the words you use to connect with and communicate with your audience, and there’s one word in there that is super duper important and that is connect. Using words that connect with your audience, which guess what? Those words are probably not the words that are in your brain right now, that you want to write, that you want to say, that you want to put in your social media posts. It is coming at your marketing from their perspective, from the perspective of your dream client, and using their words, not yours. Using their words to describe their problem. Using their words to describe their ultimate solution, their ultimate dream. Using their words to describe their struggle. Using their words to describe what they need, which, like I said, is probably not what you want to go to as the professional. So it is figuring out their words and what resonates with them, and that is especially important when it comes time to obviously promote anything, but we’re talking about the freebie today. So, when it comes time to promote your freebie, and even more so if you are using social media to promote that freebie because, as I’ve already said, the amount of content that someone is consuming every single time they log into their account. Their social media account is so ginormous that we are filtering out like 99% of it. So it has to be something that gets their attention, that stops the scroll, as it’s known in the IG world, that stops the scroll, that gets them to pay attention and take notice and read your caption and take a look at your carousel or whatever it is. It has to be something that resonates with them and if you, if your messaging is off, if you haven’t done that work yet, then it’s not going to resonate. So you can post about it every single day and your audience will completely gloss over and not even it won’t even register. It will be completely filtered out and then, like I said, they won’t even know that freebie exists, even though you’ve been posting about it every day, because they are scrolling right past it. They’re scrolling past it, they are not engaging because it is not resonating with them. So we have to get to a point with our messaging for your freebie and for anything else you do paid offers, all of the things, everything messaging is so vital to getting it out into the world, to stopping the scroll, to getting them to pay attention to the point where they’re saying I need this, this can help me, this is for me. I’ve got to sign up. You have to get them to that point and, quite honestly, a lot of the messaging that I see not even from my clients, but just in the general world of everyone is not there. It’s not doing that. So we’ve really got to spend the time to dial in your messaging. We want to speak to their problems in this very real, specific way, like very tangible. I feel this kind of way, like this is me. That’s what we want them to say. This is me Speaking to their desires in a very real, specific way where they say I want this, I want this so badly. I’ve got to sign up for this. Speaking to their goals, their dreams, their hopes, their struggles, their challenges, all the things that are going on for your dream client right now, getting into their head and figuring out what they need to hear, to stop the scroll, to pay attention and to take the action you want them to take. So, for example, a freebie with probably not that great of messaging is going to sound something like hey, I have this awesome guide. It will totally help you eat better. It is 15 pages long, it has six recipes and 10 tips, and it even has a dessert recipe and it’s free. Go grab it. That is messaging that could use some work. But what if you turned it into something like hey, do you ever find yourself standing in front of the fridge staring at all of the food that you just got from the grocery store, but having no idea what to eat? You wanna eat healthy, so you filled your fridge with all of this fresh food, but it’s so different from the box and canned goods you’re used to eating that you have no idea where to start. Let me help you. I have a free guide available right now with six different recipes you can use for every meal of the week, so you don’t have to worry about what to feed yourself or your family this week while you stay healthy and eat those fresh food sitting in your fridge. Grab the guide here. It’s a little better right. I totally did that off of the top of my head. I did not even have that written down in my notes, but I feel like that is a problem that a lot of people have who are new to eating fresh foods is like they buy all of these vegetables and fruits and then have no idea what to do with them besides like steam them, and that’s really gross. So you can really speak to that and give them a way out, give them the opportunity for a solution. How cool is that? That was literally just me speaking to a problem and offering the solution within the freebie. That’s all, that’s all it takes. And that catches people’s attention because they say, oh, my gosh, yes, I do. Stand in front of my fridge looking at all the vegetables I just bought. How cool is that? It’s that easy. So that is messaging. That is shifting your messaging to be in alignment with what your dream clients need to hear. I’ve done a lot of other episodes on messaging specifically on this podcast, so I will link to those episodes in the show notes. If this is something that is still new to you, if you’re still trying to figure this out, if this is the first time you’ve ever even heard anyone talk about messaging for your business, then make sure you check out those episodes that I’ll link. And also I have the messaging magic masterclass available on my website. That is the best. I just love, love, love what is in there that will help you so much to craft your specific messaging and then infuse it in every area of your business. So you can check that out over at www.shawnmynar.com slash magic. And then the third and final thing that I wanna talk about when it comes to your freebie and why it may not be as successful as you would have thought or liked or hoped, and that is that it’s not what people want, need and are willing to pay for and yes, it is a freebie. Yes, I just talked about how you’re just gifting this thing away. However, they do have to enter in their email address, which I think we all are pretty protective of these days with the amount of emails we get. So there is still that exchange and you wanna make sure that your people understand the value of that exchange. So there is the possibility that your freebie is not what people want, need and are willing to give you their email address. In this case, I do think this is by far the least common option. I really don’t think that for most of you, it is not a case that you need a better freebie. I really don’t and I don’t want you to go down that route until you’ve tried the other two we’ve just talked about for a while. So you post way more often about the freebie you currently have. With better messaging, then if you’re still not getting signups, then it’s time to really think about your freebie and see if you can create something a little more enticing. But, like I said, I really don’t think that this is the case for a lot of you. What I see sometimes, though, is that people will create just like the first thing that comes to mind, or like the most obvious thing, or they will create a freebie without really considering the rest of their business, and then it just really is out of alignment with what they actually end up doing or who they actually end up helping. So I do think it really helps to know your paid offer and your whole business system first and then build your freebie based on that. So it’ll be very specific to your paid offer, which means then the people that are coming onto your email list are in alignment with your paid offer, like the perfect candidate to then move on into the next step with you. So definitely get clear on your paid offer first and then move in to creating your freebie, and, of course, if that changes, that’s fine. If you create more than one freebie I mean you probably will. That’s also fine, but still I want to make sure that you are testing out these other two options first before you decide that your freebie isn’t the right freebie for your audience. So try some other things. First, make sure your messaging is on point and then use that messaging to talk about your freebie a lot and see what happens. So those are my big three things to consider to start with. Obviously, the first two are like 95% of it, so really start there and kind of swinging it back around to the beginning of the episode to wrap this up. It’s just really really remembering to be patient, to give yourself time, to be persistent, to be consistent and to use this momentum that you’re building. So in Christos case, having seven people sign up in three weeks is actually a really good sign and is really great momentum to keep moving forward and to work on your messaging and to post and share about it more, and post and share about it in different ways and see what works and what doesn’t, and just stay with that consistency and you will see that the snowball does actually form. And as much as I would love for all of you to have businesses where you can post about something once and like hundreds of people come flocking onto your email list and into your paid offer and all of that. That will happen eventually, but it probably isn’t going to happen overnight or even in the next six months, and maybe not even in the next year. But that doesn’t mean that what you’re doing now isn’t working, isn’t worth, it is taking too long, doesn’t matter. Whatever you wanna tell yourself, it’s just not true. It’s all part of the process. It’s all part of the bigger picture. So let’s move away from this want or need for instant gratification and move into this place with realistic expectations and giving yourself time and knowing that you are in the process of building momentum. And when that momentum is built, it will continue to make it easier and easier and easier as you go. But you’ve gotta get that momentum started and then you’ve gotta keep it moving, keep it going, keep feeding it as you go. All right, I will end with that. I hope you all have an amazing holiday season. I hope you take the time to connect with your loved ones, establish boundaries for your time and space and energy, take some time to rest and relax and rejuvenate and just be merry. Be well and I will see you in 2024, and if you wanna stay in touch in the meantime, please head over to Shawn Mynar on Instagram and we can connect there. All right, friends, until next time, take care, hey, wait up before you go. Do you wanna know the biggest reason why your business may not flow? Because it’s not in alignment with your personality type. Building the right business for you means knowing your strengths, weaknesses, energetic expression and what’s most important to you, so you can build your business accordingly. Before you spend one more minute working on your business, let’s make sure it’s the right business for you. I’ve created a fun two-minute quiz to discover your flow business personality type. With the results of this quiz, you’ll know exactly what to prioritize in your business so you can feel confident knowing you’re building a business you love. Head over to Shawnmynar.com/quiz right now to find out your flow business personality type and once you find that out, hop over to Instagram and let me know what you discover. Again, that’s Shawnmynar.com/quiz. As always, the link is in the show notes.

Listener Question: “Why Isn’t Anyone Signing Up For My Freebie?”

Listener Question: “Why Can’t I Stick To My Business-Building Plan?”

Ever struggled with turning your business ideas into actions? You’re not alone. The roadblock might be rooted in self-doubt and the comfort of staying exactly where you are. We unpack these stumbling blocks and shine a light on why diligently following a business plan can sometimes feel like a Herculean task. It’s not just about wanting your goals bad enough; it’s about your commitment to the journey that takes you there.

Next, we delve into the potentially harmful workings of self-doubt, and its knack for breeding procrastination and inaction. But don’t worry! We’re on hand with effective strategies to break this cycle. Lastly, we introduce an exciting concept – the Flow Business Personality Type. Imagine a business plan customized to your strengths, weaknesses, and core values. Sounds great, right? Take our quick quiz and discover how understanding your unique business personality can lead you towards creating a business you’ll love. So, ready to overcome these barriers and propel your business to new heights? Join us on this enlightening episode!

“’Do you want it bad enough?’ Ask yourself that question and be open to the answer, it might be no, and that is a really awesome thing to know about yourself too.” – Shawn Mynar

“You get to decide what stories you tell yourself, what stories you believe, what stories you keep in, what stories you want to take out and remove forever. You have the power over that.” – 
Shawn Mynar

“Do it anyway. Nothing will make that block go away faster than to push through it and take action anyway.” – 
Shawn Mynar

+++

Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!

Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!

Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR

Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM

+++

Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support. 🙏

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

Hey, hey there, friends, Welcome back to the Flow Business Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host, and this is your place to build a business that is fun, feels good and flows with you. Today I’m answering a listener question that came in last week. If you get my emails, then you know that last week I sent out kind of at the end of the email I sent out a request for questions and topics that you would like to be covered on the show, and so we’re going to be working through some of those over the next couple of weeks, Super excited for that Great question. Thank you to everyone who submitted a question, and if you have one and you didn’t get a chance to submit that question, then the best place to do that anytime always is over on my Instagram at Shawn Mynar is where you can find me there. Just send me a DM and let me know your question. I’ll let you know if it’s a good idea for the show, if it’s just something that we want to talk about over the DMs or whatever. So send anything and everything there and we can chat. So this question comes from Mara. I’ve been listening to your podcast for several months and am loving it. I feel like I’ve done some really great work around figuring out what I want my business to look like, what’s important to me and my why for wanting to transition full time to my business. I’ve even created an action plan of what I need to do to get there in the next six months, but I still find myself not doing it. Why can’t I stick to my plan, even when I really really want it? Oh, this is so good and I know that a lot of you can relate to Mara, and that is why I wanted to bring this question to the show this week, and you know the answer to this question. I mean, there’s so many possibilities, there are so many reasons why you’re not sticking to your business building plan, even when it’s something you really really want. I do want to kind of hone in on one potential option when it comes to kind of this inaction, this place of inaction, because I know Mara a little bit and I think this might be the answer for her. But, yes, there are a lot of other possibilities, and so I want to kind of quickly go over some of these options for you, If this is something that you can relate to, and so you can maybe figure out what’s at the root of this inaction or inability to stick to the plan? First of all, it could be because you’re comfortable where you are and really what this is deep down is that it’s just not painful enough to change. So we all know that change is uncomfortable. It can be scary at times, it can be overwhelming. There’s a lot to do, there’s a lot to think about, there are a lot of decisions, there’s a lot of emotion, there’s just a lot going on, particularly when you’re trying to build a business and then when you and from I can tell you because of what I know from Mara she already has a small business going but it’s kind of on the back burner because she still has a full-time job but she wants to take her business full-time in the next six months according to this plan. So in this kind of scenario, or if you are building a business from scratch right now, you know there’s a lot to do, there’s a lot to feel, there’s a lot going on and that can feel I mean this isn’t the best word, but I’m going to use it that can feel painful, more painful than it is to just stay where you are, do what you’re doing and kind of be in your comfort zone, which we talk about a lot here on the show, so it’s more comfortable where you are. Even though, yes, you want this business, even though, yes, you don’t love what you’re doing, or you want to make more money or you want more free time all these things you want it’s still not painful enough, where you’re at, to move, to change, to try the new thing, to make all of these things happen, to get your business going. So that’s one option. For some people it could be because you don’t want it bad enough. The idea of it is exciting, but then actually doing it is another story which kind of goes along with. It’s not painful enough to change in a way. But this is just like yeah, you hear all these people talking about having these businesses and how much freedom they have and flexibility and get to do all these things and they make all this money and they get to work in their pajamas all day and all these things, which is true. That is what they’re doing. That’s what a lot of people are doing these days. That is a very real way that you can have a business and make money and have a career, and so you see that and it looks appealing. So it’s like, yeah, that is great, that is exciting, I do want that. But then, when it comes time to actually do the things that are required to get there, you don’t want it bad enough. And I think that’s a really important question to ask yourself if you are kind of stuck in this place of inaction Mara included is do you want it bad enough? So Mara says I really, really want it. I really want to get out of my full time job in the next six months. That’s what she said in her question. So I’m assuming yes, she does really, really want it. But that is what you need to figure out too. Do you like the idea of it? Does it look exciting? Are you kind of like taking in what you’re seeing from other people and kind of surface level thinking that’s what you want? But then when you really really get to brass tacks here and really think about it, is it what you really want? Are you really truly committed to that? Because, yes, it’s work, it’s effort, it’s decisions, it’s fear, it’s emotion, it’s all that stuff to get you there. Do you want it bad enough? So ask yourself that question and be open to the answer. It might be no, and that is a really awesome thing for you to know about yourself too. That will take so much confusion, potentially, or disappointment or just all of these emotions you may be having of thinking you want this thing but then not doing anything to get there can really get you into this kind of emotional spiral. But if you just realize and recognize that maybe it’s not what you really truly want, then that’s a good thing to know about yourself too. Other possibilities it could be just because you’re not prioritizing it. It hasn’t made its way onto your priority to do list yet. It still is very much second nature to kind of do the things you’re used to doing in your everyday life and those are the things that take priority. And you just kind of have to wiggle in the business aspect of things in your priority list, your business building plan, into that, which then legitimately just takes you getting out your calendar, getting out your planner and if you don’t have one, get started now and put time to work on your business, to work on this plan, into your everyday life. That is really the only way it’s going to get done for anyone, including myself. This is my full-time job and I still have my Asana filled with all the things I have to do for that day, and if it’s not filled, trust me, I can find all kinds of other things to do. It is the only reason I know what I’m doing in my business that day is because I planned for it. I put it in my planner. It could be because you’re legit busy and you don’t have the time right now. That is a valid reason. If it’s just not the right time to work on this business building plan of yours, that is okay. That happens. That is life. We have busy seasons and hopefully a little less busy seasons, although I think those are becoming shorter and shorter. But this is still kind of this place where, first of all, going back to some of the other things we’ve talked about, making sure this is really truly what you want, like you want it bad enough, and it’s not just the idea of it that is exciting, but it actually doing it is also something you’re willing to do. So make sure that that is the case and then also start putting it in your calendar, even if it’s an hour a week. And if you’re too busy, even do an hour a week right now, that’s okay, but then look to the future, maybe a couple months out, maybe when you know things are changing, like your kids’ schedule changes or it’s less busy at your job at a certain time or whatever it is. Plan ahead and put work on business in your calendar for that time. Otherwise, it is very easy to continue to be in this I’m too busy cycle and it becomes less of a reality and more of an excuse and more of just this way that you’re not prioritizing it, you’re not thinking about it, you have too much to do all the time and you never get to it. So again, planning works really well, even if it’s well ahead of time, even if you are legit too busy right now, understandable. But then find that place where you aren’t busy and even if you are, do you have an hour? Because if you have an hour you can still build a business on an hour a week. You can. Yes, it will take longer. Will it be your full time thing in six months? Maybe, if you have an hour a week? Let’s see. That’s like 24 hours? Probably not, but maybe in a year if you have just one hour a week. So let’s make sure we’re using busy as a reality and not an excuse, and see when you have a bit of time coming up in the future where you can put business building on the calendar. Now let’s get to the main reason I want to talk about today, Because I think this is like I said. I think, knowing a little bit about Mars’ background, I think this may be what’s going on for her and maybe for a lot of you, and that is that you’re talking yourself out of it. Now, this may be subconscious, so you may say, no, I definitely want this, I really really want it. I’ve created this plan, I have this vision. I know exactly what I want it to look and feel like I’ve done all this work, like Mara said. But subconsciously you’re still talking yourself out of it and that is typically in a big part because you don’t truly believe it’s possible for you. So, AKA a lack of self-belief, AKA self-doubt. So you’re doubting yourself, you’re doubting your abilities, you’re doubting your business, you’re doubting that it could be your reality, that you really could have this thing be your full-time thing in the next six months. In Mara’s case, you don’t truly believe that is possible for you. So the definition of self-doubt is lack of confidence in oneself and one’s abilities. So you don’t believe you can actually build it. You don’t believe you’re capable of making it work. You don’t believe people will want it, will want to work with you. You don’t believe you can make money doing it. You don’t believe you can help people. You don’t believe you’re smart enough to run a business. You don’t believe that kind of money is possible for you. You don’t believe you can make money without sacrifice. You don’t believe you’re organized enough. You don’t believe you’re tech savvy enough. You don’t believe you’re funny or charismatic enough for your audience. You don’t believe it is possible for you. No matter how many other cases, how many other people you see that have done what you want to do, there’s still something about you that makes it not possible for you. So then, when it comes time to work on it, there are suddenly a million other things you need to do. Or your brain stops working and you have this like quote unquote, content creation block, or you legit forget about it. Like, even if it’s in your calendar and you’re planning to work on your business this entire week, you’ve been planning for Saturday afternoon and then you legit forget about it, or you start doing busy work instead of the things that will actually move the needle, you talk yourself out of it. And keep in mind let me remind you again this is all most likely done subconsciously, on a subconscious level. This is not you consciously saying it, although you may kind of notice some actions or thoughts you’re having on a conscious level that are going against this business building plan. But so much of this is done subconsciously. And so there you are, in Mara’s case, not sticking to this awesome plan that you had for your business, not meeting that six month goal that you set for yourself, not staying in an alignment with what you want, and the cycle continues over and over and over again. And you will never break the cycle until you actually come face to face with this idea that you are talking yourself out of it because you don’t believe it’s possible for you. You have this self doubt deep within and that means you’re self sabotaging, you’re sabotaging your business, you’re sabotaging your success, you’re sabotaging your dreams, all these things, everything that you’ve planned for, everything that you’ve been wanting and envisioning and really creating this idea of what you want and how you want it to look and how you want it to feel. It’ll never happen because you don’t believe it will happen. So we have to break that cycle. And the very first step to do when you are trying to break this cycle and really any sort of limiting belief, false story, this mental chatter, these things that you’re doing, these blocks that you’re experiencing you’ll know, if you’ve listened to this show for a while, you will know what I’m about to say, because it’s always the first step and that is to bring awareness to it. You have to bring it up from underneath the surface. That’s kind of how I like to think about the subconscious mind and subconscious programming is it’s like underneath the surface and when you bring awareness to it, that brings it into the conscious mind, into your conscious space, and that is kind of bringing it up to the surface, and that’s what we need to do here. So always, it always comes with this need for questions. You just got to start questioning yourself instead of just taking it for what it is you doing what you’re doing and thinking what you’re thinking and acting the way you’re acting and saying what you’re saying, Instead of just doing it on autopilot, start questioning it. So, for example, good question to start with why can’t I stick to my business plan? And you might think, yeah, it’s overwhelming, I don’t have a lot of time right now, I sometimes feel lost on the next steps to take all of these very conscious answers, conscious things that your mind is thinking and you can easily kind of reply back to that question. But what else? You have to keep going. That conscious answer isn’t it, and that’s always where we get stuck. We think that’s just the answer and so like, okay, well, I’m too busy, so all right, I guess, never mind, and that’s not it, there’s something else. There is always something else. So what else is there? Well, I guess maybe I’m a little scared it won’t work. And, just as you can tell, I’m kind of role playing here with myself. Pretend this is Mara saying I’m scared it won’t work. Okay, well, why do you think it wouldn’t work? Because I don’t know if anyone would buy it and I’m not very good at selling or sales, so I don’t know how to get people to buy it. I’m not super tech savvy, so can I even set all of that up? I’ve been really fearful to get going on the tech part of it. So you know, here we go, fake Mara, having this conversation. This is all done with you and your journal. You could have other people in the conversation, kind of asking you questions about some you know your sticking points. That could work too, but you can also do this with yourself in your journal, but then we can see even though that’s still it’s like a one level deeper or a little underneath the surface with those answers. But you can start to see how there is some self doubt going on there where, yeah, she doesn’t feel tech savvy enough, she doesn’t feel comfortable selling and marketing, she doesn’t know if anyone will buy it. Like there’s a lot of stuff coming up that’s a little deeper than just I don’t have time, I’m busy, and so now we can really start to see that, yes, there is some self doubt, there is a lack of belief in oneself. That will continue to feed it over and over and over again. So you constantly stay in this cycle. So just building awareness around it, bringing it to the surface, means that you know so much more about yourself, you have so much more information that you can then do something about and break that cycle. So once you kind of have this conversation with yourself and you go deeper and really figure out what is really going on here, then be compassionate with what comes up. First of all, because there’s a reason that you have this self doubt. You weren’t born with it. You didn’t come out of the womb doubting yourself and your abilities. You picked it up somewhere along the way and then your mind made up this story based on this past experience or experiences, which means it’s a story. It’s not true. It’s just a story and you get to decide what stories you tell yourself, what stories you believe, what stories you want to keep in, what stories you want to take out and remove forever. You have control, you have the power over that. So that’s really where that compassion comes in, and just seeing it as this story that you can absolutely throw in the trash and never look at again, if that’s what you want. So then, in order to do that, of course, you may know again, if you’ve been listening for a while, that my favorite thing to do to kind of stop our limiting beliefs or false stories in their tracks is to prove them wrong. Whatever your story is, I can guarantee you have proof of that not being the case at some point in your life. So when in your life were you able to help someone else? When did you build something great? When did you learn something new, tech wise. When did you attract money without working hard for it? Any story you have, you have proof of the opposite happening in your real life and you just didn’t notice it at the time because it went against your story, so it didn’t really register or resonate to change anything. But now that you have this awareness, now those examples mean something because you can prove that story wrong. That is now brought to the surface. And then my personal favorite, which I always tell you guys and I know it’s harder to do than some of these others, but just seriously works so well, always, always, always works, and that is to do it anyway. Nothing will make that block go away faster than to push through it and take action anyway. So, whatever it is, whatever you’re currently not doing. So in the case of Mara, it’s like she has this whole plan, she knows she really, really wants it. She has this six month goal but isn’t sticking to it, isn’t continuing to do the work to get there. So the first thing in Mara’s case, and maybe yours too, like I’ve already mentioned, put it in your calendar. And this is something I say all the time. But there’s repeating and I will continue to repeat. This is not just something that goes on your calendar is like cool, it’d be great if I did this today. This is like a client appointment. Would you not show up for a paying client? Would you not show up, or would you not go to a session of something that you paid for? Treat it like that. Put it in your calendar and it is something that you cannot miss. It’s something you cannot forget and it’s something that you can’t just keep moving around and never really actually do. Treat it like you are meeting a client on that time, at that day, for that particular period of time, and maybe it would even help if you had a partner that you really were meeting up with to do some work. Now, this can’t be like a date, like a friend date or a partner date, where you’re kind of talking and then sometimes you work or whatever. No, this is like co-working, keeping each other accountable. Let’s get together, not talk, and just work for this amount of time to hold each other accountable. That’s an option too, but it has to be something that you really commit to and you make it super, super important. And then, when the time comes for that appointment, notice the resistance, Notice the block that’s coming through, Notice the desire to do something else, potentially, or feeling like you have this content creation block, or wanting to do busy work instead of doing the real work. Whatever it is, however, it shows up, Notice it because now you’ve brought it to the surface, Now you’ve built awareness, so now you can see it in action. You can see how it’s showing up and then you kind of have the answer to your own question of why can’t I stick to this plan? Well, now you can see what you’re really doing, how this story is coming into your actual life, into your actions and showing itself, and you don’t need to be annoyed with yourself or be mad at yourself for doing that or for that tendency or for this being how your story kind of shows itself. You don’t have to have any emotion around it at all. But also don’t ignore it either. It is something to recognize and see in yourself and just know that. That’s what it is, that’s what you do, that’s how you cope, that’s your mechanism and that’s okay. You can just let it be, sit with it, bring awareness, acknowledge it and then continue on with your appointment, with yourself and your business and your plan. And when you do, when you take action and actually do the thing that you have this block around. Like I said, there is nothing that will dissolve that quicker. The second that you build anything, that belief of I don’t believe I can actually build it is gone, Even if it’s not your entire business or your entire program or whatever. Say you put together a freebie for the first time ever, the belief that you can’t build something is gone If you don’t think you’re capable of making it work. Having the first person sign up for that freebie or sign up for your paid offer, whatever it is like, just having one thing happen tangibly in your life that goes against that lack of belief will dissolve it entirely immediately. You just have to do that one thing. It doesn’t have to be this like we’ll have to have this entire business booming and super successful and making all this money and have everything all set up before I believe in myself, Absolutely not. All you need is just the littlest bit of confirmation, the littlest bit of proving it wrong in real time right now, with what you’re doing, to dissolve it entirely. So, as hard as it is, as much as your mind wants to stop you, as an emotional as you get when trying to do that thing. That will be the thing that gets rid of this self doubt. But it has to come after the acknowledgement and the awareness, or else you don’t really know what you’re thinking, why you’re having this block, what you really don’t believe is possible. You know all these things that are going on underneath the surface. We’ve got to get it up into your consciousness first. So really see if you can do some work around that and see what comes up for you. And I’d love to know, send me a DM and we can talk about that too. I’d love to know what’s really underneath the surface and this self doubt that you may be carrying around. I think it’s really common and that’s why, as soon as Mara sent me this question, that’s what really came up for me, not just for Mara, and I don’t even know if that’s truly the problem, but something for her to think about. But for a lot of you and you’re not alone, and it’s a very common place to be when starting a business I think that’s really important to recognize and a really powerful to know and to have awareness around. But also, if we’re not careful, that can be the thing that stops you, that can be that thing that keeps you from your dreams and we don’t want that either. So we have to be really conscious of it, really aware, and see it through and see what you can do to dissolve that. All right, my friends, that will cover it for today. Thank you, Mara, for the question and, like I said, if you have a question you would like featured on the show, send me a DM at Shawn Mynar on Instagram and I will put it on the air. And until next time, take care, hey, wait up before you go. Do you want to know the biggest reason why your business may not flow? Because it’s not in alignment with your personality type. Building the right business for you means knowing your strengths, weaknesses, energetic expression and what’s most important to you, so you can build your business accordingly. Before you spend one more minute working on your business, let’s make sure it’s the right business for you. I’ve created a fun two minute quiz to discover, to discover your flow business personality type. With the results of this quiz, you’ll know exactly what to prioritize in your business so you can feel confident knowing your building a business you love. Head over to shawnmynar.com/quiz right now to find out your flow business personality type and once you find that out, hop over to Instagram and let me know what you discover. Again, that’s shawnmynar.com/quiz. As always, the link is in the show notes.

Listener Question: “Why Isn’t Anyone Signing Up For My Freebie?”

From Corporate to Coach to Online Business Boss with Stephanie Dodier

As your host, I can’t wait for you to be inspired by Stephanie Dodier’s journey from a corporate executive to a successful entrepreneur. Stephanie shares her struggle with body image and self-worth, which eventually served as a catalyst for her career shift. Her determination to overcome self-worth issues and the resilience to make things work is a beacon of motivation for everyone desiring more in life.

Switching gears to the wellness industry, Stephanie exposes the dark side of diet culture and weight control. Drawing from her personal battle with weight for a quarter of a century, Stephanie’s mission is to guide others to heal their relationship with their bodies and food. She emphasizes the importance of understanding the emotional rollercoaster that professionals often experience when they transition away from traditional nutrition. It’s time to burst the bubble of wellness industry deceptions and normalize the anger and resentment caused by trust exploitation.

Wrapping up our conversation, we delve into Stephanie’s rebirth as a non-diet health coach. A trailblazer in her field, she’s creating a new model that caters to those wishing to embark on their own self-improvement journey, as well as those aspiring to be certified in non-diet coaching. Stephanie’s non-diet coaching certification program is a beacon for health professionals seeking to liberate themselves and their clients from the shackles of diet culture. Tune in to hear more about Stephanie Dodier’s incredible journey, which will inspire you to leap towards your passion and redefine your life path.

“I want people to recognize also, that God or the universe, whatever your believe in to will send you people along the way to confirm you are in the right path.” – Stephanie Dodier

“It’s telling your story in words that will meet people in a way that will feel safe to people and presenting them a way to work with you.”  – 
Stephanie Dodier

“Along the way, it was like a leap of faith but the universe kept confirming that I was on the right path, I was scared but I was on the right path.” –
 Stephanie Dodier

Stephanie’s Website – stephaniedodier.com
Stephanie’s Instagram – @stephdodier
Podcasts: Undiet Your Life & Undiet Your Coaching Practice
Learn more about the Undiet Coaching Certification

+++

Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!

Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!

Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR

Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM

+++

Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support. 🙏

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

Hey, hey there, friends, Welcome back to the Flow Business Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host, and this is your place to build a business that feels good, is fun and flows with your life. Today we’re mixing things up a little bit and I’m bringing on a very special guest, my friend Stephanie Dodie, and really what I want to do, and why I wanted her on the show, is just to start sharing real life stories of starting a business, growing a business, pivoting a business, all these things that we talk about here on the show. But then just getting these stories from people who have been there, done that, had some ups and downs along the way. Stephanie’s a friend of mine. I’ve been a part of her journey and known about her business journey for the past probably six or seven years now and watching it grow and develop and change and knew I wanted to have her on just to share a little bit more about what she does and how she has grown her business to be what it is today. I think sharing these stories and for you hearing their stories, there’s these common themes that come from all of them. That is like not knowing what was next, having to take a leap of faith, not having it all figured out from the start and just really having to have this drive to make things work and to want more for yourself and your life. And that’s what Stephanie really gets into today in her journey. So let me tell you a little bit about Stephanie. She is a clinical nutritionist, certified intuitive eating counselor, host of two top ranking podcasts in the non diet industry and creator of the going beyond the food method. She founded undiet your life, a global coaching and online training platform focused on helping women make peace with food and their body so that they can live a fulfilling life. Right now, she is also the founder of undiet your coaching practice, a global professional training platform. All right, let’s hear from my friend, stephanie Dodie. Stephanie, thank you so much for coming on the flow business podcast today.Speaker 2: 2:22

I’m super excited to be here because I have been on your podcast feed many times, but never on this version of it.Speaker 1: 2:30

Yeah, I mean, yes, you know there’s been many versions, as we all know, many versions of today yes, exactly, and going with the flow of business. But yeah, so that’s why I wanted to have you on. First of all, you’re a friend. We have known each other for a long time. We are kind of like biz besties. We talk a lot about business and kind of the things that we’re up to and what we’re doing. We have both been on quite the journey and I always love hearing other people’s stories of how they got to where they are in their business. I know you have a great one. I know my listeners are going to really love it, and that’s why I wanted to bring you on just to kind of share your story for anyone that’s kind of teetering on like should I do this? Shouldn’t I do this? I want to do this, but I’m scared. You know all those things we kind of go through as we make decisions in our business. So that’s what we’re going to do today, I think. First, I want to kind of let people know where you’re at now so that we can kind of slowly get to that journey as you’re sharing your story. So tell people a little more about who you are and what you’re doing today in your business.Speaker 2: 3:37

So I’m a clinical nutritionist who coaches people into accepting their body, making peace with food and also how to coach other people doing the same thing. So I run a program called the non diet coaching certification where I take health professional and coaches to undiating diet culture that culture, free, way of helping people with food and body image and health and how to run a business that is in alignment to the same value. So how to run a business that does ethical selling with the feminist lens. That’s what I do these days.Speaker 1: 4:22

I love it so much and that man, you have been on such a journey to get to this point and, like, when you think back, you’re like, oh well, of course it had to happen this way in order to get where I am now, and there’s always, you know, a reason behind it. But I want to go all the way back to when you didn’t have a business and you weren’t doing this, and this wasn’t even in your realm of possibility, probably, of what you would be doing. So take us back to when you had a career. What were you doing?Speaker 2: 4:52

then L. Can I dial the clock even further back? G, yes, please do. L Just to contextualize my personal story. So I want to start the clock at 12 years old, when young Stephanie was growing up really fast physically and she was told that her body was too fat. And at 12, I was by my family and the environment of my family. The doctor told I needed to lose weight and I was sent to Weight Watcher and then. So my relationship to my body was that it’s not good enough and it needs to be shrunk in order to be acceptable. And the reason why I want to go back there in the context of my career and my business is that single event drove my career in the corporate world in the first few years into my business. So if you know anything about the human brain, we are born with kind of a blank slate brain and as we grow in society and with our family, we get like learnings and belief impregnated in our brain and that forms our self image, who we think we are as a person. And because of that event at 12, I believe that, not only in my body but as a human being, as a person, I wasn’t good enough. So as I entered a professional career, it became a mean to prove myself and my works into the world and I want people to like really understand because very few people makes like understand the connection between how we feel about our body and our self image or the belief we hold as a person. But it’s a direct correlation between the two. When we think that our body is not enough, our health is not enough, then we find other avenues in our life to prove our words to the world. Depending like I’m worthy, I can do this career thing. I can make a ton of money. Even though I live in a fat body, even though I can’t control my body, even though I’m sick, I can at least be performing in that part of my life. So that is from where I entered the corporate world. So at the age of 25, I entered the retail industry as a cashier, part-time cashier, punching number on a cash register and calling pricing on the microphone, always believing that I wasn’t good enough. So always doing my job as the perfect worker, like I was the perfect cashier, like selling credit card and like having the proper override rate. And because I was so conscientious and I’m using air quote here I was perfectionist. Very rapidly. My supervisor and my manager took notice and like, oh, she’s a good worker, she works really hard. Promoted and then promoted, and then promoted and then promoted and very quickly, within two years I became an assistant store manager, from part-time cashier to assistant manager and then I got into that role and again my perspective was how can I perform? So I would always look for places where I could be noticed. I could be told you’re doing a good job and if you know anything about the corporate world, that’s who they want. They want people to work really hard and do exactly things the way the corporate policy is laid out. And I fit the mold. So I got a store very quickly and I started climbing the corporate ladder and breaking the glass ceiling. So, depending on your age, you’re like what the heck is a glass ceiling? So let me just put that in perspective for everyone. The glass ceiling is an expression that we had and maybe it still exists today, but back in the days where women weren’t allowed to be in certain position in a company. So for me, as an example, I was the first district manager women in the entire existence of the company. That was 19.Speaker 1: 9:19

No, that was 2004.Speaker 2: 9:27

Wow, it’s mind-breaking to think about right, yeah, that’s crazy, that’s crazy. I was the first woman district manager in the entire company and the youngest and the reason why I was able to get this position. That was good. I was at what I was doing, but I was also working really really hard. In doing everything I was told to do, I was compliant to the T and then I got working really really hard and bypassed all the signals my body was giving me that I was working too much, because I was on the path to be the first woman to be vice president and I felt so rewarded and so good about myself with every layer of promotion that I would get out that I got addicted to working and we all know in the health world what that does to you, right?Speaker 1: 10:29

Oh, yes, for sure, and I feel like even just kind of addicted to the dopamine hit or whatever it is with these promotions, with just being praised things that weren’t happening in other areas of your life potentially.Speaker 2: 10:43

Oh, they weren’t happening because everything was around my corporate, climbing the corporate ladder. So I was 39 years old and I was about to go. Every quarter we would gather our people together and I was about to go on stage to talk to my people. At that point I was 37 years old and I was the vice president of this huge company and I collapsed as I, as I remember, walking from the backstage to the podium and the like, the world getting closer and closer and closer, to the point where, like, I couldn’t see anything and I just passed out and I got sent to the hospital and they did a series of tests on me, because you have to know that at that point I was off the diet plan and had gained a bunch of weight, because my entire life, from 12 to 39, was being on a diet, losing weight, being off the diet, gaining weight, losing, gaining, like I did, seven cycle of losing over 50 pounds and gaining it back and gaining more all the time. And it was off plan. I had to gain weight. So the doctor thought it was a heart attack and then they did a bunch of tests and then this young puzzle doctor came and sat at the tip of my bed and says I don’t know how, but you’re healthy. Like from the look of you, because I was fat, you look very unhealthy but you’re actually very healthy. So I think you had a panic attack, a very severe panic attack. You need to go see a counselor and a therapist and start taking anti anxiety medication. So I left there with a seven different prescription of medication of anxiety, depression and all kinds of stuff like that. And then I got introduced to the world of wellness. So how can we solve this problem of anxiety from the lands of holistic wellness? Back then, that’s like 11 years ago, the big thing was holistic wellness and I got steep anxiety and I got steep into this world and I couldn’t imagine how I could live a quote, unquote healthy life and be in the corporate world. The two didn’t, just didn’t match, and I took a leap of faith, the big leap of faith, and I left everything behind in the corporate world. So you just up and quit. Up and quit like we have to pound or nobody up and quit like it’s something that nurtures in your mind For a long time. For me was probably over a period of a year mm-hmm as I was Getting steeper in wellness and detoxes and clans and like all kinds of natural pasty, like all these things, everybody kept telling me this is too stressful of a job. You got to change your job like you can’t. Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, like. So it came to the conclusion it’s like it’s either my health or my job. So a bunch of coincidence, coincidence, quote-unquote, happen and I got a payout and I decided to leave my job. I took this opportunity to leave my job and started business, go back to school, get a certification and then start helping other people and that was my first Step into the world of entrepreneurship at 41 years old. 40 years old.Speaker 1: 14:19

So when you decided that you could not do that job anymore, you had to leave that career, did you know what your business was gonna look like? Did you have any idea? Did you done any sort of research on like, oh, I could be a coach, I could do this, I could take clients, or were you just like I’ll figure it out?Speaker 2: 14:39

No, no, and this is where this is where the the 12 year old story really is important at this point. So, through my journey and wellness, one of the thing that was made really clear to me is that in order for me to like be healthy, not only do I need to like take these supplements and do these clans, but I must be small and this whole like losing, gaining, losing, gaining, losing, gaining is not gonna allow you to be optimally healthy. And I had known that I had been 25 years dieting, had done all the diets, like literally all the diets, from like the cabbage soup diet to the banana diet, the Macro counting, like done it all, and I’m like nobody does not a diet in this world. That works for me. So let’s go study nutrition so that I can find what everybody else is missing as to why I cannot live permanently in a smaller body. So I chose to become a nutritionist because of my Desire that I didn’t know anything else. I had to control my weight. So I went back to school to become a nutritionist, knowing that I would start a business Operating a nutrition clinic. Does that make sense? Yes, yeah.Speaker 1: 16:02

So I mean, I think that’s what a lot of people who are in the wellness space do. They are interested in their own health or their own family or something’s gone on, and that was the case for me and I know a lot of people. You do it kind of for yourself, but then you’re like, oh, and I can help other people with this too. Whatever I learn for myself, whatever I learned through my own Kind of research and that kind of thing, then I can help other people. So I think that’s that’s normal and valid. When you were at that point, did you have any like fears or reservations About like this business working or not working, or what you would do if it didn’t?Speaker 2: 16:41

I. It was a leap of faith. I had no idea for what, not true? I Thought it has to work because there’s no other option. Like it’s either I’m dying or it’s working to get what I’m saying. Like there’s no other option. So was, and I think for some people who have been in the corporate world that will resonate with them. The only relationship I had to earning money or being in a career was survival. So going into the business world of saying like it’s got to work was just me continuing being in survival mode and like I’m gonna fucking figure this out because I can’t be any other way. So I was riddled with fear and anxiety. That was my normal stage on.Speaker 1: 17:27

Yeah, so you’re just applying it now, yeah applying it to a different space now, exactly yeah, which I mean isn’t great, but at the same time, it gave you a lot of push to make it work.Speaker 2: 17:41

So well, I was discussing that with somebody else on their podcast and we were both reflecting on our journey and saying, like it’s sad to say, but part of the reason why we’re successful is because we have that survival energy. Is that the only way to do it?Speaker 1: 17:57

No.Speaker 2: 17:59

That’s unfortunately one way. And I just want to add this the way business, coaching or business is thought on the internet is from the energy of survival, true. So I went from the corporate world and this is going to resonate with many people listening to this. I thought I knew how to sell and I was in for a freaking rude awakening when I started to sell nutrition and coaching online. I knew nothing. It’s not the same thing as selling a pair of pants or a bunch of toilet paper. It’s like it’s two different worlds. So I had a rude awakening and was like, oh my God, I need to learn business all over again from this angle here on how to sell wellness and nutrition. And I started to take programs to teach me how to do this and it was done from the place of survival, so it matched who I was at the time and it kept me going and that survival mode until it didn’t work again.Speaker 1: 19:12

Yeah, let’s move on to this. So now you’re nutritionist, you’ve gone through the training, we’ve gotten the certifications and you’re taking clients.Speaker 2: 19:21

Yeah, face to face. It was a traditional, because back then online coaching does not really exist, so it was a brick and mortar receptionist at the front appointment and I started to take clients and it was mostly women. I was attracting women and a year, 18 months, into my practice, I had this experience. There was a bodily like full body experience where a client her name is Christine bought a package to work with me to lose weight and she came to me on the third appointment and started crying and started saying like I’m trying really hard but nothing is working, and I’ve been through this for almost 25 years. She was repeating my entire story of my life and all my secret thoughts that I had about myself. She was like telling me how she felt and I had this like awakening moment, like, oh my God, I’m causing her to feel exactly the way that I feel.Speaker 1: 20:34

That’s big.Speaker 2: 20:36

That’s, it’s big and it feels disgusting in your body. Yeah, like I was doing to her what I was so running away from and hoping not to do, and that propelled me into my final part of my healing journey, which is realizing that dieting, food restriction, like all of that, is just a bunch of it’s a bunch of lies, we’ve been told, and that restricting food is actually more harmful than helpful and that trying to control your body weight is actually causing more harm and the stress you’re trying to run away from you’re causing it by trying to control the size of your body. And this whole the, the, the lies of wellness that I had been entrenched to all started to unpack within a year, and then I went on the journey of healing my relationship to my body, to myself and to food within a year and a half, and that changed my business completely.Speaker 1: 21:51

So really was it. That, was it that one client that really opened your eyes to this entire shift?Speaker 2: 22:00

Entire. Oh my gosh, you know, I don’t know. I’m sure you’ve had those, like you know, those defining moment in your life.Speaker 1: 22:06

You probably have like four or five right?Speaker 2: 22:10

Yes, absolutely, that you can like 911. Let’s all think about that. Who remember where they were at 911, what they were doing, which house they were living in and how they felt in their body, 100%? That’s the kind of moment with Christine it’s like so crystal clear yeah, and I think it needed to happen in order for me to make that next leap of faith that I could actually accept myself that I was good enough, that my body was good enough and that could be trusted with food After 25 years, like all I had known like. Think about this when you start controlling food at 12, all you’ve known as an adult is controlling food. I did not know how to eat without rules.Speaker 1: 23:03

Yeah. So then you really you first took the leap of faith with yourself Both times, and then yeah, and then from there you’re again very similar to how a lot of people, I think, get into this coaching space. Now I can share this with others. I took the leap of faith of myself. Now I’m going to take the leap of faith and make this my business.Speaker 2: 23:27

And throughout like this leap of faith and I’m going to show other people. I want people to recognize also that God or the universe, whatever you believe into, will send you people along the way to confirm you are on the right path. So as I was working with a counselor for my relationship to food and another one with my body image, clients kept coming in and they were all like on the same path as me, and as I was teaching them what I was learning, that they were like oh my God, why has nobody has ever told me this? And like so along the way it was like a leap of faith. But every step of the way, the in my case, the universe kept confirming, kept sending me moment to confirm I was on the right path. I was scared of shit, but I was on the right path.Speaker 1: 24:19

Yeah, and it doesn’t necessarily make it less scary, but it does make it so that you’re not going, you’re going to do it, you’re not like, you’re not going to listen to those signs, right?Speaker 2: 24:31

Yeah it’s like, oh my God, many other people need this. Why is nobody talking? Like? I remember the other another moment I remember is being with my counselor and about food and intuitive eating counselors. She was telling me this. I’m like I blurb it to her why has nobody taught me this in my degree nutrition? And then she start laughing. She says, well, because, like, if, if they had taught you about hunger and fullness and satisfaction, they could have not taught you about rules. So, as nutritionists are supposed to be the expert in eating, we were never taught about hunger, fullness and satisfaction. What the fuck? And I went through a phase of like many listeners will recognize that resentment, deep anger and resentment at having spent so much time Studying and so much money having all these certification. There was just a bunch of lies put together that, like, was not really helping people. So I had to go through a phase of grieving.Speaker 1: 25:29

Yeah, I understand that, and it kind of gets to this point where it’s like you know, I understand that, and it kind of gets to this point where it’s like I don’t know, I don’t know, like you had with your client, where it’s like man, everything I’m learning and now sharing with others is actually harming them. It actually might be doing more harm than good, even though my intentions are good. So now you have to rewrite your whole script and you have to find a new way to communicate what you actually now believe and see to be true. So what’d you do then? Like you’re currently seeing clients as a nutritionist, now you gotta shift gears.Speaker 2: 26:02

Well, that’s when we met. That’s when I started to. That’s when I closed the practice, so like when I was grieving and I was working with the council. At some point I’m like I can’t physically take people in a traditional nutrition world, so I close my practice and I at the same time coincidentally, I discovered this term called digital nomads and like again remember another sign from the universe, google, digital nomad and then I found this blog of this guy who was traveling while working and helping people online. I’m like that’s what I want to do now. And because I had like transition already from corporate to entrepreneur, I’m like, well, I survived, let’s try this next move. So I went to this next place. So I closed my practice and started to sell coaching online, not knowing what I was doing. Now I knew I had a coach, but I didn’t know how to sell online and funnels and webinars and I just so people have perspective. Seven years ago, doing a webinar online was an adventure. Agreed, I had to hire a VA so she could, in the background, connect all these things and like it was so complicated. I’m like I’ll never be able to do this.Speaker 1: 27:26

So I don’t think Zoom existed.Speaker 2: 27:28

No, no, there’s a tool called easy webinar. Nothing easy about it, yeah, but today it’s easy. You open zoom and boom, it was a record you’re going. Yeah, so. So I started an online business and I started sharing my story again but my new story and and started working with people from this angle and started networking and I started a podcast. That seven years ago. It’s going to be seven years in November to have a podcast, Nice.Speaker 1: 28:00

Is it crazy? That’s amazing, yeah, that’s. It’s amazing how fast it goes really.Speaker 2: 28:06

And then that’s what I started to share with people and sharing my story and finding people in the world who have the same problem as me and that needed help with that and I started to help them. And because the field of the non diet health coaching is brand new, I became one of the few people in the world to offer that. So I’m an OG in my field. I’m an original gangster and I’ve had eight years of active practice with people doing that, so I’m what people consider an expert. So now I teach other people how to transform their practice into this non diet approach. So that brings us to today. Oh my gosh, it’s amazing.Speaker 1: 28:54

Okay, I have lots of questions, so first of all, let me. Let me take it back to the digital nomad thing. So you figured out like, hey, I can do this online. You know, I can.Speaker 2: 29:10

I didn’t figure it out, Shawn, I like, oh, I like this idea. Let’s figure it out.Speaker 1: 29:15

Okay, so, yeah, so you’re like I’m going to make this work because this sounds amazing. Yes, and now where are you today? Just out of curiosity.Speaker 2: 29:24

So physically, my bum is sitting in the chair in Nicaragua, beautiful In San Juan del Suor, and a. I’m traveling with the company called OutSite A-U-T-S-I-T-E and I digital nomad for the last five years, except the pandemic to in some odd years, six to eight months a year, I traveled the world in different places while running my business. So you made it happen, I totally made it happen. It took about three years and actually, you know, we took our first trip together. Do you remember that? Yeah, that’s what.Speaker 1: 30:02

I was going to say we actually got to do a little digital nomadding together over in Spain for a conference, and then we went and did a little extra trip to Portugal together, yeah. And we went to my second one. We went to little cafes and worked and it was so fun. Yeah, I love it so much. So now it sounds to me like your business is really at least what it is today, and how you help clients and how you market yourself and everything is honestly really based on your vulnerability, you being willing to share your story in its entirety, and you know, when you do that, it’s like you naturally attract people. It seems like you’re naturally attracting the people that are in that same position, have had that same story. Maybe I’ve never shared it or heard anyone else share it before, and it comes from this place of it just being a very real, true, authentic way to market yourself, versus like doing all these other crazy things when really it’s just you having the desire and the ability to be vulnerable with what you’ve been through 100%.Speaker 2: 31:10

So it’s storytelling right. It’s telling your story in a way that will meet people where they are in words that will meet people where they are in a way that will feel safe to people and presenting them a way to work with you what I call like making a compelling offer. Telling people like this is where I am, this is what I learned, and now I work with people like you and I help them do this and this and this and that. Right, so I present, I invite people to work with me in a very safe way, instead of like creating an image online and having certificate in the back and I used to do all those things Like I used to have certification in the background of me and like positioning myself with credibility where now I’m like I’m just who I am with my story and if, dick, I can help you. Here’s a way of working with me.Speaker 1: 32:10

Yeah, that’s so very safe, so good People. Yeah, it feels good.Speaker 2: 32:15

It feels genuine good, trustworthy people. Just, I believe that my future client has the capacity, the intelligence, the capacity to make their decision to work with me. I don’t need to co-hers them. Here’s the price to work with me. Here’s the term. Do you want it?Speaker 1: 32:40

So powerful Because I trust people.Speaker 2: 32:42

I attract people who have a certain level of self-trust, that are able to just make that little bit of leap of faith, like I did, and then they work with me.Speaker 1: 32:51

Yeah. So, speaking of working with you, how is your business structured these days and how did you decide that that’s the best way to do that?Speaker 2: 33:00

So currently I have. So my model has been shifting over the last. So I started training other professional the fifth year into practicing with people. So I’ve been practicing one-on-one with people. So I’ve been running the program called Undyatt your Life, which is client-based introduction to a new way of being with food, building safety into your body and in mindset work for the last five years. So that program is like higher end out works really well.Speaker 1: 33:35

So if you’re wanting to do it right.Speaker 2: 33:38

Yeah, it’s a group program, it’s online. We now have a way of working one-on-one with coach that I train Nice, so they come out of my certification. I select the top one and then I bring them into this program and then you can choose to do the group or work one-on-one with them and then you learn the basic of intuitive eating, body neutrality and cognitive behavior coaching and then, if you’re a professional, you can choose that. That’s a model, like to do your own work. Or if you’re like no, I just want to like do it at a professional level and be certified. That’s the non-diet coaching certification, where we teach you how to do intuitive eating, body neutrality, cognitive behavioral coaching at a professional level. So we learn all the science in the back end and practice. We get coach on practicing. So I’ve got two ways of working with me on diet your life, which can be group or one-on-one, and then the non-diet coaching certification, where you work with me directly for six months.Speaker 1: 34:46

And then you are certified at the end of that six months and you know how to implement this into your own practice with your own clients.Speaker 2: 34:53

Yeah, it’s a tight certification, Like we do exams, we do coaching practicum. Like it’s not just like slap a logo you’ve done six months. Like you need to practice, you need to show that you practice, and all of that stuff.Speaker 1: 35:07

Oh, I love that so much and I know that you were really working hard to make that like a full certification, that is, you know, does everything you need it to do and has the exams and everything. I’m curious, the practitioners that come into that certification program, do they have to kind of undo the same things that they’ve learned in their nutrition or dietitian or you know whatever field they’re in, and kind of go through that same process of being a little angry?Speaker 2: 35:42

Yeah, it’s funny because I did a podcast interview right yesterday on like this whole grieving as a professional, and especially in this state. The price you guys pay for your degrees is just like insane. I have a professional in my certification right now who spent $80,000 of degrees between her master and her I don’t know first layer of degree. Like I’m Canadian. So our system is different and it’s like everything she’s learned there, or almost everything she’s learned there, she doesn’t believe in and she doesn’t apply anymore. So there’s grieving associated with that and it’s also recognizing that the reason why you went in the field in the first place is because you had disordered eating. There’s a statistic that was done in 17 countries, a research by survey of all nutrition student and 71% I think it’s the step 71 or 79% of student presented disordered eating behavior and said that that’s the reason why they chose their nutrition schooling, Just like me.Speaker 1: 37:08

Yeah, I mean me too. You know it’s looking back now. Would I have said that when I was in it? Absolutely not. Would I have said that even a couple of years after? No, no, but now that I’m in the place, I am yeah. Yeah, I can say that’s true for me too, for sure. What do you say, or do you have anything to say to the people that are a little defensive?Speaker 2: 37:31

of their purpose. Well, I’ll apply a coaching principle that’s called normalization, and this is why it’s so powerful. When we go through a journey of unlearning, oppressive, systemic teaching like diet culture, wellness culture, weight stigma, it’s very important that we learn how to coach people through their resentment, thought and their anger, thought right. So there’s a process called normalization and it’s a blend of thought, work in compassion, which is so for people listening to me. I have my two hands on my heart, okay, and it’s about meeting yourself with compassion, meeting yourself with holding that discomfort, that anger not making it wrong, not making it like right is just what is, and saying something along those lines. It’s totally normal for me to be angry at being taught that food restriction is the way to be, because I live in a world that is entrenched in wellness culture and diet culture. Companies make millions of dollars leading people to believe that the need to eat a certain way and they need to take this supplement and they need to do this. That’s totally normal. For me to feel angry at what I’ve been victim of makes total sense.Speaker 1: 38:59

So what about the people listening who are nutritionist dietitians, whatever they may be, and are defensive to you about their program?Speaker 2: 39:10

It makes total sense that you’d be angry at me. Yeah, makes total sense because right now, your belief system, the way you think about nutrition, is that it needs to be controlled. And it makes total sense for you to think that because that’s what you were taught in school and that’s what you’re reflected everywhere in society by all these multi billion dollar corporation that makes money telling people that they cannot be trusted with food. So for sure makes total sense. You’re angry with me and I’ll be there. Whenever you come to the realization that human can be trusted with their health and food, I’ll be right here. I’m available when you feel ready. I don’t make you wrong. Don’t make me wrong. Like, just do your thing, I’ll do mine. When you feel ready, I’ll be right here.Speaker 1: 40:00

I love that so much. And speaking of, what about the people that are now interested in this certification and really learning this and applying it to their practice? I would love for the listeners to go see what you’re up to.Speaker 2: 40:12

So you’re welcome. So there’s two podcasts. I have two podcasts. I have the Going to Beyond the Food show that’s been running for seven years. I would be the place for you to start. I would start with the last let’s say, 300 to 385 episodes. See what I’m about. There’s also a podcast that specialized just for professional, called Undyatt your Coaching, and I take people through all of that and then you can come and check out the non diet coaching certification. See if that place is where you want to go. And I want to say to people one of the coaching principle we teach is to make quality decision. So you may feel anxious right now I’m hearing me like deconstructing all these beliefs that you have, but you’re like I don’t know why, but it just feels right. I don’t know why, right. So I want you to think about considering my teaching from a place of. Is that who you want to become? Do you want to become someone who trusts your client with their food decision, who accepts body diversity, who doesn’t make people wrong because of the size of their body? Do you want to be someone who teaches that people know how to take care of their health themselves? They may need coaching, but they don’t need to be made right or wrong about their health behavior. They need to be taught how to adopt health promoting behavior. If that’s who you want to become, then the leap of faith is there again. I’m here to teach it to you. But don’t make a decision from a place of. I’m not sure that I can do this. I know you can and I will hold the space for you. You need to make the decision for who you want to become.Speaker 1: 42:08

Yeah, absolutely. And all of that work is just such powerful, important work to be able to add to how you’re helping people in this world, you know, in such a big, big way. So thank you so much, stephanie. This is so fun, as always. Where can people go? So the podcast and actually I’m going to be on the undiet, your coaching podcast. So at minimum listen to that and then just keep binging it. And then where else, like website or social what do you prefer? Stephaniedodziecom Simple as that Yep, and we’ll put it.Speaker 2: 42:45

StephanieDodziecom or Instagram Steph Dodzie.Speaker 1: 42:48

And we’ll put it on the show notes so that’ll be easy to find. Thank you so much for being here Super fun, always good to chat with you.Speaker 2: 42:55

Until next time.Speaker 1: 42:56

Until next time, of course. There will always be a next time, we can guarantee that.

Listener Question: “Why Isn’t Anyone Signing Up For My Freebie?”

Are You “Should-ing” On Your Business?

Ever felt the weight of societal norms dictating your decisions, both in business and life? I’m Shawn, your guide on this journey to break free from the shackles of ‘shoulds’ and realign with your authentic goals. My personal experiences and struggles, from feeling the pressure to conform to business trends to finally attaining a flow business, offer valuable insights into this process.

The road to success isn’t paved with ‘shoulds’; instead, it’s about moving from resistance to alignment. We’ll dig deep into the fears that often drive our decisions and differentiate between what is truly essential and what is a perceived ‘should’. Together, we’ll learn to challenge the idea of ‘I should do this’ and question its validity, helping you navigate your path with clarity and conviction.

And here’s the real kicker – transitioning from ‘I should’ to ‘I want to’ and ‘I get to’ can transform tasks from burdens into opportunities. Imagine running a business that flows with your unique rhythm, feeling less like a chore and more like a rewarding journey. Join me as we explore ways to make essential tasks enjoyable, in sync with your schedule and energy, and truly resonate with you. It’s time for your business to feel less like a cage and more like a tailored suit – perfect fit, perfect feel.

“When you have this very real connection to your deepest desires for your business… then those things that are previously ‘shoulds’ start making more sense and you will find that resistance fades because its part of your aligned action that gets you where you want to go.”  – Shawn Mynar

“It’s about reminding yourself over and over again what it is you want, why you want it and then those ‘shoulds’, the edge starts coming off of them and they start feeling doable and accessible.” – Shawn Mynar

“We will always have to take aligned action to get where we want to go, it won’t just magically show up in front of you, you have to take action.” – Shawn Mynar

+++

Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!

Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!

Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR

Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM

+++

Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support. 🙏

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

Hey, hey there, friends, Welcome back to the Flow Business Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host, and this is your place to build a business that excites you, not overwhelms you. Today we’re talking about the ever-present, all-consuming shoulds in your business. Are you shoulding in your business and really are you shoulding in your life? Probably, I think we all are or all have at some point, and your business is a big, huge place where those shoulds can really show themselves and then keep you stuck, keep you from taking action, make you overthink things all of the stuff we talk about here so much on the Flow Business Podcast. It’s one of those things that can keep you from flowing. That feeling of I should be doing something else, I should be doing more, I should be doing something different. Just a few examples here I should be posting on social media more. I should be doing reels. I should be doing carousels. I should be doing all these different things that we can do on social media. I should be doing Facebook Lives or Instagram Lives. I should be showing my face. I should start a YouTube channel. I should start a podcast. I should post on my blog more. I should take more clients. I should sell and market myself more. I should. I mean, there’s like I could keep going. There are so many. I feel like for me I’ve probably felt all of those before at some point in the last almost 11 years of having a business, but I do have one that has shown up recently for me that I finally got over not too long ago, and that was that I should turn this podcast so me recording a podcast episode every week into a video, because I see so many people doing that. They post a video of themselves talking into a microphone for their podcast on social media, on Instagram or on a YouTube channel, just kind of making this content work in different places for them, and it makes sense. It seems like a really good idea. It seems very efficient, seems like a great way to get more people to listen to the podcast or to get more followers or audience members, whatever. And it was nagging at me that I should be doing that. I should be putting a camera on my face right now as I’m recording this to get the video to use in other places. But then I really actually sat down and thought about it. Why wasn’t I doing this thing that I quote unquote should do? And it was because I didn’t want to. It wasn’t in alignment with my flow business. I like to record these episodes when I’m feeling inspired, when I have the right energy, when it works best for my schedule. It’s not a set thing. It’s not like every Tuesday at noon I’m recording a podcast episode. It’s when it works best for me and when I feel comfortable and relaxed and in a good place mentally and emotionally and energetically. That’s when the best episodes happen of this show, and what is usually the case with that is that when I’m in that space, the last thing in the world I want to do is like do my hair, put on makeup, have this video in my face recording me. That is not a flow business to me. That is not part of my flow business. That feels very forced. It doesn’t feel comfortable and relaxed. It’s just Not me. It’s not in alignment with me and what I want out of my business and out of the content I create. I can guarantee that if I had a camera on me right now not that even that it was live, but just knowing that there was something recording me I would not produce the type of episodes that I want to come out of the show. That is the most important thing is having these very real, very comfortable conversations with you. That wouldn’t happen if I had my phone recording me at the same time, because that’s not who I am, that’s not what makes me feel comfortable, so it’s not the right thing for me to do. I don’t want to do it. That’s why I was feeling resistant to it. And then, as soon as you feel that resistance, then you start having those should conversations with yourself. And then you start feeling even worse about yourself for not doing what you should be doing. And the cycle continues and grows, and grows, and grows, until it just feels really crappy. So once I figured out that it’s just not in alignment with me, it doesn’t feel good, it doesn’t feel right, it doesn’t make sense for my business, I could let it go and keep doing what I’m doing, keep doing it in a way that I enjoy, in a way that puts out some really great content, because I’m comfortable, I’m relaxed and I’m doing it my way. Now here’s a little caveat If this was something that was necessary for my business to be to the level of success that feels good for me and is in alignment with my goals, it would be a different story, because, even though it’s not something that I necessarily want to do, it is along the path of my desire, of my dreams, of my goals, and so that is still aligned action. So, even though it’s not something that I feel this overwhelming desire to do, if it were a necessary step to get to the place where I want to go, to that level of success that I want, to that dream business that I want, then it is aligned action. And there are ways that you can get to a good feeling place with that which we’ll talk about in a second, that takes it from a should to an. I get to kind of situation. But in this case, with the recording of the podcast in video form while I’m talking, that wasn’t this scenario. I’ve had a podcast for almost nine years now. People still listen, even when it’s not recorded on video. Would more people listen, maybe? But my, the overall success of my business is not dependent on whether I’m on video right now or not. So that was something I had to kind of go over to. Is, you know, maybe my podcast would explode, but even if that’s not the case and even if it stays as is and has been for the past nine years, I’m happy it works for my business. It is working on the path to my desire and that’s what really matters. So I was able to squash that quote unquote should and do what felt best for me and my business. So this was a should that showed up in my business recently. But if we really think about it, I think that we can find shoulds that happen in our lives so much. I mean coming from the training and nutrition space there was all this talk of I should eat more vegetables, I shouldn’t eat dessert, I shouldn’t have sugar, I should go to the gym, I should go for a walk, should, should, should. So many things that you should and shouldn’t be doing in that area of your life, and really in every area of your life. It’s like rules of life that then we’ve taken in and created our own additional rules on top of them and when you go against those rules you’ve created, that means you feel bad about yourself, you feel like a failure. The cycle then continues to repeat itself, like I said, and you know, in a way I think it kind of confirms, or helps to confirm, helps to strengthen some limiting beliefs that you have about yourself, tucked away in that subconscious mind of yours that maybe you’re not even really knowing about yourself yet and not really seeing in yourself. But when you have these quote unquote shoulds and then you don’t do them, then it just confirms that. It confirms what you might be thinking about yourself I am a failure, I don’t deserve XYZ, I can’t make anything work. I will never be a success, whatever our stories are that we tell ourselves. When you have these shoulds in all areas of your life, then they just continue to feed into those stories and you stay trapped and again, this is all happening without you even knowing, but it’s there and is a wreaking havoc on your life, potentially, and wreaking havoc on your business. So back to that business of yours. Let’s stick specifically with that, even though it does happen in all areas of our lives. And if you really look at it, I think you can find a lot of places that you’re shoulding on yourself, and what I’m talking about, what I’m saying specifically to business, can be the case, can be the way you can start thinking about all areas of your life. The shoulds happen for a few reasons that I can come up with. I’m sure there’s a ton of them, but I have three in particular that I think are really obvious that we can start looking at. First of all, we see what other people are doing and think we need to do that too. So this is a classic case of Comparitis. It’s getting worse and worse, more and more prevalent because of how readily available other people’s goings on are. Thanks to social media, we can scroll for two minutes and see someone that’s doing what we quote unquote should be doing and that makes us feel less than bad about ourselves not competent, not capable, not deserving, whatever that story is that you’re feeding into at that moment. But social media and the comparison trap has really amplified the quote unquote shoulds in our business, in our lives. So that’s the first reason. The second reason is that we know what we need to do to get where we want to go, but our ego is getting in the way, causing this resistance, so it ends up feeling more like a should than a get to. And that is where it’s your ego at play that is making it feel harder or worse, or like this uphill battle, or like something you just can’t possibly do. You don’t have the energy, the time, the space, the education, whatever it is, to make it happen. So your ego is making it worse than it actually is, and that is a story that you’re telling yourself so that you don’t have to step outside of your comfort zone, you don’t have to take the next step. You don’t have to do something that’s scary, you don’t have to do something that may not work out or may fail or put yourself out there. You don’t have to do it because your ego is making this thing that you got to do way worse, look way harder and seem impossible. So then it becomes a should instead of an. I get to like just, for example, posting on social media. A lot of you feel like you should be posting on social media instead of I get to post on social media, like I get to just like share what’s on my mind or share something helpful or connect with my people on this free app that everyone is on. I get to do that versus oh, I should be posting on social media even though it no one sees my stuff and it’s so hard to know what to post, and then that means I have to use Canva or I have to take a picture of myself or my dog. You know, like, whatever we make up these stories and it seems way harder and way bigger than just like sharing a picture on a free app that will get eyes on you and your work and start building connections. I feel like social media is the ultimate case of your ego making it a should when really it’s. If you take it all back, rewind, it’s an I get to. It really is such a great opportunity. Is it your only opportunity to get in front of people? Like I say always about social media, absolutely not, but it’s free, it can be really easy, it’s. There’s no rhyme or reason or rules. Changes every single day. No one knows what they’re doing on social media. No one, not even the social media experts and a lot of them at this point will tell you that it changes every day. Everyone’s just trying to keep up. Why not get into the mix of no one knowing what they’re doing and take advantage of this free space to market your business? So that’s my tangent on social media for the day. I apologize, but that’s an example of your ego turning it into something way bigger and way harder than it actually is. And then the last reason we’ll talk about today is this loss of connection that we kind of talked about in the last episode finding out your bigger. Why episode two, fourteen? I believe you want to go back and listen to that really important talk. In that one You’ve lost connection with what you want and why you want it. And so when you don’t have that desire like I mentioned when I was talking about recording my face while I am recording this podcast, it was not an essential path to the success I desire, to the business I desire. If it were, I would do it, I would absolutely do it and I would find a way to make it fun and to make it feel good and to fit into my flow business. But it’s not. But there are some things that are essential to get me there, to get where I want to go. Same thing goes for you and your business. However, you may have lost connection to what you want and why you want it. So now everything seems like a should instead of an I get to. Everything seems like I have to do this and I have to do that, I should do this and I shouldn’t do that and, man, it all just feels like an uphill battle. And yet, when you have this very real connection to your deepest desires for your business how you want this dream business to look, feel, act, do how you really want it to go, then those things that are previously should start making more sense, start finding themselves on your path to get there and you will find that resistance fades because it’s part of your aligned action that gets you where you want to go. Is it like the most fun thing ever? Maybe, maybe not. There are some ways that you can make things feel good and still find your place in that thing that is in alignment, but again, it’s the aligned action. We will always have to take aligned action to get where we want to go. It won’t just magically show up in front of you. You have to take action and it’s about reminding yourself over and over again what it is that you want, why you want it, and then those should start that edge starts coming off of them and they start feeling doable and accessible. So if you’re feeling resistance in your business, in what you have to do to make it happen, it’s time to start looking into those shoulds and maybe even going a little deeper and see, like, what does it really mean for you? So if you are saying something like, oh, I should show up more, I should sell and market my services more, I should start a podcast or YouTube whatever, and you’re feeling that should and you’re not doing it, it’s not feeling aligned. Then I would recommend figuring out what that’s really protecting you from, because that should is just going to create more resistance, so you feel like you’re not doing enough, you’re not doing it right, you’re not doing what you’re supposed to do, you’re falling behind, you’re failing, you’re not cut out for this, you’re not deserving, you’re not good enough. What does that mean? What are you making that mean that resistance to doing that thing and when you can really get involved in that instead of just always thinking I should, I should, I should, I should. But then figuring out what’s underneath that, then you can break the cycle. Until you do that, you’re going to stay stuck in that cycle and it will lead to more procrastination, more over thinking, more feeling like you’re not cut out for this, all of these things that come up. It will continue and it will continue to manifest in your business and your life too. So I have some really really good questions to help you decipher your should and see, kind of like I did with the podcast see if it’s something that you really do need to do and can you move into a place of I get to versus I should, or I have to, or if it’s something you can let go of, just let go of it. It doesn’t work for you, it’s not part of your flow, it’s not essential to your journey. Get it out of here and move on with your life, instead of feeling that way and, you know, comparing yourself to others and then feeling bad that you’re not doing it. It’s just not something you’re going to do, it’s not something you want to do, it doesn’t fit into your life. Cool, everyone else can do it. Good for them. I’m not going to and I feel good with that decision. So how can we get there? First thing I want you to ask yourself we’re going to first of all get really clear on the things that you’re saying you should do, and you may not even know right away what those are. It’s going to take some time for you to just build some awareness around that, like as you’re scrolling social and you’re like, oh, I should be doing what that person is doing, or something like that. That’s when you can start gathering some evidence. But once you have that, why should I ask yourself, why should I do that? And again, the answer may be because it’s going to get me clients, because it’s going to build awareness around what I’m doing. It’s going to create connections that I’m really longing for, it’s going to take me to the next level, these things Cool. That is essential, that is a big deal. That is a good reason why you should. But then other times it’s just you won’t even really have an answer. You’ll be like well, because that person is doing it, so I feel like I should, or I was told I had to, or I was told that’s how you do things. No, that’s not a good reason. That doesn’t make sense. That’s not part of your flow business. Doing something because someone else is or because that’s what you heard, isn’t it? If there is a reason, if it is part of your path, keep it there. If not, let it go. And then part of that is also who’s telling me I should and shouldn’t? Again, if it’s someone you found on the internet, cool. If it’s like your bestie or someone that’s kind of giving you some really good advice that you trust, like a coach or a mentor, then that’s different. That’s a different piece to consider too. Who is it? And do you trust that person to tell you what is essential to your path and what isn’t. The next question what do I fear will happen if I don’t? So, if you don’t do that thing that you feel like you should do, what’s going to happen? And if you do do that thing that you should do, what do you fear will happen? So get the fears all out on the table, like, if I do this, I fear like I’m going to be rejected. You know, if I put myself out there, I’m going to be rejected, I’m going to fail. If I don’t, then I’m going to never realize my dream. I’m going to stay stuck. I’m going to continue playing small when I don’t want that. Which would you rather? We got to pick one right. So which would you rather? And then pick it and go? You can’t have both. One has to be less scary than the other. Which one do you prefer? Staying stuck in limbo isn’t an option. What do you fear will happen in either scenario? And then also to build on those fears. Is that a realistic fear? So if you do put yourself out there, is it realistic that you could be judged? You could fail? Everything just blows up in your face. Is it realistic that if you don’t put yourself out there. You will stay stuck, you won’t realize your dreams, you’ll kind of have this stagnancy in your life and business. Which one, or are both of them, realistic, not realistic? How does that feel? How does that look? So these are all things to consider and, like I mentioned, this works for your life should as well. For example, let’s just say, eating sugar. If you are a person with healthy blood sugar levels, no known blood sugar diseases or disorders, and you say I shouldn’t eat sugar, then that is a really good thing to be like. Well, who’s telling me that? Why do I believe that? Where does that come from? What do I fear will happen if I do and don’t? Why shouldn’t I? Why is this a realistic fear? That is a whole lot different than if you are someone that is diagnosed with type one diabetes or type two diabetes and you shouldn’t eat sugar. That is a very different story. Why shouldn’t I? Who’s telling me I shouldn’t? Well, my doctor is because otherwise I’m going to hey, you know have a spike in my blood sugar. I could have to go to the hospital, I will have all these symptoms, I will feel terrible and it could do some real damage to my body. What do I fear will happen if I do eat sugar I’m gonna get sick. Is this a realistic fear? Yes, okay. So that is a very different. I shouldn’t eat sugar versus a person with healthy blood sugar levels, healthy inflammatory levels, no known health conditions and they want a donut right. So very different. And the same thing goes for what you’re saying you should and shouldn’t be doing for your business. But you have to put all of them to this test to find out what is real and what is being made up by your ego, by your limiting beliefs, to keep you in this place. Okay, the next thing I want you to do is a little experiment. I want you to see what happens when you stop trying to force yourself to do anything. What do you want to do? And especially if you’ve listened to the last episode about your bigger why and if you haven’t, go back and listen and then do this exercise. Once you have your bigger why, once you have that vision of how it’s going to look, what do you want to do to get there? You know you have to take action. What do you want that action to be? What do you want it to look like? No more forcing, just get into the flow even for a little bit, and just see what comes up, see what comes out of that desire of what you want to do, how you want it to look, and then you know if it’s something that you need to do, how can you change it to feel differently, to go from this I should, I have to to, I want to, and I get to Think about it differently. That’s all it takes so often. That’s all it takes is just having a different mindset around it. You can have fun with it, you can make it a fun experience or environment, you can make it comfortable, you can make it flow with your schedule, your energy, whatever it is that currently is bringing up resistance. So, for example, if I knew that me recording on a video myself doing this podcast, if I knew that that was an essential piece to my business doing what I wanted to do, getting where I want it to go, having the success I wanted to have if I knew that was an essential part, that was something that was on my path to get there that I could not ignore, I would have fun with it. You know what I would do is I would be basically in my pajamas doing it. I would just make it totally different than what my mind has made it to be, which is like oh, that means I have to do my hair, I have to do my makeup, I have to put on some cute clothes, and that’s not how I like to work. I like to be comfy when I work. I think you all probably have seen me at this point wearing sweats and hoodies, and I would just do it that way. I would just put my hair in a bun, no makeup. Get into my zone, my comfy zone, and I would do it, and that would be my signature thing that a lot of people aren’t doing. A lot of people are getting dressed up and putting on makeup and stuff, not me. I would go the total opposite and I would do it my way, and that would make it feel a lot better. It would make it feel a lot more fun and I would find a way to make it happen. But I don’t have to because it’s not essential, so I’m not gonna. It’s off my radar entirely. And on that topic, and I guess, just as a way to kind of end, this is just a reminder in how beautiful it is to do something that you don’t want to do that you know you need to do to move yourself further ahead, to get your goals, to make your dreams a reality that is really powerful and can make you feel so strong and capable and empowered and all of these things that you may be working against you right now, where you don’t feel strong and powerful and creative and organized, and all these things you’re telling yourself about why you can’t do certain things. But when you actually do them, even though at the time they may feel a little uncomfortable, they may feel scary, you may feel more of like the should thing versus the I get to thing. But when you actually do them, you realize they were and I get to, they really were. And I get to wrapped up in this ego talk because now you have this momentum, you have this power, you’re feeling differently about yourself and your capabilities and your business and your vision. There’s just something so magnetic about doing something out of your comfort zone to get you where you want to go, and it is all because you have that very strong vision ahead of what you want and you’re willing to take those steps to get you there. So I want you to recognize that too and really think about what you’re doing and what you’re not doing and how it’s leading you to where you want to go and own that. Celebrate that. Celebrate that, even though it wasn’t something you were super excited to do, you still did it. You still made it happen because you have that vision ahead. That is really cool stuff and I think that’s how I will wrap up this episode, with that reminder, and I really hope this has given you something to think about. I hope it’s given you some motivation and some encouragement to start looking more into why you’re telling yourself you should be doing things. What’s really behind that and do you really need to be doing those things? And if you do, how can you turn that into a night get to? And if you don’t, how can you let that go and move on with your life, knowing that you’re picking the path that works best for you. All right, my friends, until next time, take care. Hey, wait up before you go. Do you want to know the biggest reason why your business may not flow? Because it’s not in alignment with your personality type. Building the right business for you means knowing your strengths, weaknesses, energetic expression and what’s most important to you, so you can build your business accordingly Before you spend one more minute working on your business, let’s make sure it’s the right business for you. I’ve created a fun two minute quiz to discover your flow business personality type. With the results of this quiz, you’ll know exactly what to prioritize in your business so you can feel confident knowing your building a business you love. Head over to shawnmynar.com/quiz right now to find out your flow business personality type and once you find that out, hop over to Instagram and let me know what you discover. Again, that’s shawnmynar.com/quiz . As always, the link is in the show notes.

Listener Question: “Why Isn’t Anyone Signing Up For My Freebie?”

Do This When Your Business Isn’t Flowing

Ever wrestled with the ‘how’ of starting a business, but found yourself stuck in inaction? You’re not alone. It’s a struggle encountered by many, and I, your host Shawn, am here to guide you on a transformative journey towards uncovering your deeper ‘why’. Together, we dismantle the layers of superficial motivations and ego-driven desires, grounded in the wisdom drawn from Benjamin Hardy’s book “Personality Isn’t Permanent”. The key insight? A powerful ‘why’ can be your breakthrough to not just dream, but act.

As we journey deeper, we illuminate the path to your true motivation for success. We unleash powerful techniques to help you visualize your true desires, and feel their potential. As we navigate the course, we engage in candid conversations, revealing the profound impact of reconnecting with your ‘bigger why’. We offer an insightful exercise, designed to help you realign with your bigger ‘why’, redirect your business and embrace a life well-lived. So, are you ready to discover your bigger ‘why’ in business, and fuel a journey towards a business you absolutely love?

“When it is a strong ‘why’ you can get yourself through and do any ‘how’. The ‘how’ becomes doable.” – Shawn Mynar

“If we’re talking surface level versus that deep desire, that deeper ‘why’ that is going to move you forward.” – 
Shawn Mynar

“As soon as you have this bigger ‘why’ you will start moving the needle. Your wheels will start spinning again and you will have that motivation, encouragement to make it happen.” – 
Shawn Mynar

+++

Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!

Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!

Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR

Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM

+++

Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support. 🙏

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

Hey, hey there, friends, Welcome back to the Flow Business Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host, and this is your place to build a business that feels good, is fun and flows. Today we’re going to talk about your why and I know that sounds kind of boring, but stick with me here. It’s not just any why. It’s not your surface level, why it’s not what you think your why is or should be. This is all about your bigger why. Why are we talking about your? Why? Well, I guess I’ll just lead right into the quote for this episode, because I think that sums it up quite nicely and why we need to take an entire episode to talk about your why. So this is from Benjamin Hardy and the book Personality Isn’t Permanent, which I highly recommend. It’s kind of like a personal growth self-help kind of book, but it is very good and really dives into a lot of what we talk about here on the podcast in terms of your mind, your beliefs, your actions, your thoughts all of that and how. On a very practical level. Your personality isn’t permanent. What you think, what you do, how you act isn’t permanent and how you can change that. So anyway, from that book, personality Isn’t Permanent, benjamin Hardy, the quote is when the why is strong enough, you can get yourself through and do any how, and the why is strong enough, you can get yourself through and do any how. So what I see, and why I wanted to bring this up, is a lot of desire. A lot of you want your own business or want your business to look a certain way, want your business to do a certain thing, want your business to feel a certain way, and so the desire is there, wanting what you want, wanting a business, wanting to expand your business, wanting to change your business, wanting to grow your business. All the things right, all the things that we’re doing here. However, I also see a lot of inaction. That is a topic we talk a lot about here, and I never talk about it in any sort of like negative terms or to be mean or to try to call you out, nothing like that. I very much understand it. I very much understand the desire, but then also the inaction. I think it comes from a lot of different places, a lot of different reasons. I think you know, seeing that business to do list and how much could potentially be on it, depending on where you are in your business right now. If you’re just starting. All of the things to do to start your business and to get it off the ground can seem like a lot Like that business to do list is so overwhelming that it just causes inaction. I see a lot of it is because it’s uncomfortable, it’s hard, it’s scary. Those things on the to do list are outside of your comfort zone. Again, that’s something we talk about all the time here. But then that leads to inaction because you know your mind is like nope, this is way outside my comfort zone. This could lead to a lot of potentially scary things. It could be harmful to me. So nope, we’re not doing this. We are going to have this desire and then not act on it. That happens a lot. So there’s that ego getting in the way and then there’s also life and potentially work and potentially family. There’s this time and energy constraint. That’s also getting in the way. Very real, it happens, it’s understandable. And so as this inaction kind of formulates and grows and it becomes the norm, then the desire fades or it gets clouded by reality, it gets pushed to the side. You stop thinking about it as much and it almost just seems like it’s not possible, it’s not going to happen, it’s not for you, whatever we may tell ourselves, and just like that, the flow, part of your flow, business is no longer flowing, which really is just a sign that you don’t know your bigger why or you haven’t connected to that bigger why in a while. Because, again, going back up to this quote when the why is strong enough so not just a surface level why, that doesn’t cut it here when it is a strong why, you can get yourself through and do any how. The how becomes doable, no matter how scary or big or long that to-do list is. It becomes doable because of that bigger why. And so you may have a why right now, but again I want to challenge you on if it’s big enough, if it’s more surface level, more generic, maybe just the first thing that comes to mind or came to mind when thinking about your business and you haven’t really explored that to the degree you need to to make it meaningful for you and something that will motivate you to continue on and to move through that to-do list, to move through the scary things and really reach for your dreams, reach for your goals and make it happen. So a surface level type why would be something like to make more money, to have more time with your family, to spend more time doing what you love, to make your own schedule, to not work for anyone else again, to be your own boss, to help more people. Like there’s a lot of why’s and you probably have more than one, but then let’s take it one step further. That in and of itself is not enough. That’s still really vague, like I said, really surface level, kind of generic. It’s not invoking any sort of emotion or visual, it’s not getting you excited and it’s not triggering that within you, within your energy and your emotion, to really move the needle any further beyond, just like, yeah, I want that, but then here’s this long to-do list and I don’t want to do that. So we have to take it deeper. What is your bigger? Why? So think about it like this For example, I want to make more money Cool, well, what will making more money do for you in a very specific, tangible way? How will it impact your life, your family’s life, how you spend your time, what you do, where you live, where you eat, how you spend your money? You know just all these things. I want you to get as specific with it as possible and really take the time to create that vision for you and then get into the specifics of how much more money it will be. How much more money will you make every week, every month, every year? How is it coming in? What your bank accounts look like? What do you do with that money? Do you invest it? Do you save it? Do you spend it? Do you give it to charities or causes? How do you spend that money? So, how much is coming in? How much is going out? Where is it going? Really get into the feeling and the look and your life with that why being your reality. What will it look like and feel like to have more time with your family? If that’s a big why for you? What will you do together? How will you spend this time? How much time is it? Is it like every afternoon, when that your kids get home from school, you shut down and now you have the whole afternoon and evening with them? What do you do in the afternoon and evening with them? Or is it that you have a month off in the summer when they do, when you go travel for a month? What is that specifically look like? To have more time with your family? So you can see the difference. Yeah, it’d be nice to make more money. My why is for financial reasons versus yeah, I want to double my yearly income with my business. That will allow me to take my family on a big vacation every year so I can make memories, while my children are this perfect age to travel and before they go off to college. Now that’s a lot more specific. That is this deeper feeling. This it comes from within and, like I say, like I can’t even explain it, but if we’re talking surface level versus like that deep desire, that bigger why that is going to move your forward, to be able to Spend this time with your family traveling and making these amazing memories, because now you have the money that will allow you to do that and you have the business and the flexibility that will allow you to do that. That is a big push, a big motivator to make it happen, much more so than yeah, I’d be cool to make more money or yeah, I’d be cool to like, not work so much and set my own schedule. That’s great, but that’s not enough. There is a difference and I hope you can see that difference and when you see it in what I just said, then when you do it to yourself, you will feel the difference. And we need it to be a feeling, we need it to be emotional, we need it to be a vision and very visual. It needs to shift you on an emotional, energetic, mental level, not just like, yeah, be nice, kind of thing, okay, so that is the goal. That is the need for a bigger why, and if you have a desire to have your own business, you have a bigger why somewhere within there. You may have never thought about it, or maybe you’ve never dug as deep as you need to get, but you have one, and until you take the time to fully form it, to really think about it, to get very clear with it and connected with it on a regular basis, have it become part of you and part of your life and part of the reason you’re doing what you’re doing, then you are going to continue finding a lot of resistance and continue finding a lot of reasons to not take action. But as soon as you have this bigger why, you will start moving the needle you are, your wheels will start spinning again and you will have that motivation, that encouragement to make it happen, because you are so connected with what your desire is and what it’s going to do for you and your life and your family and everything that it impacts for you. So this is your goal for this week, whenever you’re listening to it. I want you to take some time in the next couple days to really do this exercise. This is not something just to think about and to just be like, yeah, I’ll get to it or yeah, I think I got mine. Good enough, I think it’ll do. No, I really want you to do this exercise. I want you to either write it out if you are a writer or you know. Type it out if you’re type, or that’s fine. If words work for you, then write it out, thank you. If something more like a vision board or pictures or something like that works better for you. If you’re more visual, create a vision board or just even create like a Pinterest board or a Canva thing graphic with all of the pictures that really support and really show your bigger why in action. So what do you want? That’s the first question. What do you want? Why do you want this business? And this can be at the surface level, that’s fine. This is just getting you started. What do you want? I wanna make more money. I wanna have more time. I want more flexibility. I wanna make my own schedule. I wanna be my own boss, whatever it is, that can be nice and surface level, because the next part is where we go deeper. So what do you really want? What do you really want? That surface level thing? Take it one step more specific. That is what you really want. Like I want to be my own boss because I’m sick of being told what to do. I don’t agree with other people’s rules. I don’t wanna be a part of other people’s bottom line. I wanna be making my own money and have my own profit. That’s all cool, that works. That is your bigger why. That’s a huge bigger why for me. What do you really want? And then, what does that look like and how does it feel? So what does it look like when you make an extra $10,000 in your business every month? What does it look like when you have a month off in the middle of the summer every month, because that’s how you’ve built your business? What does that actually look like in a very specific way and you can see how this is really becoming a visualization exercise, which you probably know if you’ve been listening to this show for a while that I am like a huge, huge, huge fan of. It does so many things for you on a mental, emotional, energetic level, and this is such a good exercise to help you do that. So, again, you can take the time to get into this kind of like meditative state, like taking some deep breaths, quieting your mind, quieting your nervous system, and then create this vision of your bigger why and see it, See what it really looks like, and then, like I said, you can either write it down or create a visual representation of that, whatever works for you. So what do you really want? What does that look like? How does it feel? On a very specific, big, big level, no more surface level why. It’s okay. This is how you will get and stay motivated and this is how you will get and stay unstuck. This is how you will get out of this place of overwhelm or overthinking or discouraging thoughts. This is what will be your guidepost as you continue moving and anytime you find yourself not flowing, you have to come back to your bigger why. I can almost guarantee you that when you get stuck, when you start flowing, when it starts feeling forced and hard, you’ve disconnected from it. You’ve started getting like really 3D, really tangible. You’ve started getting in the thick of things and you stopped connecting with this deep desire that you have and why you want what you want and why you’re doing what you’re doing. And now it’s time to come back to that vision, come back to that journal entry or come back to that canva thing that you created with your visual representation and reconnect with it. That is what will move you forward. I have an example. Actually, I just got off a call with someone who was feeling a little stuck in their business and we talked about what the goal is, who they’re helping, how they’re helping them, that kind of thing, and just in us talking about their dream client, who is someone that needs help and support and community in a real way, like it’s a big problem and would really benefit from having this safe space to build a community of like minded people and to get support from someone who’s been there and as soon as she started you know my this person talking to started talking about their dream client and how much they need that support and how they were there 10 years ago and that didn’t exist for them and now it’s so important that they create the space for these people. It was like magically this connection was made and she got so much clarity and got so motivated and taking the next step was like immediately unstuck, just without me even really saying anything except for asking these questions about essentially her bigger why and that is to be able to help these people in a way that she didn’t have but wished she did when she was going through it. That was this immediate trigger for her to really make this happen, to get unstuck, to start moving forward. It was like a light went off inside of her and she was excited to go, start working on it and get going. Just from that conversation, that is how easy it can be. But we get kind of a mocked up in all of the to do is and all the things that feel overwhelming and there’s a lot of moving parts and I have all this. But then I also have my life and I have my family and I am so busy that we lose track of that bigger why. If you didn’t have a bigger why For wanting a business or having a business or starting a business or taking your business to the next level, you wouldn’t be here, you would be listening to this podcast, you wouldn’t be a client of mine, it would not even have crossed your existence. So you have a reason for wanting what you want, for wanting this business, for doing this business, for putting yourself out there, putting your workout into the world, or else you would be like the other bazillions of people in this world who have no desire, they don’t even ever remotely consider having their own business, which is the obviously the vast majority of people. So there’s a reason you’re here, there’s a reason you’re listening to this, there’s a reason you’re feeling stuck in this process and we can always come back to that bigger why. I just want you to really get clear on what that is and, hey, it may change and that’s cool too, but just get clear and come back to this process and really keep, keep that at the forefront. This is a really big, profound exercise for you to do and continue to do as a business owner. For me, my bigger why has pretty much always been the same and that is just this like deep, almost like need, I guess you could say, to maximize my time in this life. I understand and recognize that life is short, even though on a day to day it can feel like we have forever, but I just want to make the absolute most of my time on this planet, and for me that means not spending any time doing something I don’t love or I’m not passionate about. I do not ever want to be in a job that I’m not excited to go to, that I get the Sunday scaries about on Sundays, or that I dread waking up on Monday morning. I have been there. I will never, ever do that again. I want to have the what’s the right word I don’t want to say control, but I guess I will, because I’m out of another word at the moment but I want to have, I guess, the power to choose how I spend all of my time, and for me that’s having a business doing what I love, even if that means that sometimes I pivot which I’ve pivoted several times in my business to continue doing what I love, and that is the most important thing. I just really want to maximize my time and enjoy my time, both doing what I love but then also having the time to do other things that I love, to spend more time with my loved ones and to spend time on my hobbies, to travel, to just kind of do what feels good in the moment and I think that for me, that feels like a life well lived and that is very important to me, which I know sounds kind of like a little cheesy, but it’s the truth. So, yeah, that’s my bigger why. But then, of course, yeah, making enough money to be able to travel when I want and to feel comfortable in my lifestyle and to be able to support causes that are close to me and important to me all of those things, yes, and that is part of my vision as well. That’s part of what keeps me coming back to my business, of course. Also, to not work for anyone else or for anyone else’s bottom line, that feels like a waste of valuable time and energy on my part. I’d rather spend my time and energy creating and working for my own life, for my own business, for my own income and that kind of thing. So that is my bigger why, just in case you’re feeling stuck might give you something to think about. But also, hey, yours is probably totally different and that is encouraged. You should not have the same bigger why as me or anyone else listening to this. Your bigger why is all you all day and, like I said, it may change as you go and that works too. All right, friends, I hope I’ve given you something to consider, maybe a little bit of an exercise for you to do this week, especially if you’re feeling a little stuck or a little unmotivated in your business lately or whenever you do. It probably just means you’ve lost some connection points to that bigger why and it’s time to go back to this. And it doesn’t have to take like hours, it should be like 15, 20 minute thing where you get your vision, you’re solidified in that and then you kind of free up some space to start moving forward. All right, my friends, with that, until next time, take care. Hey, wait up before you go. Do you wanna know the biggest reason why your business may not flow? Because it’s not in alignment with your personality type. Building the right business for you means knowing your strengths, weaknesses, energetic expression and what’s most important to you, so you can build your business accordingly. Before you spend one more minute working on your business, let’s make sure it’s the right business for you. I’ve created a fun two minute quiz to discover your flow business personality type. With the results of this quiz, you’ll know exactly what to prioritize in your business so you can feel confident, knowing you’re building a business you love. Head over to www.shawnmynar.com/quiz right now to find out your flow, business personality, type and once you find that out, hop over to Instagram and let me know what you discover. Again, that’s www.shawnmynar.com/quiz. As always, the link is in the show notes, and I’ll see you next time.

Listener Question: “Why Isn’t Anyone Signing Up For My Freebie?”

How To Make Your Business Less Risky 

Ever wonder why we’re programmed to think that holding a secure job is less risky than running your own business? I take you on a personal journey to debunk this myth, recounting a time when my wife lost her job unexpectedly. Don’t fret – we sailed through it, all thanks to the safety net provided by my own business. Treading on this uncharted territory, I challenge the conventional thinking about job security and business risks.

We all have been in a job where we felt stuck and craved more from our income, haven’t we? This is where the beauty of a scalable business model kicks in. I’ll guide you through the process of creating a business model where you call the shots, dictate your earnings and have an unlimited capacity for growth and impact. Harness the power of an email list and discover how the right words in your emails can be a goldmine. To kickstart your journey into the world of scalable business, I’ve prepared a free class for you. So, gear up for a life-changing episode that could be the key to your financial freedom.

Burnout-Proof Your Business Masterclass – https://shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof

“Start your business. Have a business, be actively working on and in your business… once you have that business you have to be willing to do what it takes to make it happen, whatever that it is.” – Shawn Mynar

“You are in the driver seat, you are the one in charge of making the money that you want to make.” – Shawn Mynar

“Safety can come from your business when you do it the right way, when you create that scalable income and really make it something yours, something that can grow with you.” – Shawn Mynar

Learn the secrets and strategies behind a website that *actually* works for your business. 

Register for the FREE masterclass here: 👉 https://shawnmynar.com/webclass

+++

Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!

Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!

Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR

Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM

+++

Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support. 🙏

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

Hey, hey there, friends, Welcome back to the Flow Business Podcast. I am Shawn, your host, and this is your place to build a business that complements your life, not complicates it. Today we’re talking about risk and specifically, the risk involved with having your own business. It is risky business having your own business, or so we think, so we’ve been told, so our ego wants to tell us. I think possibly is also the case, so we’re going to talk about that and maybe share a different perspective on the risk of having your own business. That is the goal today. This is all coming from something that happened in my personal life recently that I wanted to bring to the show because I think there’s a big lesson here for you and for me, and to something we can really take away from how we’re thinking of our business potentially, or our future business, why we are or are not taking action in our business. There’s just a lot to unpack here, so that’s what we’ll do in this episode. I really feel like one of the biggest things that keeps people from ever even starting their business or trying something new in their business or taking it to the next level in their business is because of the risk involved the business failing or that idea failing, not making money in your business, not making back the investment you made in your business, wasting time, wasting energy, leaving a job or career potentially for your business and then not being able to go back. There’s a lot of stuff that can come up as we’re making this decision and doing this thing of having our own business. It’s really like all the what ifs that we talk about a lot on this show. We just had a whole episode about that, I think, either last week or the week before, about all these what ifs that come up when we start working on our business or taking it to the next level. What if it doesn’t work? What if no one wants what I have to offer? What if I can’t pay my bills? What if it does well for a while and then tanks? Lots of possibilities, a lot of things we can kind of ruminate on when it comes to our business, and a lot of it if not all of it has to do with the risk that you’re taking in your business. But today I want to shift that perspective for you a little bit. Yes, that is one way to look at it, that there is a lot of risk that you are taking on that when starting your business. But what if there is another way to think about that? So this is all coming from, like I said, something that happened personally in my life that I just will share with you guys, because why not? About a month ago if you’re listening to this close to when it airs we got the unexpected news that my wife was being laid off from her job, and I know that this is kind of common right now, a common story at least across the US I’m not sure about worldwide, but I would imagine same being the case just with, I think, inflation and certain industries not doing well post COVID stuff. There’s a lot of contributing factors, all of which, I think, contributed to my wife’s job and it being a startup and just you know there was a lot going on, but it was still pretty unexpected that this would happen At the same time just in a side note, not really having to do with this, this topic, but it was also a relief. She was not happy. I did not like that. She was in that job because she was unhappy and it was stressful and it was one of those things where she wanted out. But at the same time, like, when do you have time to look for another job or another opportunity when you’re so wrapped up in your current job? So it was one of those things where it was a cycle that needed to break and this really was a blessing to help break that cycle. So it wasn’t necessarily bad news. It’s not a bad thing, it was just unexpected. But we are fine, we are good, everything’s totally great. And I guess this is where it comes back to the topic, because hey, guess what? We are fine. Yeah, it was nice to have that extra income. We were putting that income towards some fun things coming up in the future, towards early retirement investments. You know it was good, but the reality is nothing really changed in terms of our everyday living, our everyday saving, our everyday investing the things that we already had planned Because of my business and I’m not saying this to brag or boast, I don’t want that to sound like that at all but I want you to consider what this scenario could look like in your life. If you do have a partner, what happens if they unexpectedly get laid off, or if you are currently in another job and working on your business as a side hustle go you. And also what happens if you unexpectedly get laid off or if something happens to where your income is no longer the same. Now, because of the work that I have done on my business over the years, my income is the one that we can count on, and we have always been able to count on that, even if there’s a recession, even if there’s a disruption in some industry, even if the economy is bad, even with inflation and even more so If we need to, I can always make more money, I can create more offers, I can do more launches, I can sell more of the things that I have to offer, and for me, that whole situation feels really, really safe. The typical mindset I think, coming from society in general, is just like what’s commonly thought of as a safe income option is having a job, having a salary, perhaps, or having an hourly wage that you know you’re going to hit a certain number of hours every month. It’s like getting that paycheck every week, knowing what that paycheck will be, being able to count on that, that is the safe option, and having a business where your income fluctuates is the risky option. Quote, unquote, and I’m having these air quotes going on right now that you cannot see what I think, what I’ve learned and what I know is having a salary, being in a salaried position, having a job, is not quite as safe as you think it is. Obviously, what happened in my family is an example of that. I think you probably have an example of that too, whether it’s someone in your family has been laid off, your friends, you, someone has lost their job at some point, and so now we can see that’s actual proof at how not safe it is to be at the mercy of someone else, to be at the mercy of an industry, to be at the mercy of an economy, your income can be pulled out from under you at the drop of a hat. When you are working for someone else and then having your own business where you’re in charge, you get to decide what happens. You have a say in all of it. That is somehow considered the riskier option, and I understand and I guess I should kind of do a side note here and say that I’m specifically talking about an online business model as a service based business, whether you’re a coach, a practitioner, an expert, a consultant, that kind of situation is what I’m specifically talking about. I know things are different for brick and mortar businesses, things with a lot of overhead that do very much kind of go with the economy and inflation and all of that. So I guess I needed to point that out. I probably should have done it sooner, but I’m specifically talking about the kind of business that I know most of you have or want, the kind of business that I have, which is providing your services to other people in a virtual online capacity. Okay, so, now that we got that cleared up, with a business like that, you get to decide how it goes. You get to decide how much money you make. You get to decide what offers you have, how to price those offers, what to include in those offers. You’re in charge and so when things potentially get tough or your income gets tight or something goes awry that was unexpected, you have the ability to change that, to change your income, to change your offers, to change what you do, to change how you show up, to make it happen, to adjust based on the circumstances. So if we’re talking about risk and how to make your business less risky and, even more so, a safer option than even having a job, there’s a few things we need to go over. First thing have a business, the first thing that you need to do is start your business, have a business, be actively working on and in your business. Obviously, it can’t really be a safe option, it can’t really be something you rely on until it’s out into the world, until it’s actually a thing. But then, once you have that business, then you have to be willing to do what it takes to make it happen, whatever that it is. Starting the business, yes. Growing the business yes. Pivoting yes. Taking it to the next level when needed yes. You need to be able to do what it takes to make it happen. And then, after that, once we have this business going and you’re fully bought in to the business, you need to create a scalable income stream. And this is where it obviously gets very specific to the type of business that I’m speaking about, to the type of business that I have and to the type of business that most of you want or have Creating that scalable income stream. We are in a unique position in this type of business because we can easily create a business model that is scalable, that grows easily, even without us working more or spending more energy or seeing more people or doing more things. You need a scalable income stream. My friends, and like I said, we are in this really unique position because we don’t need more inventory to scale, to grow, to make more money. We don’t need more staff to scale or grow or make more money. For the most part, you might need like a VA or something if you start getting a lot of customer service requests or something like that but minimal staff to grow and you don’t need more resources either. I would say you will need some time, extra time and energy perhaps at the beginning, while you are building this scalable income stream or pivoting your model into a more scalable place or really putting energy and effort into growing that. Yes, you will need time, you will need energy, but once it’s again fully built, it’s this machine that is running. Then your time and energy is really just spent feeding that machine. When that happens, and if something were to change with what’s going on in your family, in your situation, in your income, whatever, all you have to do then is feed that machine more or create another machine and perhaps that machine then feeds the next machine. There is just so many possibilities, limitless possibilities as to how your business can grow and can be the safe place for you to land, for your family to land, if and when anything ever happens? Of course, I hope that doesn’t happen to you, but wouldn’t it be nice to just build that anyway, to just have that as your business, to have your business be the thing that feels very safe and secure and is making money, is growing, is bringing in more and more income and has really created this whole nice ecosystem for you and your family and your income and all of that stuff. So let’s recap yes, you are going to have a business. That is the first thing. To make your business less risky is to actually have a business. Have that online, service-based business where you have the power to create offers, to get clients to pivot, to grow, to get an audience, to get in front of the right people, to even use paid ads to build your business. You are in the driver’s seat. You are the one in charge of making the money that you want to make. After that, or in addition to that, I guess, have a scalable income stream. Have a scalable income stream. I cannot say that enough. It is life changing, it is business changing. It will be your safety net. So create that program, record that workshop, write that ebook, whatever it is for you and of course you know this. If you want help creating your signature program and getting it out into the world, making money, bringing in income, we can do that together inside the Signature Program Bundle. We are now over 200 members strong in there and growing every day, and you have the invitation open to you to join in. You can learn more at shawnmynar.com/bundle, but no matter what. Please, please, please, make this a priority for you and your business. Now one last thing before we close things out. I know there may be some of you thinking well, that’s easy for you to say you already have paid offers, you already have an audience, you’ve been doing this for a while. This works for you, this is safe for you, but it’s not for me. But remember, friends, I have been there. I have been in a place where I was hard up. I was in debt $20,000 in debt, in fact, and sick and burnt out and all that stuff, and I poured my time and energy into creating my program. It was in that space where I created my first Signature Program, being $20,000 in debt Because I was sick, just being in this really bad spot. I was in dire straits and guess what I did? I did whatever it took to make it happen, to get to the next level, to get to a different place, to get out of where I was, and so that’s when I created my program. I spent three months creating it and getting it out into the world. I posted on social media when I had no audience. I wrote blog posts when I had no audience. I started a podcast when I had no audience. I learned how to market myself to make money. I learned how to be a business owner, and really it was in that time doing that that I realized for the first time I was thinking that having my business was the safest option, that I could make it happen when I needed it, that I could change my circumstances when I needed it because of the specific business I created, which I know is what most of you are doing too. So it’s in these moments where you do start bringing in income from a scalable business model that you really start to see what’s possible and you really do understand if anything were to ever happen or if I just wanted to start making more money. I can you really can, to some degree make money on demand. Not really to some degree. You absolutely can hundred percent make money on demand when you have this type of business, as long as you are committed and willing to do the work To make it happen. Like I said, you’re willing to show up and share and put your your work out into the world. You’re willing to do these things when no one’s watching, no one, knowing that eventually people will be watching. You’re willing to Build an audience and do what it takes to make that happen. You’re willing to build an email list. I mean really to be totally frank with you if you have an email list, you have a money making machine. You have at your fingertips people that want to buy what you have to offer at any time. Whenever you send out an email. Yeah sure, you need to know what to say in those emails hello, that’s your messaging, that’s learning your marketing, that’s learning copy and all that stuff that we talk about here a lot on the show, and I have all the resources to help you with that too. But Once you figure that out and yes, it is a process and it’s stuff that you’ll learn along the way to but having an email list is your money making machine if your partner loses their job tomorrow, or if you lose your job tomorrow, you can email your list the following day and make some money if you have it. So, doing that work and being willing to do that work and knowing that that is your job your job is to build this machine that is scalable, that is impactful, that works for you All the time, no matter what is going on, and that simply isn’t an option for people who have a job, who are working for someone else, who have An hourly wage or a salary. They’re getting paid what they’re getting paid there at someone else’s mercy, and you and your business are not. You have such an unlimited range of capacity and growth and impact and I’m just obviously super passionate about this. And as soon as we got the news that we were down to just my income from my business for a while, I knew I had to come on the show and talk to you all about that, because it is honestly such a powerful place to be. It feels so good to get that news and be like hey, cool, we’re fine. We are fine because of my business and we always have been fine. For the past almost eleven years, my only income has come from my doing Me creating my own income. How cool is that? How powerful. I feel just so empowered knowing that, and I hope you do too, and I hope it gets you to a point where you’re excited about your business, where you’re excited about your future, you’re excited about what you’re gonna create and you feel a sense of safety from that, not risk. Safety can come from your business when you do it the right way, when you create that scalable income and and really make it yours, make it something that can grow with you. All right, I will leave it there for now, and if you are interested in learning more about this whole signature program thing building this scalable business model I do have a free class going on right now that you can check out whenever it works for you. That’s at shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof. Just schedule your session there and you can learn my entire process for making that happen in your business, totally free. shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof. And until next time, take care. Hey, wait up before you go. Do you want to know the biggest reason why your business may not flow? Because it’s not in alignment with your personality type. Building the right business for you means knowing your strengths, weaknesses, energetic expression and what’s most important to you, so you can build your business accordingly. Before you spend one more minute working on your business, let’s make sure it’s the right business for you. I’ve created a fun two minute quiz to discover your flow business personality type. With the results of this quiz, you’ll know exactly what to prioritize in your business so you can feel confident knowing your building a business you love. Head over to shawnmynar.com/quiz right now to find out your flow business personality type and once you find that out, hop over to Instagram and let me know what you discover again that shawnmynar.com/quiz. As always, the link is in the show notes.

Listener Question: “Why Isn’t Anyone Signing Up For My Freebie?”

The #1 Thing You Need To Do Today To Have A Thriving Business

Are you truly embodying the successful business owner you aspire to be, or are you still stuck in your past? Shut your eyes and imagine stepping into the shoes of your future self. That self who has already triumphed in business, who owns the life you dream of. Welcome to this transformative episode where we unlock the power of embodiment. We unearth the significance of making decisions and taking actions as the successful version of yourself. It’s a journey where we learn that it’s not enough just to want success, you have to live and act as if you have already achieved it.

Ever pondered on the energy you’re investing into your business? Today, we’re confronting some hard truths about how fear, anxiety, and overthinking might be derailing you from your goals. We discuss the importance of energetic alignment and how it can influence your business growth. Shifting your mindset from the past or present, into the future, where you’ve already accomplished your business aspirations, can significantly transform your journey. And to wrap it all up, we take a fun detour into deciphering your ‘flow business personality type’. A quick two-minute quiz could be all you need to find alignment with your business persona. So, are you ready to share your results on Instagram and join the conversation? Can’t wait to hear from you!

Free Website Event – shawnmynar.com/webclass

“When you make decision based on current circumstances, then you stay on those current circumstances. You have to make decisions based on your future reality and how you want that to look.” – Shawn Mynar

“What kind of energy are you infusing into your business right now? And is that the foundation that you want to build your business on?” – 
Shawn Mynar

“Take the time to embody the version of you that you truly want to be, the whole reason you are working on this business.” – 
Shawn Mynar

+++

Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!

Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!

Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR

Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM

+++

Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support. 🙏

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

Hey, hey there, friends, Welcome back to the Flow Business Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host, and this is your place to build a business that feels good, is fun and flows, because if we’re not focused on that, we’re focused on the wrong things, and what’s the point? What’s the point of having a business that is hard and stressful and you don’t love and you just want to like crawl in a hole and not work on your business? That’s not what we’re about here. We are about doing things in a way that is good for us and our lives and our family and our loved ones, and our time and our energy and all of that stuff that’s really super important that not enough people think about. Today we’re going to dive into a little bit of tough love, dare I say. I’m feeling the need to go down this road, because what I’m seeing in terms of specifically what we’re talking about today is a lot of you unintentionally not doing this when it comes to your business and your approach to business. So, with a little bit of tough love, maybe I can act as a reminder or a guiding force to you to make this a priority and to really showcase this kind of approach to your business. This was an exercise that I originally did I mean way, way back in the day in Unstuck Entrepreneur, my mentorship program for new business owners Several years ago. We did this exercise right away in the group and then kind of led the rest of the group with this intentionality behind it. And then I redid this exercise just a month or two ago inside the Signature Program Bundle. I’m hosting an accountability group for like a group of 65 people within the Signature Program Bundle and it’s for eight weeks. So we kicked off the eight weeks by doing this exercise and really stepping into who we wanted to show up. As for the following eight weeks, where we were going to be holding ourselves accountable and using the group to support that accountability me there along the way, of course, but it just really helps in any capacity with anything that you’re doing in your life. But let’s talk specifically about business today, since that’s what we’re here to talk about Anything in your business. It’s so important to come at it from this perspective, and so anything I do with a group of business owners is going to be starting from this place and that is what we’re going to talk about today. Let me stop being cryptic and just tell you what it is, and then we’ll dive into what this looks like. This is the conversation of embodiment, aka being, whatever you are more drawn to use that to go there. Embodiment or being and it really is the stepping into the version of you that has what you want, that already is there. That’s what you want, does what you want to do, acts how you want to act, shows up the way you want to show up, lives the way you want to live. You’re already there, and so you figure out what that looks like, what that feels like, how that is for you, and then you move from that place, because the version of you that wants a successful business is not the same version of you that has a successful business. So right now, you are in the place where you want a business that looks like XYZ, that does XYZ, that makes XYZ amount of money per month. That is where you’re at in this place of wanting that but not yet having that, or being on your way to that. But the version of you that has that business, that future version of you that has that business that is making that kind of money, that is helping this certain number of people, that has this certain Lifestyle and freedom and flexibility that you’re looking for your business to bring you. That is not the same version of you, and so it gets really confusing when what you are trying to create is being created by this old version of you, this version of you in this, in the past, the version of you that wants but doesn’t have. Doesn’t it make sense to build what you want based on where you want to go? I know this like takes a little bit of thought, is a little, it’s a little out there, but it makes a lot of sense if you really think about it. Why would you be building something in the future when you’re still stuck in the past? That’s never going to get you where you want to go. It’s never going to look the way you want it to look because you’re stuck back here when what you want is up there. So making decisions and acting from this past place will not get you to your future and friends. I love you all, but here’s some real talk. A lot of you are approaching your business or this future business from where you are now your present or even your past, things that have happened in the past, your past stories, your past experiences. You are there and that’s where you are approaching your future business from. But that version of you whether it’s present, past, a combination of both can’t build a successful business, because guess what, if it could, you would already have that. You would already have that. You would already be there. So that’s just proof that where you have been and where you are approaching things from isn’t going to get you where you want to go. You have to embody the next version of yourself before you can make it happen, that version of yourself who has the business you want, and that is really what I define as embodiment, especially when it comes to being a business owner and being in the process of building a business. Embodiment is like the number one thing you need to do from the very beginning, and it’s a continuous practice that you need to kind of calibrate yourself to regularly, not just when you’re working on your business, but all the time, so that you are moving through life as a business owner who has X, y, z, even if you don’t already have that. It is amazing what changes for you in every regard in terms of how you think, act, speak, behave, all that stuff, but how others think, act and speak to you and about you and how you approach everything in your life, not just your work, not just your content, not just your business, not just with your clients, but in every area of your life, and all of that matters. All of that puts you into the environment energetically and emotionally and mentally and physically, to create what you actually want to create. That will not happen if you are continuing to approach your every day in business and in life from this place of well, I’m trying to build a business, but or I might be maybe sort of working on this business thing, or I’m not super sure, I’m not really confident in what I’m doing. There’s a huge difference to that, and so I really want to have this conversation of embodiment. And it also goes along with a topic I’ve done on the show before it’s been a long time, but it’s also very common in like the personal growth space, which is the be do have model. It goes something like this this is a quote from Zig Ziglar, actually, that, I think, really sums it up well, you have to be before you can do and do before you can have. I think a lot of us know you have to do before you can have, like, in order to have this business that is XYZ. You have to build it. You have to do the things, the tangible things, to create that, to have that business that can do that thing. That makes sense to a lot of us. What we’re not doing before that is is the being you have to be before you can do. And, like I said, then that leads you to doing from this like expired place that isn’t you anymore and isn’t where you want to go and isn’t how you want to think and isn’t how you want to feel and isn’t what you want to have. But you’re still operating from that place, which is just an automatic process. It’s just what happens when you’re not consciously intentional about what you’re bringing to your business and to your life and everything. So the be, do have model. You start by being what and who you want, the expression of you that you wish to be in the future. Then you do from that space and only then will you have. So I want to do an example for you. You can really grasp this on a tangible level. So let’s say that your dream business is one where you have a program or two that brings in $100,000 a year and you work with 100 clients within that year that they go through your programs and it’s this beautiful combination of being hands off and kind of self-paced and all that stuff, with a little bit of coaching from you and some connections that you make in the group and with your clients and that kind of stuff. So that’s what you’re looking for. You also have this audience that you’re building through your freebie and these other things that you have, other channels you have. That gets you to have an email list that grows by 10 to 20 people per day. That is both on your email list and, let’s say, on your Instagram. So you get this. You have are in this really great place with consistent growth, in a way that feels very good, very comfortable for you, and you’re enjoying that growth. You’re enjoying these new people coming into your world every single day by like 10 to 20 people. Okay, let’s really get that. Whether that’s what you want or not, just work with me here. Your business, your dream business, may look totally different from that, but let’s just see how this goes. Just pretend for a moment that sounds really good to you and that’s what you’d like. How does that version of you show up? What does that version of you do? How does that version of you think? What do you say? How do you make decisions? How do you feel and I think that’s the most important thing if you can’t get any specifics in any other regard, at least focus on specifically how you feel as this person who has built this business to six figures a year, working with hundreds of clients, having this really awesome audience connection point that consistently grows your business, grows your audience, and you just know for sure your business is going to continue to grow too. And all while you are in this place, where you work a couple hours a day. You show up for your clients every other week on a live call. You have a ton of free time and flexibility. Some days you don’t work at all, Some days you’re out hanging out with your family, and then you work in the evenings. It’s all just very flowy and feels good and it really works for you. How does that feel specifically? How does that feel and how do you make decisions based on that business and that version of you? How do you carry yourself? What do you say to your friends when you talk about your business? What do you do to show up for your audience? Do you show up regularly? Do you email them regularly, knowing you have 10 to 20 new people coming onto your list every single week Did I say week per day? No, every single day. 10 to 20 new people every day coming onto your email list, showing up on your Instagram. Do you show up for them? How does that really look for you, and can you see the difference between that version of you and who you are now? How you’re showing up now, what you’re saying about your business now, how you’re approaching the work that you do for your business, who you are attracting, and how you’re attracting them. Is there a difference? This is an honest question. This is something for you to ask yourself and be very real, very candid, very honest with yourself. Is there a difference between how you are showing up, how you are presenting, how you are holding yourself, what you are thinking, what you are saying now, versus what you would do, think, say, act, show up as when you already have that business? Is there a difference? And I want you to think even more from an energetic perspective than an action perspective. I mean sure it’s probably obvious that there is some disconnect between how you’re showing up on, say, social media, or with your email list or in other content platforms you want or you have, versus how you would if you had, if they were growing. You know, if you had consistent growth and you were getting new faces and new people to reach out to and to talk to and to connect with every single day. There may be a difference there, like tangibly, like yes, I would show up more than I am now, but let’s also think in terms of an energetic perspective. That version of you who has this thriving business, is making a great income, has consistent growth and has people very engaged and interested in their work Is that version of you scared, overwhelmed? Is that version of you hiding? Is that version of you overthinking things? Is that version of you waiting for things to be perfect before you put anything out into the world? Is that version of you giving up on something when it doesn’t work right away? Does that version of you make decisions out of lack or out of abundance? So can you see the difference energetically, let alone on a tangible level, like the frequency of your vibration when you are acting from the place of your past or your current versus acting out of a place from your future, is very different, and this is why I’m calling it a little bit of tough love conversation that we’re having today because, from what I see from my vantage point and I completely understand this and I think this is totally unintentional this is something that is very common unless you can be present to this work and present to this embodiment, and this is why we’re having the conversation, so that you can now. But what I see is a lot of approaching your business from where you are now, from where you have been, from how things have gone, instead of your future and where you want it to go. So there’s a lot of fear, there’s a lot of hiding, there’s a lot of overthinking, there’s a lot of overwhelm and giving up and making decisions based on lack and, even more so, making decisions based on current circumstances and not future reality. And so when you make decisions based on current circumstances, then you stay in those current circumstances. You have to make decisions based on your future reality and how you want that to look. Just as a quick example, something I see like literally every day is people being concerned about the $100 expense they are going to incur every month for their business. But that is coming from. You’re making that decision based on not yet having the business, but yet your business is going to be bringing in income and that $100 a month expense is the only way that you can have a business that brings in income. So you have to make it from that future version, that decision that you would be thrilled to pay $100 a month to a platform that is making you $15,000 a month. Like, please take my money right and we talked about this in the episode I did about monthly expenses with an online business and just the reality of how not expensive it is to have an online business, how affordable it is. But this is still something I see and it’s a very obvious expression of a lack of embodiment and a decision making style based on past and current and not future, because you’re making a decision based on where you are now, but that is not at all where you’re going to be when you have your business up and running. Like you are going to have another income stream, but you need to put in that investment to get there. So that’s just one example that I see all the time. But there are tons of decisions that you are making every single day for your business that you have the opportunity to get curious with yourself and understand and ask yourself am I making this decision based on current or am I making this decision as the future version of myself? That has what I want? And when you make decisions from this future version of you, that is when that future version comes to reality. You have to start embodying that when making your decisions and that’s why I say like this needs to be a practice for you. This needs to be something that you are getting in the habit of doing on a regular basis, checking in with yourself and asking yourself how am I acting? What am I thinking about, what am I saying? And is it coming from the past or the current, or am I stepping into the future version of me? Because the only way that you can get to that next level, get to where you want to go and how that dream become reality, is if you are acting as it is now, if you are being that version of you now, the full on embodiment. Okay, so what kind of energy are you infusing into your business right now, and is that the foundation that you want to build your business on? Like I said, I see a lot of, and this is why we talk about these topics so often here on the show, I see a lot of fear and overthinking and overwhelming giving up and Just all of this kind of low vibe, may I say, emotion. And is that how you want to build your foundation for your business? And even more so, can you really see how coming from that place would only make getting to your future even harder, even more challenging, with even more of an uphill battle, versus stepping into that Roll first and then coming at it from a different perspective? Okay, so this is a new regular practice for you and you know it’s quite simple. I think that could be some pushback and like why don’t know exactly what I want my business to do? Or or look like I haven’t really gotten that for far. I’m still thinking about you know what would be best for me and my family and and what I really want to come out of this business. That is fine. You don’t have to have every single detail of your dream business figured out before you can embody the energy of that business, because what I do know is that you have a really good idea of why you want to have this business, how you want to feel, what will come out of it, how it will change you and your life and your time and how you spend your time and energy and how you spend your energy and your family’s life and all this stuff. I know that if you want to start a business, or if you have started a business and you are now growing a business, you at least know why you wanted that in the first place and that’s really all you need to get started. Come up with this future idea of you in a business that is thriving, doesn’t? You don’t have to know the specifics of why it’s the diving, what that means, but you in this place of having this thriving, successful business, and then think about what that means for you, what that looks like, what that has done for you and your life, how it feels. What has changed in your life, what has changed with your health, what has changed with your calendar and how you spend your time, what you now spend your time doing because you have extra time If that’s something that’s important to you, which I know is the case for a lot of people what you do with this open time on your calendar. What has changed for your family and how much time you get to spend with them. What do you do because you have more time with your family and your loved ones. Even if you can’t get specific with the how your business has gotten you to this point, you can still get specific with how your life has changed, what has changed for you, what that means for you, and that is the version of you that you need to be acting from coming from as you work to figure out what that specifically looks like to get you to that point. Okay, so that is what your future version of yourself is, already being in that place, already having that freedom, already having that flexibility, having that stability, having that financial security, whatever it is that you know you want your business to bring you. Get into the specifics of how that looks in your life and you will see. When you do this because I want you to actually do this like write it down, visualize it, like, get into like a meditative type state and really visualize yourself there and you will see, you will feel actually the energetic shift in you and that is how we want to approach your business. Your decisions, how you show up, how you act, how you feel what you accomplish comes from that place energetically and mentally and emotionally. There is a big difference and it really helps to get into that place from you know this visualization perspective, writing it down, really feeling it as much as you possibly can, and then coming back to your business and approaching it from that place. So this is like I said, it’s going to be an habit. It’s going to be a practice that you do every time you sit down to work on your business. Before you even start typing or start looking at emails or whatever it is, take the time to embody the version of you that you truly want to be, the whole reason you are working on this business. So build the practice now and get in the habit now and I promise you things are going to go a lot quicker, a lot smoother. You are going to notice a shift in the actual, tangible results of your business. Whether you’re building or you’re already there and you’re working to make it bigger, you are going to notice the results are just so much better, so much bigger, so much quicker, if you can do this first. So we’re calling this embodiment and that is the first step to having a successful, thriving business and the most important practice to maintain in your business as well, as you continue. And what you’ll notice is once you’re at that place where it was your dream business and now you’re there, well then that just keeps growing too. Then your dream business becomes different, becomes bigger, becomes more impactful, makes more money, whatever it is, and so you always have that future version of you just ahead of yourself. That is where you are coming from as you work on your business. All right, my friends, we will wrap it up there. I hope I have given you something to think about. Like I said, tough love, but you know it always comes from a place of love first. But sometimes we just have to really have this outside perspective to look in and show you what’s really going on for you and your business, and I hope I can be that for you and you can now be a little bit more intentional and have a little more thought when it comes to how you are showing up every single day for you and your business and your life. Okay with that, until next time. Take care, hey, wait up before you go. Do you want to know the biggest reason why your business may not flow? Because it’s not in alignment with your personality type. Finding the right business for you means knowing your strengths, weaknesses, energetic expression and what’s most important to you, so you can build your business accordingly. Before you spend one more minute working on your business, let’s make sure it’s the right business for you. I’ve created a fun two minute quiz to discover your flow business personality type. With the results of this quiz, you’ll know exactly what to prioritize in your business so you can feel confident knowing your building a business you love. Head over to www.shawnmynar.com Right now to find out your flow business personality type and once you find that out, hop over to Instagram and let me know what you discover. Again, that’s www.shawnmynar.com seaand, as always, the link is in the show notes.

Listener Question: “Why Isn’t Anyone Signing Up For My Freebie?”

What Would It Look Like If It Were Easy?

Fear of failure is a common stumbling block for many entrepreneurs, but what if we told you that it could be your biggest asset? Join us as we challenge the conventional notion of failure and explore how it can be a powerful tool for growth and success. With insights from the wise Paulo Coelho, we begin to see failure for what it really is – not an end, but a stepping stone.

We’re not stopping there. We’re also flipping the script on fear itself. Ever considered the cost of not trying? Today, we’re uncovering the potential of fear as a catalyst for action and how visualizing worst and best-case scenarios can guide your entrepreneurial journey. The road to success does not exclude failure; it embraces it.

To wrap up, we’re throwing in a special treat. Discover your unique business personality type and learn how to build a business you love. On top of that, we have an exciting live masterclass, Make Messaging Magic, just around the corner. This is your chance to move past fear and embrace the possibilities that lie within failure. The journey to your dream business starts here. Don’t miss out!

Make Messaging Magic Waitlist – https://shawnmynar.com/waitlist

“Doing it, giving it a try, trying your best, getting it started, having a business, getting it off the ground right there is the ultimate in business success.” – Shawn Mynar

“Having something not work out, not go as planned, does not mean you and your business are a failure.” – Shawn Mynar

“The reality is failures are just lessons you need to learn to get where you want to go.” – Shawn Mynar

+++

Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!

Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!

Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR

Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM

+++

Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support. 🙏

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

Hey, hey there, friends, Welcome back to the Flow Business Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host, and this is your place to build a business that excites you, not overwhelms you. Today’s topic is all about failure and how to make sure that your business doesn’t fail, because I know that is a big fear out there Rightfully so. Building a business doing something new, taking some risk. You want to know how can I make sure that this is a success, which is obviously the opposite of knowing it will not fail. So how can you make sure your business doesn’t fail? Now, before we get into that conversation, I have a really exciting announcement. If you’ve been around for a while, then you may remember back in the spring so probably like five, six months ago now I hosted a live masterclass called Make Messaging Magic, and it was super fun. We had a great time, so many light bulb moments, and I since have had people asking if I was going to be doing it again, how they could get involved. They wanted access to that, and so I decided to host another one this fall, coming up probably within the next, I’d say, three to six weeks. I don’t have an exact date yet, but I do have a waitlist for you to get on. If you are interested in learning how to create good messaging around the work you do. We talk about messaging a lot here on the show, but if you’re still not familiar with what that concept is when it comes to your business, it’s essentially how to package everything. You do everything. You know what, everything that’s going on in your head about how you can help people, what you do to help people, how they’ll feel after they receive your help. Turning all of that which I know is in your head into the words you use for your business, aka your messaging. And your messaging is a critical piece to your marketing strategy. It is the reason why people will sign up to work with you and won’t sign up to work with you. It matters a lot. The words that you use in your business is everything, and so I’m going to host a live class with all of you, showing you exactly how to create your messaging in your business, how to take everything that’s in your head right now and learn how to properly deliver it to the people that need your help, to the people that you want to work with, using it in your business in every area in your social media, on your website, in your emails. Literally every marketing piece that you have for your business needs to be infused with your messaging. But in order to do that, you need to know what that is for you and your business and your unique personality. That’s a huge piece of your messaging is infusing you into your marketing. So we’re going to do all of that together. Live coming up in a few weeks. If that is something that is of interest to you, head to www.shawnmynar.com/waitlist soon, like today, and get your name on the list so that you’ll know when the dates are for the Make Messaging Magic Masterclass coming up in a few weeks. Waitlist is over at www.shawnmynar.com. I’ll also make sure that is listed in the show notes. Okay, let’s talk failure. What a nice light subject for this podcast episode. But something we need to talk about because that is in the back of probably every business owner’s mind, is how do I make sure my business doesn’t fail and what if it fails? And sometimes that what if it fails is enough of a question that the business never gets started, and you may be one of those people in that place right now where your fear of failure or all the other fears that are come up, bubble up to the surface of a business owner are keeping you from even starting your business, and that is very real. That is a very big thing that could potentially keep it from ever happening, and that really is actually the crux of our entire conversation today, and it is actually all summed up in this quote I want to share with you. To kick things off, the one who falls and gets up is stronger than the one that never tried. Do not fear failure, but rather fear never trying, and that’s from Paolo Coelho. It’s what I really want to talk about today in terms of failure and really is the short answer to the question of how do I make sure my business doesn’t fail. Well, the answer is to have a business, to start a business, to get your business off the ground, to try to do the thing. That is the only thing that you need to do to make sure that your business doesn’t fail, because doing it, doing the thing, giving it a try, trying your best, getting it started, having a business getting off the ground right there, is the ultimate in business success. So that right there means your business hasn’t and can never fail. Simply by doing it, simply by getting it off the ground, simply by starting your business. Having your business, sure, it may change, you may pivot, you may consciously decide it’s no longer what you want, it’s not what you want to do, it’s not working for you. That doesn’t make it a failure. Those are just decisions that you make as you move along in this life and learn more and things change and opportunities come up. That is not considered a failure. That is considered maybe the ending of a chapter to start a new chapter or to try something new. You know, there’s all these other things that we can think about in terms of our business, but failure is not one of them as soon as you start your business. So, because I know this is such a big fear for so many of you and can often be the thing that keeps you from actually starting which, like I said, as soon as you kick that thing off and you start making money on your business, you have succeeded Absolutely. I don’t care if it’s a dollar, a thousand dollars or a hundred thousand dollars. You have succeeded in your business. But I do want to break down this fear of failure, because I think it’s the biggest fear out there for most entrepreneurs, because you can almost like see yourself having to kind of give up on your dreams or admit failure, hanging your head and going back to looking for a job or to work for someone else, knowing that it didn’t work, and to even take it a step deeper from that. I think a lot of the fear of failing comes from two places First of all, financially, being afraid of not making ends meet financially, not making the money that you need to survive or the income that you want or need for your family. And then also having to admit defeat, the embarrassment, the shame, the pain that comes with having to admit that something didn’t work. It’s uncomfortable, right and so not wanting to go through that, not wanting to have to feel those uncomfortable emotions that come when your business didn’t go as planned or you have to pivot, or you do have to go find a part-time job where you’re waiting for it to grow, you don’t want to feel those potentially uncomfortable feelings, so you’re just trying to avoid it all together. And this is all coming from your ego, the ego part of your mind, and they’re legitimate. These are legitimate reasons why it would feel scary to think about your business. Not making it to think about that failure that is possible Financially might be a problem, having to admit defeat not great, but in no way is this a sign that you shouldn’t move forward or that there’s something wrong with you for feeling scared and being worried that you may fail. This is a very common experience for probably every business owner out there on the planet. And also, if you were to ask these business owners, like the most successful business owners you can think of, if you were to ask them, they would have a long list of their numerous failures in their business. Because here’s the thing You’re going to experience things that your mind will want to call a failure. There’s going to be some idea, some offer, some post, some message, some product that doesn’t go well, that doesn’t land, that nobody wants, that doesn’t get the response you thought it would. It’s going to happen, it happens to everyone. It’s part of the process. That is almost something to just expect, and then, when you expect it, it can make it a whole lot easier when it does happen. But that is not an actual failure. Your mind wants to call it. That wants to wrap it up in this big whole like failure web where you feel terrible. All of these super icky emotions come up because of it. You start questioning everything in your life and start freaking out about everything. But it’s not a failure and that’s the biggest message I want to make sure you hear today. Having something not work out, not go as planned, does not mean you and your business are a failure. It doesn’t mean the world is going to end tomorrow. It doesn’t mean you’re going to be made fun of or judged. It doesn’t mean you’re going to run out of money. It’s just something that didn’t work out, which happens all the time in every area of our life. Your business is no different. Me personally. I’ve experienced so many failures in this almost 11 years now of being in business. I have created programs that nobody wanted. I’ve talked about this before here on the show, but I’ll remind you all my first four program launches I had zero people purchase. Four times four program launches, zero sales. I could have so easily thrown in the towel and gotten all up in my emotions and totally thought everything was just doomed after just one of those or two of those or three of those definitely after four. But I didn’t. I kept going and learning as I went and making tweaks and trying to understand how I could get these programs out into the world into the hands of people that needed it. And that whole experience of all these failures really is what has made my business what it is today and the success I’ve had today, because it made me learn marketing Like after those four failed launches, I went deep into the marketing world and learned everything I could about how to be a marketer in my business not just the coach that I was, but also the business woman that I wanted to be and to be able to get, like I said, get my work in the hands of the right people. The people that needed and wanted my help, without feeling sleazy and slimy and use car salesman vibes didn’t want any of that, and so it took me on this quest to now know what I know and do what I do and help who I help, and I literally wouldn’t be where I am today without those four failed launches. So the reality is, failures are just lessons you need to learn to get where you want to go. Let me say that again Failures are just lessons. You need to learn to get where you want to go. I say this all the time. I’ll say it again there is so much value in things not going as planned, in things not working out. There are lessons to be learned that inevitably Will take you where you want to go. You could not have gotten to that place you want to go without that happening the way that it did. Think about, for example, just to give a little metaphor here, let’s say you have a child who starts playing football and as they’re learning football and getting into it, they realize they’re really good at kicking the ball. They really like that. It comes really naturally. The coach notices and they become the kicker of the team and in that process then realize actually I feel like soccer is my sport. I feel like I would love soccer. I love kicking, I feel really good about it. I’m really good at it. Everyone’s noticing how good I’m at it. I’m gonna instead be on the soccer team and then years go by, soccer happens and I’m getting a scholarship to their favorite college and everything works in their favor because they realize soccer is their sport. If they would have gone to gymnastics they may never have learned that they’re really good at kicking the ball and they really enjoy that and soccer is a really great place for them. They may never have learned that. So Then does that mean that that child is a failure at football, or that child is a failure for not trying gymnastics? No, it was part of the process. You would never think that of that child. And so for you to think that Of your business because you’re using what you’re learning and what you’re doing and what isn’t working to then pivot into what is working and learn so much about yourself and the process and everything that it takes along the way, how could we not call that anything but a success? So that’s really the message here today is just having the business, doing the business, getting it out there, starting it up. Going through that phase of your business automatically makes it impossible for you to fail. All right, let me go through some tips for moving through the fear of failure. I don’t want to call it getting over the fear of failure, because I don’t think it’s something you get over. It’s not something that, like, disappears at any point. It’s you moving through it and taking action despite your ego bringing up that emotion. Okay, so the first tip I have for you is to get real with yourself. The reality is, if you don’t try, your chance of failure is 100%. And I know that’s a little harsh, but we’ve got to. We’ve got to get there. We’ve got to understand that, especially if you are in this place where you have an idea for your business, you have this desire to help someone else. You have all of these things, all these tools that, quite honestly, most people in this world don’t ever experience. They don’t ever feel that desire or that need to start their own business, to be of service to others, to have an entire business wrapped around how you can help someone else. That is rare, and so the fact that you even have that instinct, have that idea, is huge, and so the reality is, if you don’t act on it, well then you’re failing that instinct, you’re failing your desire, your path, this road that you’re meant to go down, because if you weren’t meant to go down it, you would have never even had the idea, it never would have come into your consciousness, it wouldn’t be a thing right now. So the reality is, the only way that you can fail is to not try at all, to not bring those ideas to reality, and I also think that it’s really important to Understand the cost of not trying. Is it you staying in an unfulfilling job, not helping people that need your help, not making a bigger impact during your time on this planet, not experiencing the time or financial freedom that you desire or that your family needs from you not having time for the things you love to do. These are all really important things to consider when you make the decision of not trying. And is it really worth that? Is staying in your comfort zone and not trying, the thing that your mind may consider a failure if it doesn’t go as planned Worth not experiencing everything you want to experience and not doing everything you want to do? Get real with yourself and understand the consequences that come with Not taking action out of a fear of failure or any fear that stopping you from moving to that next step. It is important to really take inventory, to really look at the consequences and see if it’s really worth it. Or would it just be better to give it a shot? Give it a try, do your best to get it out there and get one step closer to all of these things becoming reality. My second tip for moving through the fear of failure is to change your relationship with failure. Failure is just feedback, failure is just a learning experience and, even better, failure is necessary to get you where you want to go. It is an inevitable Part of the path to your dream business, to doing what you want to do. It’s going to happen in some way or another, but all it is is a lesson. That’s all it is. It’s Guiding you in the right direction to learn what you need to get where you want to go. That’s it. And when you think about it that way, it’s not that scary. It’s actually kind of exciting because that means you have a learning experience ahead and with that learning experience means that you will know what it’s going to take To get you where you want to go. But you can’t learn it until you get there. You can’t preemptively know what that is going to be. It has to happen along the way. And the third tip I have for you Prove it wrong. Your fear of failure is actually pretty weak because there’s a very small chance of that thing that you’re scared of happening actually happening, which means you can very easily prove it wrong. Like, literally one client, one purchase, one like one comment, one subscriber, one person listening. What if no one likes my post? What if no one reads my email? What if no one wants my freebie? What if no one listens to my podcast? These are often big enough stories that our minds create for us to ever do that thing, to ever start a podcast, to ever put out a paid offer, to ever ask for clients to do the thing that we want to do. That will move our business forward. Because we’re worried, what if? Like? All the what ifs come up, and the cool thing is that those what ifs almost never happen. But you just have to get to that point where you are doing the thing so that you can prove it wrong. I love proving my fears wrong because it’s actually quite easy to do so you just have to do the thing that you have this fear behind, and then you’re able to be like, oh, okay, well, actually that didn’t happen, I don’t need to worry about that. Or, what’s even better is okay, that did happen. And here I am, I’m still okay, I’m still alive, I still have a roof over my head, like, for example, in signature program bundle. There’s a big fear behind that comes up often about well, what if no one signs up for my program? And my question back is always yeah, what if? What if no one signs up? Would you still be okay, would you? What would you need to do to be okay? What would happen if no one signs up? And inevitably the reply is well, everything would be fine. Everything would actually be the same as it is now. Except I would have learned so much during my launch process I’d be ready to do it again. I could make some tweaks based on what I now know didn’t work. I would spend a little bit of time working on my messaging or switching up my offer to make it more irresistible, and I would launch again. That’s that’s it. So there, that fear, like the fear that we have ahead of time, is so much bigger than the response whether it doesn’t actually happen and it wasn’t something to be scared of at all, or it does happen, but it’s still fine, like life is still fine, everything’s okay, and you actually now have so much more information to try again or to do things differently or to pivot, whatever it is that comes out of that situation. But it’s the fear behind it that is so much stronger, and when we can just prove it wrong by doing the thing and seeing that everything is good, that really takes the power away. And then my last tip is actually a little exercise for you. I love this exercise, and this probably sounds a little strange, especially coming from someone who is super positive, likes to look on the bright side, likes to find the good things out of a bad situation, especially with everything we’ve already talked about today. But this is one of my favorite exercises. I want you to think about maybe the situation in your business that is scary right now, something you may be trying to do. You’re not sure how it’s going to go, or maybe it’s just launching your business at all and really taking that first step to really get it out there. Think of the absolute worst case scenario. What would your business failing actually look like for you? How bad would it get? Would you have to get a job? Would you have to go back to doing what you were doing? Would you have to pick up more hours at the job you do have? Would you have to take out a loan? Would you have to cut back on expenses? From this financial perspective, that is often what drives this fear of failure, like I mentioned at the beginning. So, really getting into financially, what would happen if no one bought your program? If you only got two clients right away instead of filling up your schedule? What would you do? What would that look like? And also, from the perspective of emotionally, how would it feel? What would it look like if your business failed and you had to go back and find a job or you had to get pick up part-time work while you’re building your business? What would that feel like? And I know this is getting dark right, but I think it helps so much, first of all, to see that, yes, there are options. Yes, I would still be okay. Yes, I would have some other paths to explore while I’m working on my business. And then another great thing about this exercise comes from the second part, which is now to think about the absolute best case scenario. What would it look like if you launched this thing? You started your business, you tried out this, you got this thing going. Whatever it is that’s currently the next big thing for you that could really catapult your success. What is the best case scenario of that happening? What would it look like? How much money could you make? What would that money do for you in your life? How many more people could you help? How would it go? What would be a day in the life of you having this super successful thing that you just did? Get really clear on both of those, because at this point from where you’re at right now. Both are equally possible, and it would take the same amount of energy to have a massive success as it would be for things to go not as planned. So where are you putting your focus? Because where focus goes, energy flows. And for you, getting in this pattern of thinking about, well, what if it fails? What if it doesn’t do this? What if it does that? What if it doesn’t go as planned? What if? What if? What if? That’s exactly where you’re putting your focus and, by way of that, is exactly where you’re putting your energy. But you can just as easily guide your energy into a different direction simply by guiding your thoughts into well, what if it goes better than planned? You get to decide what’s at the end of that, what if? And by way of doing that, we’ll then guide your energy towards the results that you want. All right, that will end our discussion about failure for today, but I hope it has given you a new outlook, maybe a new perspective, and maybe just even called you out a little bit on where you are putting your thoughts and what you’re thinking about and what may be stopping you from actually doing the thing that you want to do, or taking that next big step, and really understanding how necessary the feelings that you have are, and not only necessary but common. But that is what will get you to the point where you can have this experience of learning what you need to learn and growing in the way that you need to grow, and taking that next step that you need to take to get you on the path to your dream business, to this life that you’re hoping for. You have to go through these moments and you’re going through them, and that’s a great sign, but now it’s time to make sure that your actions coincide with that, instead of letting it stop you. All right, my friends, we will leave it at that and until next time, take care. Hey, wait up before you go. Do you want to know the biggest reason why your business may not flow? Because it’s not in alignment with your personality type. Building the right business for you means knowing your strengths, weaknesses, energetic expression and what’s most important to you, so you can build your business accordingly. Before you spend one more minute working on your business, let’s make sure it’s the right business for you. I’ve created a fun two minute quiz to discover your flow business personality type, With the results of this quiz, you’ll know exactly what to prioritize in your business so you can feel confident knowing your building a business you love. Head over to www.shawnmynar.com Right now to find out your flow, business personality type and once you find that out, hop over to Instagram and let me know what you discover. Again, that’s www.shawnmynar.com and quiz. As always, the link is in the show notes.

Listener Question: “Why Isn’t Anyone Signing Up For My Freebie?”

Do You Have A Flow Business?

Ever feel like you’re swimming against the current in your business, working harder and harder but getting nowhere? What if you could change direction, and instead let your business flow naturally with your energy, your ideas, and your work? That’s what I’ll show you how to do in today’s show – we’ll be exploring the concept of a flow business, a model that moves with you, rather than against you. Together, we’ll navigate the shifts and turns of this fascinating approach, discussing how it works, why it’s effective, and how you can identify the kind of flow business that’s right for you.

But that’s not all. During a trip to Hawaii, my wife and I designed a beautiful manifesto for Flow Entrepreneurs, an embodiment of our vision, that has been sitting untouched since 2019. Today, I’ll be dusting it off and sharing its wisdom with you all. Understanding your business and personality type is crucial to creating a business that truly aligns with who you are, and this manifesto is a fantastic tool to help you do just that. I’ll walk you through its key points and extend an invitation to anyone interested in getting their hands on a copy. So, get ready for an episode jam-packed with insights that could change the way you do business forever!

+++

Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!

Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!

Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR

Get the latest scoop >>> SHAWNMYNAR.COM

+++

Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support. 🙏

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

Speaker 1: 

Hey, hey there, friends, and welcome to the 200th episode of this podcast and also, simultaneously, the first ever episode of the Flow Business Podcast. Yep, i leave for a month, i take a break, i stop podcasting for just one month and everything changes. Actually, i’ve been planning on this for a while. This is something that’s been in the works. I thought the 200th episode was a really great time to start a new chapter of this podcast an evolution, really And so that’s what we’re going to talk about today. I’m going to introduce you to your Flow Business, what that means, what the rebranding of this show means, where it came from, the process behind it, and also make sure you stay till the end. I’m going to be sharing a very special thing with you that has quite a bit of history and background in my life and a little story behind it too, so stick around to the end for the Flow Entrepreneur Manifesto. So yeah, had a little break from the podcast. I took the month of June 2023 off, and I never used to take breaks from podcasting. As a lot of you know, i’ve been podcasting for almost eight years now, regularly, every single week, and never took a break, and then just started integrating them into my schedule as needed, kind of And that’s something we’ll talk about that’s my Flow Business these days is being able to take content breaks when I need them, knowing when I need them, knowing what that feels like and looks like for me And being unapologetic about needing a break and wanting to take that and knowing my business will actually be better off because of those breaks that I now allow myself to take. That I never used to And so just came back from four weeks of no podcasting. I still was working, i still was showing up on social media, writing to my email list, all of that stuff. I, just for me at this moment, really felt that the podcast was something that I needed to get reinvigorated around And so taking that break, taking just a month off, completely reinvigorated me. Like all these ideas kept coming up. The longer it went that I was away from the show and not thinking about it regularly like topics and things like that, the more topics came up as just in my life and just in what I was going through and thinking about and doing in my own business. So now I have a whole list of topics to go through. Even just taking a break from talking in front of a mic is a big deal every once in a while. So happy to be back, ready to be back, so excited to reconnect with you here and in a new way, kind of with this new name, new focus Actually, kind of the same focus, but maybe a little bit of a twist on a similar focus and new look, new sounds, all that good stuff. It’s a fresh tweak, i guess we can call it, to what was unstuck entrepreneur. So let’s dive into this whole change. First of all, i thought it would be kind of interesting to share the evolution or the history of unstuck entrepreneur, which was the podcast from episodes 100 to 199. And then before that, it was just the unstuck podcast, from zero to episode 99. So let me share what happened in that time for those that aren’t familiar. So this goes back actually all the way to my days as a nutritionist Back, let’s call it 2019 was when all of this kind of came to be. I noticed quite quickly as a nutritionist, though, that, while my clients were feeling better and getting results based on what we were doing with their nutrition and with their supplement protocol and things like that, they still really needed mindset work and energy work, especially around how they were feeling and speaking about and thinking about their bodies and their weight and their health issues, like they were still stuck at a certain healing point, or with their health or with their weight or whatever they were working on, because of what was going on in their mind and what they were saying and thinking and feeling about themselves really kept them stuck. So when I first started this podcast it actually came to be because of that need. So this was my way of helping my clients with their mindset, their energy, their vibration, their frequency, all of that stuff. And so episode one, episode 99, was that and it was originally just called the Unstuck podcast, and this also coincided with a program I had created called the Unstuck project that helped people with that same thing. So all of my clients who I had helped thousands of clients at that point helped with their health, with their nutrition supplements, you know, for hormones and gut health and all of that stuff. I created this place for them to do mindset and energy work and called it the Unstuck project. And as that was all forming and I was doing that, my plan was to have this Unstuck branch of my business that eventually would have Unstuck programs for all areas of life Unstuck love, unstuck money, unstuck body, unstuck entrepreneur which some of you that may sound familiar. And so I had all these ideas for it to have this whole big Unstuck area of my business and have all these programs, depending on what you are currently working on in your life. And it was going to be so great. And because business building was something I knew like the back of my hand by then, it was something I loved, it was something I had already kind of been helping people with behind the scenes for years, i decided to start working on Unstuck entrepreneur first. Well, i basically ended up never moving on from that. I all my plans for all these other programs didn’t happen because I loved still let’s call that present tense I love teaching, coaching and talking about business. I love my business building clients very much. I so feel like this is my space to be in. And so after episode 100 of just on the Unstuck podcast, this show then turned into Unstuck entrepreneur And I officially announced that I would be turning this, the focus of this podcast, into just business, so just for business owners or want to be business owners. So that was from episode 101 to one, i guess episode 100 to 199, basically the last episode that aired until now And obviously just the same reason that I called it Unstuck, that I called it the Unstuck project and now was calling it Unstuck entrepreneur, it was all the same. It was because of the mindset and energy work behind the results that you really truly want. It happens just as much, if not more so, in business owners as it does in people who are trying to get healthy, people who are trying to lose weight, people who are trying to make more money, people who are trying to attract the love of their life. All of it, when it comes to that need, is the same, and that by need I mean the mindset work, the subconscious programming or reprogramming or unprogramming, the vibrational work and really just understanding all of that and really integrating it into your life, specifically based around what is feeling stuck for you And that helps it get unstuck. So, over the past 100 episodes, we have talked a lot about how to stop being stuck or how to get unstuck when it comes to building your dream business the mindset work, the energy work, the strategies, the processes, all of it. And so then, what happens once you do break free and become unstuck? You move, you act, you flow. So flowing is the next step once you’re unstuck, hence the Flow Business Podcast. That is where I feel like we’re headed. I feel like the past 100 episodes we’ve covered so much. There is so much in there that you can even go back and listen to, because there’s a lot of work in there that needs to be done on your own time. It’s not the kind of stuff that you can just listen to a podcast and be cured or just know exactly what to do. There’s a lot of stuff that requires constant attention. It becomes a part of your practice, part of your life, part of your habits and your routines. So we have all of that in the past 100 episodes. There’s also so much in terms of the strategies to having a business that’s unstuck, and so now we’re just taking the next step, which is to really get that business flowing, get it working for you in the way that you want it to work for you. So, looking at the actual definition of flow, it is the action or fact of moving along in a steady, continuous stream. How nice to have a business that moves along in a steady, continuous stream, and so that is what we are going to focus on over the next 100 plus episodes of this show. So, as you can see, very similar to what we already have been doing, but maybe a slight twist, maybe a little bit more personalized strategy processes what really makes you feel like it’s the right business for you and what really can you do to keep that moving, to get it moving, to get it started but then continue that process along the way in a way that feels good for you and really helps you find your own flow business, whatever that means to you. So that’s going to be what we talk about moving forward. And to start it off, i just want to share a little bit about what I think it means to have a flow business. You might think it means something different. Your business quite probably will look a lot different than my business because that is your flow. I have my flow. Your friends, your peers, your family members, whoever else you know that is also building a business, has their flow And quite honestly I would say I feel like I can go out and say most business owners are not actually building flow businesses. They are building potentially what they see others do, what they think they need to do, how they think that it needs to look. They’re not really taking fully into account what they want, what it feels right for them, and that’s what I want you to really start thinking about and to really start doing for your business, because it’s entirely possible, and just think about how much better that feels when you know it’s right. So let’s talk about that a little bit. First of all, a flow business is a business that moves. We can all agree that the word flow is a word based in movement. It’s not stagnant, it’s not resistant, it’s not forgotten, it’s not put on the back burner, it’s not frozen. It is a moving, flowing business. The energy moves, the ideas move, the work moves, i’ll even say the effort moves, because it’s not effortless. You have to put some work in to get that business moving and to keep it moving, and that’s okay. That’s part of having a flow business. But, no matter what, never, ever is a flow business staying still. It’s never stagnant, it’s flowing Right. Second, it’s a business that moves with you. It flows with your life, your preferences, your desires, your needs, your energy, your time. It moves essentially in the way that you want it to move. It flows with you. So, like I’ve used this example many times. But this really, really resonates a lot with the flow business is being in a river with a current And you get to decide if you are going to swim against the current, which is what so many business owners try to do, or you can let the current take you. You can flow with the current. So you get to decide And, like I said, so many of you are trying to swim against this current of your business right now and it is hard. Think about trying to swim up a river Like that is almost impossible to do. No one wants to do that. Or you could get in a tube and flow down the river And how fun is that? That is a great time. It’s restful, it’s peaceful. Yeah, you do have to paddle. Maybe sometimes You do have to make sure you’re getting out of the way of the rocks and boulders, that you’re bypassing the rapids, unless you know, sometimes you might go through the rapids. That’s okay too, but in the end you are still going with the current of the river instead of trying to paddle upstream and getting absolutely nowhere. Okay, so a flow business is the one where you are in the raft, having a great old time in that river, right? So a flow business moves without force. Like I said, there’s still work, there’s still effort. At times There’s still rapids, there’s still obstacles that you need to move out of the way, but it moves without force. And so, as you can see, a flow business is a business that’s in alignment with you. It feels fun, it feels good, it feels right, and the only way that you can build your flow business is to know what that means to you, to know what that looks like for you, how it feels, and knowing that that’s going to be different than everyone else’s business. So looking at someone else’s business to decide what you should do isn’t really going to work that well. You need to know, and you need to start really with what you value, why you value it, what feels good to you, what doesn’t feel good to you, what feels like you are paddling upstream versus being in that floaty going downstream. You have to figure out what that is for you. It could be that your flow business is having 10 clients a day And just back to back with your clients one on one, seeing them in person, seeing them over zoom and just really diving deep with your clients. It could be that your flow business means you don’t have any clients and you do what you want with your day, all day, every day, and serve your clients in a different way. Serve your clients through a program or a course or through just doing one monthly workshop, something like that. So this is all stuff that you have to know about you. And, yeah, it could take some trial and error. It could be that you don’t know yet, you haven’t had a program, you haven’t done workshops yet, so you don’t know how those feel for you. And again, because a flow business is always moving, that means that you have the opportunity to do those things, to try things and see how they feel. It’s not trying to figure it out before you’ve actually done it or before you actually know or overthinking your entire flow business. That’s not the point of it either. It’s moving, it’s growing, it’s evolving, it’s trying and seeing what works, seeing what sticks and removing what doesn’t. Constantly. That is happening all the time as part of your flow business. It is a business of constant growth and expansion And that’s what keeps the flow moving. So if your business is not in this flow, then it’s going to feel really challenging. It’s going to feel like an uphill battle. It’s going to be hard to see the growth and success that you’re looking for. You’ll have a hard time making things work. It’ll be confusing, it will be overwhelming. And again I just want to be very super clear It is not like in this flow business that you aren’t ever going to feel overwhelmed, that you’re not ever going to feel stressed Like you’re not. That’s just part of having a business. That’s actually part of that growth and success you’re looking for is having those moments where you are stressed, where you are doing a lot, where there does feel like there’s a lot on your plate. You do feel overwhelmed And of course, we all know at this point that along with all of that comes these feelings of fear, of doubt, of uncertainty, and that’s just how business is, no matter if you are in the flow or not. That is part of what you have signed up for if you want to be a business owner and you want to have your own business. So we’ve talked about that a lot in the past 100 episodes and lots of tools for you to work on to move past that and to know that that’s not assigned to stop and now make your flow business stagnant. It’s just a part of the process that you can then have the power to decide how you work with or don’t work with that energy And that brings me to a really good point is that if your business is not in flow, versus when it is, you’re going to spend more time listening to your ego, which is where those stories come up of the fear and the doubt and the overwhelm and the uncertainty. And should I be doing this? What if no one signs up? What if this a failure? Blah, blah, blah. All of these stories we have, which is, you know, no entrepreneur is immune to them. But if you spend more time listening to your ego than trusting your intuition, that is not going to get you in the flow business state. If you allow fear to guide you instead of trust, if you talk yourself out of your dreams instead of making them a reality, then those are all signs that you have started turning the raft upstream and are starting to go the opposite of the flow. So That’s what we’re going to do in the next however many episodes, lots and lots of episodes. It is designed to help you do all of that and to remind you to get back to your flow, which, like I said, very similar to what we’ve already been doing, just with a little bit of a twist. And then everything else about the Flow Business Podcast I’m going to let flow as I should. Right, this is the name of the podcast, but I’m just really in this place with my Flow Business right now, where that schedule, the ability to have a flow schedule, is important to me. So the format, the guess, the schedule, all of that I’m just going to let come together when and how it does. So. There may be some weeks where you don’t see a new episode. There may be other weeks where you see two episodes in a week And it’s just I’m letting it all flow. When the ideas come, when the energy is there and I can show up as my best, then I will be here on the podcast. I can guarantee you that most of the time it will be once a week, because it’s honestly one of my favorite times of the week is doing these episodes. So just letting you know that it’s going to be a flow podcast, because that’s what’s feeling good for me and my business right now at this stage of everything a little less scheduled stuff, a little more allowing it to happen when it does a little slower pace, more intentional work, helping as many people as I possibly can without compromising my own space and needs in time. That is what I’m doing on my end for now, and that all may change too. Again, another characteristic of a flow business is at any moment everything could change, and that’s good. That means you’re really tapping into your own energy, which is great. Now there’s one last super special thing that I want to leave you with here, and that is the flow entrepreneur manifesto. Just let me tell you this backstory. My now wife and I took a three week trip to Hawaii at the beginning of 2019 and at that time we had been together less than a year like probably eight or nine months at that point and she was actually also working with me in my business as my business operations manager. We wanted to take this trip, but we really wanted the trip to be a business trip so that it could be a business expense. That meant that we had to work 50% of the time and needed to have a reason for the travel and all that stuff. A few days of the trip, we got content for my blog. I had a blog that was nutrition focused. At the time. We got the top places to eat in Hawaii top healthy eats in Hawaii, or something like that. We got to expense our food and that was a reason to go to Hawaii and all that stuff. We did a few photo shoots while I was there to get content for my Instagram and things like that all things that could be considered business work. Then we had a few days that we needed to do something. We scheduled meetings with each other as business partners to brainstorm a new business venture that we wanted to do together. We called it the flow entrepreneur. This was way back before I knew I wanted to teach and talk about and share my business journey, but I was still very much in the nutrition space. This was a really long time ago. My wife is very business savvy, has a lot of experience and could totally be a business coach if she wanted to as well. That’s why all of this came together, why we started talking about the flow entrepreneur. We used the time that we had left in Hawaii to brainstorm out this idea and we ended up creating a manifesto for this business. I remember so vividly brainstorming it out, coming up with the ideas, writing it all down, having so many drafts, and we were doing it during the rainstorms in Hawaii, we would be out at the beach and then it would rain for a couple hours. We’d come in and work on this manifesto and it was just a really special time. I will always remember that trip and creating this manifesto during that trip. Now, obviously, the flow entrepreneur business never materialized into anything after that. We realized not too long after that we could either be business partners or life partners, but not both. We’re very different people, which actually works really well in our relationship and in our life, but became a challenge in business. We’ll just leave it at that. The manifesto has been sitting there since 2019 completely untouched. As I was figuring out the new name for this chapter of the podcast, i landed on Flow Business and it reminded me of the manifesto. I pulled it up, i got it back out and I really just thought that sharing it here on this episode of the podcast is the perfect time, perfect place to do so. It’s really special. I think it’s really great. It is definitely a very first draft. Like I said, we never really touched it after that trip, so it’s rough still. My wife does not know I’m doing this and she would be mortified if she did, but I want you to hear it, and not just hear it but like soak in it. Allow it in, let it resonate and see what sticks out to you and either write it down or remember it or come back to it, because that means that’s really important for your flow business. So not everything I say is going to really stick with you or maybe it does, and that’s fine too. But there will be certain aspects that stand out and that is important to note for you. And just if you want me to put this somewhere, send me a DM over on Instagram at Shawn Mynar and let me know, and maybe I can post it there without my wife knowing, and and you can have it. You can save it there or screenshot it or something like that. Okay, so here is the flow entrepreneur manifesto. This doesn’t have to be hard Hustle when it feels right, be patient when it doesn’t. Ambition is required. Grinding is optional. Be prepared, but know the magic happens when you embrace uncertainty. Trust your intuition. It’s always right. Stop over analyzing, hesitating and comparing. Take action from inspiration, not the ego. Learn from others, but find influence from within. Knowing yourself is your greatest asset. The health of your business rides on staying true to your values, priorities, limits and how you choose to measure success. Business does not equal progress. Don’t underestimate the power of rest, reflection and self-care. Pursue more of what lights you up When you need some perspective. Get off social media and experience real life. All the inspiration you need can be found beyond your screen. This is your business, a business that flows with you, and I will leave you with that. My friends, thank you so much for your support of Unstuck Entrepreneur, of Unstuck Podcasts. For those that have been around since the beginning, i appreciate you so much, and thank you for your continued support of the Flow Business Podcast. I’m super excited for what’s to come. I hope you are too, but your support of this show means the absolute world to me. And with that, until next time, take care, hey, wait up before you go. Do you want to know the biggest reason why your business may not flow? Because it’s not in alignment with your personality type. Building the right business for you means knowing your strengths, weaknesses, energetic expression and what’s most important to you, so you can build your business accordingly. Before you spend one more minute working on your business, let’s make sure it’s the right business for you. I’ve created a fun two-minute quiz to discover your Flow Business personality type. With the results of this quiz, you’ll know exactly what to prioritize in your business so you can feel confident, knowing you’re building a business you love. Head over to www.shawnmynar.com Right now to find out your Flow Business personality type And once you find that out, hop over to Instagram and let me know what you discover. Again, that’s www.shawnmynar.com. As always, the link is in the show notes.

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

We’re mixing things up on the podcast this week! I’m hosting a Client Attraction Challenge over the next 5 episodes to help you attract paying clients to your work and build your audience full of the right people. Each challenge episode contains guidance, tips, and action steps to become a client magnet. Simply look for [Client Attraction Challenge] in the title to access all 5 episodes once they’re released. To get the complete challenge experience, sign up at shawnmynar.com/attraction and receive the corresponding emails with daily prompts and actionable step to take in your business that day.

“Are you going to be the person that sits on the sidelines of life unwilling to step out of their comfort zone or are you going to be the person that takes action even when it’s scary?” – Shawn Mynar

Client Attraction Challenge – https://shawnmynar.com/attraction

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:04
Hey there. I’m Shawn Mynar and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now, I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.

0:48
Hey, hey there, friends, Shawn here. And in the next few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, we’re going to mix things up and do something different. I have a five day client attraction challenge that I want you to be a part of, I really want you to go through five days of transformation in your business that will make it easier and more fun and more accessible for you to attract the right clients to your work. This is a challenge I hosted live, gosh, probably over a year ago. Now. It was so fun, it was a massive success. And I now want to share it on the podcast as well. Now to be a part of this challenge, there’s some work involved, you can just listen to the episodes, I mean, you can and you will get some really great information and some things to consider in your business. But there is also real work to do. And that is going to come via email. So head over to Shawnmynar.com/attraction. Sometime today, you can still listen to this episode, that’s fine. But make sure you get registered for the full challenge, which includes the work you will receive in the emails. So Shawnmynar.com/attraction, head over there get signed up. And that will ensure you get the emails as well, that correspond with these five episodes. There are five days five action steps to take. And they will come out every other day. So be sure you listen to all five of these episodes in order. So if you’re in the middle of the five, and you haven’t listened to the challenge from the beginning, go back and find that first day and start from the beginning. So again, client attraction challenge for the next five episodes, they’re going to be coming out every other day, if you’re listening to them as they air, or just make sure you listen to all five, you will also have emails that correspond to this challenge that come along with some action steps and some real things to do in your business. So be sure to get those as well, Shawnmynar.com/attraction to get those. Also, just a side note, there is some mention of a private Facebook group. That’s from when I did this live over a year ago, that Facebook group doesn’t exist anymore. So don’t worry about that part. But everything else will be so helpful for you in your business and really attracting the right people to your work. All right, let’s find out today’s challenge

3:42
Hey, hey, we made it to day five of the client attraction challenge. I told you would be a party deny. We’ve had so much fun this week. I am so proud of you for continuing on all through all five days. It means a lot to me. It means a lot to your future. It means a lot to your business. It means a heck of a lot to your future clients who will now know what you do that you can help them you will be putting yourself out there you will be showing up with confidence. Gosh, we’ve done a lot already this week and we have just one more thing to do. It is a two parter. And the first part is all about putting your self out there because people cannot buy your services. If they don’t know they exist, and it’s not enough. This is a mistake I made so much for so long. But no longer because now I know that it is not enough to just occasionally post on Instagram a little quiet post about what you do and that you have a program coming up or you’re taking new clients or stuff

5:00
sending out an occasional email letting them know you have some spots available or your program or courses open. That’s not enough. People need to very clearly know that you are open for business. They need to know what you do, why you do it, who you help, how you help them all things we’ve configured this week. So now you should be super competent in explaining this. And now it’s just a matter of doing it, it’s a matter of telling people and telling people often, we’re not doing enough as it stands right now, changing your Instagram bio to be a little more professional and switching to a business account. And putting up a website that showcases what you do and has a spot for you to do free consultations or whatever it is maybe has a fancy little space for them to put in their email address to be on your newsletter. That is not enough. That’s not enough people will not find you in that way. We have to regularly consistently and with confidence, use everything we just learned about ourselves this week and our business and our dream clients and put it out there for people to see. So with this new energetic attraction point, that is you, in your business with you getting out of your own way, like we showed up in day two, like you’ve been clear on who you help and how you help them like we did in day three. And you having this Magnetic Messaging that will guide how you talk about your business and what you do and how you help people.

6:40
This is all we need. Now the last step is to put it out into the world. And today, I just want you to practice, I just want you to let at least 10 people know about your work. And I want you to include that entire recipe, all the things we’ve done over the past four days into this spot where you’re telling people that you’re open for business and what you do and how you do it. Maybe you are taking clients or you’re going to be taking clients soon, maybe you have a new program coming up or you’re working on a program, maybe you’ve got a brand new workshop, or you have a product for sale, or it’s coming for sale, no matter what it is. Just tell at least 10 people what you’ve been working on, using everything you now know.

7:32
Now this can be by way of your social media, if you’d like it can be as long as there’s 10 people there, it can be you just texting 10 of your friends or you talking to 10 of your co workers, I have to tell you that when I first started my business, my clients were people I already knew they were acquaintances, they were friends of friends, they were friends, they were family members. And I just told them what I did, by way of my personal Facebook page and my personal email contacts, I sent them an email and told them what I was up to. And I got clients from that. A lot of clients actually. So it doesn’t have to be anything fancy. You don’t have to have a giant audience. This is where we have proof, foolproof, and I am have that proof by the story I just told you that you don’t need a massive following to start getting clients and to start making a big impact and really good income.

8:33
It’s with potentially the people you already know. But I just don’t want you to feel limited to only be able to share on social media or in an email newsletter with your subscribers. It doesn’t have to be that if you don’t yet have that. There are many other ways I know you know, 10 people I know you do.

8:53
Find those 10 people tell them what you do. And honestly, I wouldn’t be surprised if you get someone that wants to work with you or at minimum have a free consultation so that you have the opportunity to share more about what you do and turn them into paying clients. I really would not be surprised. So let’s do a little experiment. You tell 10 People see how many people you get back that want to work with you. Now there’s one last Bonus piece to all of this, we still have a missing piece, believe it or not. And it’s the thing that is standing between you and the impact you’re looking to make. Even if you’ve done all five things this week perfectly. There’s still that missing piece, which means you have just one final action step to take to really put it all together. So let’s head over to the audio version of the video I made for you now and check it out.

9:57
Congratulations on completing the

10:00
This client attraction challenge, the fact that you made it this far means you have a level of commitment that honestly, most don’t. What it shows me is that you’re committed to your business, you’re committed to making a real impact in the world, you’re committed to living a life of purpose, and possibility. And you want to do it all without adding more stress, struggle and overwhelm. So at this point, you might be wondering, well, what do I do now? How do I get myself in front of more people? How do I get these people onto my email list? How can I turn these leads into actual clients? And how do I grow and expand my business, so I can make a solid income while helping more people. These are all great questions, my friend. But let’s take a second to look back on the week. And when you do, you can see how much you’ve already learned. Even just in spending five days building your client attraction system, you will learn so much more about entrepreneurship in general, you now know the real difference between those entrepreneurs that struggle, and those that find lasting success, the difference between those that effort and grind, and those that find ease and peace in their business. And from those entrepreneurs that get in their own way. And those that stepped forward as the entrepreneur they’re meant to be. And chances are, you’re already beginning to see how quickly things will change for you. When you start implementing these practices in your own business. To grow as an entrepreneur from the inside out. We only have one thing left to cover here. And in this final audio, I’m going to share with you the last missing piece that standing between you and the impact you’re looking to make.

11:54
But first, I want to share with you how a rock bottom moment in my life led to my business skyrocketing seemingly overnight, because it may just help you do the same. Back in 2016, I was paralyzed by a fear of failure, I was spending my time working on a business that I no longer enjoyed. While dreaming of the business, I actually wanted to be a nutritionist with my own online practice.

12:24
My current business was in the red, I was racking up more and more debt and I wasn’t fulfilled or excited by my work. But it was my security blanket, my comfort zone. And I was afraid to let it go and step into the next level version of myself. That was more in alignment with my purpose and passion.

12:45
Until I came down with this mystery illness, and I literally couldn’t physically do that highly active business I had anymore. And so by way of this mystery illness, I made the decision to let go and trust that my dream business would be the success I knew it could be I let go of my old business. And I went all in on my passion. Even though it was super scary, even though I knew I could fail, even though it was really uncomfortable. And in just two months, I tripled my monthly income while working half the time, half the amount of hours. And I was able to pay off all of my debt that $20,000 in debt.

13:30
Now, because of this experience, and so many other pivotal moments I’ve had in my business over the years, I simply see fear, as a sign of expansion, as a place for learning and growth so that I can become the next level version of myself and experience my dreams.

13:48
Chances are the voice of your fears is taking over in your business right now. And you may not have even realized it until just now. So in my case, when I made that decision to face my fear and go all in, I had to ask myself, what’s really important to me here. And that’s when I realized I had a deep desire to make an impact and help others that I was no longer willing to shy away from and I knew I was capable of making this impact while also living a life of freedom and abundance. And chances are that’s exactly what’s drawing you to this type of work to being of service and helping others is important to you just the way it is to me.

14:38
And so it’s simply a matter of connecting so deeply to that purpose that nothing will get in the way including those stories, fears and roadblocks to your success.

14:51
In a moment, I’m going to share with you the process of uncovering your blocks so you can step into your power because the moment I face my blocks, get out of my

15:00
My own way, I trusted my intuition and made my purpose, the most important thing in my business, I increased my revenue by $200,000 in the first year alone, why? Because once my purpose became the most powerful thing, I was no longer allowing fear to Sideswipe my plans. And that’s the moment I became unstuck. When you step into this power for yourself, nothing will hold you back, you will no longer have to consider how many lives won’t be changed. Because you’ve been stuck in your fears and allowing yourself to play small. How long have you already delayed or hesitated on what you’re meant to be doing in your business? Up until now thinking maybe you need to get another qualification, have a prettier website, get more Instagram followers, or find more free time or more money before you can get started? Not realizing these decisions are just excuses driven by your fears, a fear of judgment, fear of criticism, fear of failure, or even success. And most importantly, fear of not being enough.

16:15
So where do you go from here? Now it’s time to find out what’s really holding you back. It’s not that you don’t know where to find clients or how to get them to pay you. There’s something more that we need to uncover here now. And that is your blocks is what I like to call digging. Let’s dig to see if you can uncover some of your own blocks and entrepreneurial fears. Here’s an exercise I have my clients just like you do in unstuck entrepreneur, to get real with themselves and gain clarity. Take all the time you need. You can pause this audio, write down these questions. Write down the answers, go back and visit them later if you need more time, and continue to work through them.

17:05
What scares you about being an entrepreneur? And why?

17:12
What experiences trigger this fear?

17:18
What thoughts trigger this fear?

17:24
How is it holding you back?

17:28
And I’m gonna give you a bonus question. Are you ready?

17:33
What do you say to yourself when your business isn’t going your way

17:41
that will surely dig up some beliefs.

17:46
And now you can see why doing the inner work to become the entrepreneur you’re meant to be is essential to create the income and impact you want to make without more stress and struggle. So if you do this exercise, chances are you’re going to get a glimpse of what’s really been holding you back. And what would be possible for you if that block weren’t there. So now here’s the secret. You can do all of this. Right now. There is no secret sauce, it doesn’t take a skill that you don’t have. It’s all available to you right now. And this is exactly what we do together in unstuck entrepreneur, I was a stock and struggling personal trainer with $20,000 in debt and living with my parents. And now I’m living out my dream, making the impact I want to make helping 1000s of women with their health, living my purpose and doing it all while I have tons of freedom and flexibility in my everyday life. So what changed, I didn’t continue to let my fears and blocks limit me. And you don’t have to either. I mean, if you really want to, you can just close this audio, go back to doing the things you were doing last week continuing to spin your wheels. But since you’re here, I know that’s not you. You’re choosing to step into your power and make the impact you want to make in this world. And you’re doing so without stress struggle, hustle, grinding overwhelm, because you now know that won’t get you where you want to go. And who wants that anyway, sounds terrible.

19:30
So now it’s time to ask yourself some important questions. Are you going to be the person that sits on the sidelines of life unwilling to step out of their comfort zone? Or are you going to be the person that takes action even when it’s scary? Are you going to be the person that sees problems or the person that sees opportunities?

19:50
Are you going to be the person who makes progress or the person that continues to make excuses?

19:57
Are you going to be the type of person who spent a week

20:00
In a free training that contains the keys to unlock the business of their dreams, and not do anything with it, or are you going to be the type of person who takes those keys and says, I’m ready, let’s open this door.

20:15
If that is you, I am ready for you. And I’m waiting on the other side of that door inside my business mentorship program, unstuck entrepreneur. Inside unstuck entrepreneur, I am your guide and mentor through my complete flow and grow framework that shows you how to create a successful and impactful business that aligns with the life you wish to live. So you can have both the business and life of your dreams, no stress, struggle, overwhelm or hustle required.

20:48
It’s not about the latest marketing gimmick or strategy to hack the Instagram algorithm. It’s the blueprint for the business you will create by building it from the inside out everything from stepping into your role as a successful entrepreneur, creating your energetic expression for your business, tapping into your intuition to make business decisions, attracting the right people to your work, putting your work out into the world in a way that feels exciting and authentic for you. Marketing and selling with intention, crafting that perfect irresistible offer, finding a method to share what you do authentically, and so much more. It’s taking everything I’ve learned the hard way, in a lot of cases, I must say, over the past eight years in business and giving you the tools to implement it into your business the much easier way. So you can follow your dreams now, instead of a year from now, or two, or five, or maybe even never

21:52
unstuck. Entrepreneur walks you through a proven process. So you don’t have to waste any more time and energy wondering what to do, or worrying that you’re not doing the right thing. In fact, there’s only five simple steps to take to get your business from stuck and struggling to successful and stress free. So you can fulfill your dreams while helping others at the same time. And guess what, you’ve already gotten a head start on one of them, which is the Attract pillar. Now this isn’t the only thing needed to build a successful business, we still need to look at things like defining your dream client, building rapport with your dream client, inviting your dream client to work with you, and guiding your dream client to real transformation. Those are the other pillars. So altogether, we have define, attract, build, invite, and transform.

22:47
So now it’s your time. In just a few short days, I’ll be opening the doors to enrollment for the next group of unstuck entrepreneurs, you’ll be invited to walk this journey together with a group of like minded business friends, and myself as your guide and coach. And with lifetime access your business success is actually inevitable. If you’re going to be the entrepreneur that’s ready for success, impact, alignment, joy and freedom, then this is your time to make a decision. Are you going to be the person that goes back to their old ways their old stories, their old fears? Or are you going to be that person who stepped into their power gets out of their own way and create the impact and income they desire? If that’s you, I’m excited to help you gain the confidence and clarity you need to make your business a success and your dream life a reality. In a few days, I’ll be back to let you know who’s a good fit for the program. And if it’s right for you. Until then I just want to take a moment to thank you for being a part of this challenge with me this week. It’s been such a pleasure to connect with you and get to know you better. It’s truly my passion and purpose to connect with like minded people like you. This challenge is a manifestation of all the things I love to do. And getting to this point in my business where I spend my time doing exactly what I want to do. And love to do is only possible because I made the choice to build a business that aligned and flown with me, and not what anyone else told me I had to do to be successful. And so consider how that might look for you and your life. Does it mean spending more time with your family and less time in front of your computer? Doesn’t mean being able to quit a job you don’t love so you can become the CEO of your own business? What will making this shift mean for you? No matter what I want to encourage you and inspire you to put your dreams front and center. Remind yourself of the lives you can touch and the impact you can make when you simply decide to take action. When you embrace the life of an unstuck entrepreneur, what will your life look like in three months, six months, even a year?

25:00
From now and what will it look like if you put it off

25:05
All right my friends I’ll be back soon until then take care

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

Become A Client Magnet! [Client Attraction Challenge #4]

We’re mixing things up on the podcast this week! I’m hosting a Client Attraction Challenge over the next 5 episodes to help you attract paying clients to your work and build your audience full of the right people. Each challenge episode contains guidance, tips, and action steps to become a client magnet. Simply look for [Client Attraction Challenge] in the title to access all 5 episodes once they’re released. To get the complete challenge experience, sign up at shawnmynar.com/attraction and receive the corresponding emails with daily prompts and actionable step to take in your business that day.

“You can see just how critical this work is to the future of your business…it all starts with you magnetic messaging, this is not something you can skip over. We gotta do it all and you are crushing it, you are doing it.” – Shawn Mynar

Client Attraction Challenge – https://shawnmynar.com/attraction

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:04
Hey there. I’m Shawn Mynar and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now, I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, hey there, friends, Shawn here. And in the next few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, we’re going to mix things up and do something different. I have a five day client attraction challenge that I want you to be a part of, I really want you to go through five days of transformation in your business that will make it easier and more fun and more accessible for you to attract the right clients to your work. This is a challenge I hosted live, gosh, probably over a year ago. Now. It was so fun, it was a massive success. And I now want to share it on the podcast as well. Now to be a part of this challenge, there’s some work involved, you can just listen to the episodes, I mean, you can and you will get some really great information and some things to consider in your business. But there is also real work to do. And that is going to come via email. So head over to Shawnmynar.com/attraction. Sometime today, you can still listen to this episode, that’s fine. But make sure you get registered for the full challenge, which includes the work you will receive in the emails. So Shawnmynar.com/attraction, head over there get signed up. And that will ensure you get the emails as well, that correspond with these five episodes. There are five days five action steps to take. And they will come out every other day. So be sure you listen to all five of these episodes in order. So if you’re in the middle of the five, and you haven’t listened to the challenge from the beginning, go back and find that first day and start from the beginning. So again, client attraction challenge for the next five episodes, they’re going to be coming out every other day, if you’re listening to them as they air, or just make sure you listen to all five, you will also have emails that correspond to this challenge that come along with some action steps and some real things to do in your business. So be sure to get those as well, Shawnmynar.com/attraction to get those. Also, just a side note, there is some mention of a private Facebook group. That’s from when I did this live over a year ago, that Facebook group doesn’t exist anymore. So don’t worry about that part. But everything else will be so helpful for you in your business and really attracting the right people to your work. All right, let’s find out today’s challenge

3:42
as promised, day four brings your Magnetic Messaging you guys this is going to change the game for you for years to come forever, probably of your business, what you’re going to learn today, and this is something we expand on in unstuck entrepreneur to really hone in on so you never have to worry about selling or being salesy or being pushy or anything like that. Ever. Again, it’s what I call intentional selling, and it starts with your Magnetic Messaging. Do you want to know the number one way to not get any clients besides not putting yourself out there which we already talked about in day two? Besides that, do you want to know how to not get clients? It’s to share about your services without sharing why people need them or what their life would be with or without them. The benefits to working with you and the results of working with you versus the challenges they’ll continue to face by not working with you the risks of not working together That’s what a lot of people do. Gosh, that’s what so many people do. They just have this, I’m open for business, come hang out with me. And here’s your free session. And I hope we can work together soon. Bye. And that doesn’t work. That’s not going to show anybody, it’s not going to motivate anybody to click on that button to sign up for a free consultation, or let alone put any money down on any sort of transformation. But yet, we still do it. And I think we still do it. Because we really don’t want to be salesy and sleazy and weird to try to sell our services. But yet, we don’t know what else to do. So then if we just try to have this really like non confrontational dislike, airy kind of thing about what we do, and you should come get a free session, and I have a few available this week, then maybe people will sign up. Is that how we have a good sales system without being salesy? No, there’s a way better way to do it. And it is with your Magnetic Messaging. So this is where we use our point A and point B from yesterday to craft our messaging, which becomes our marketing material, forever and ever and ever, basically. And yes, this messaging will change as what you do changes as who you help changes as how you help them changes. But now you know the basics of how to create Magnetic Messaging. So you can go through this process as you evolve, and it will always work. So it’s kind of important, because it’s going to take it from, I have this thing that I am offering. So I’m just gonna have this really generic approach to talking about it to a place where you are so excited to share what you have to offer, knowing it’s going to resonate with so many people and knowing it’s going to attract clients attract paying clients. Alright, let’s get into it. I just can’t wait for you to apply this to your business, it’s going to make it so much easier, so much simpler to sell your services, your programs, your one on ones, your courses, no matter what it is, you will be able to sell without feeling salesy, or sleazy. Alright, so let’s go back to yesterday, we have our point A, which is that place where your dream clients are currently starting. So when you do a free consultation with them, it’s exactly what they’re telling you, how they feel, what they’re experiencing, what they’re missing out on in life, how it’s affecting the rest of our lives, their symptoms, their problems. And then we also need to look at point B where they want to go, what they what symptoms they want to relieve, or how they want to feel instead, what they want to experience in life or don’t want to experience anymore.

8:23
So we have those already from yesterday, now we are going to add on to them, we have five more ingredients to our Magnetic Messaging, this is going to take some brainpower, a little bit of brainstorming for you. So plan on spending about 2030 minutes on this today, I want you to consider the mistakes that your dream client is currently making, as they try to get from point A to point B on their own. So most likely, I would say in like 95% of cases, people have a problem that we can help them with. But before they come to us, they’ve tried to figure it out on their own. They’ve tried to do it without you. So what have they tried? Why hasn’t it worked? What mistakes have they made? So basically, we’re answering the question, what are they doing wrong? Or what have they done wrong? To why it hasn’t worked? The next thing after you brainstorm that, so I would say try to get at least five to 10 out of those mistakes. We might have to come back to it. That’s totally fine. But really see if you can again, put yourself in that space of your client right now. What have they done? And what have they done wrong in that process? All right, next one. What false stories do they have about their situation or the process to get to point B? This is where we get into some of those beliefs, those stories that they have about To the journey that it’s going to take to get from point A to point B. And this may seem a little strange, but you will find out that every person who has a problem they are trying to solve has a story about that problem. And so we are getting to the point where we can answer, what do they say to themselves when it’s not going well, or not happening on their own. For an example, say someone is trying to lose weight. And they’ve tried all the diets and all the stuff and everything on their own, and it just isn’t happening, are they telling themselves, my body has a hard time losing weight, I’m not good at losing weight, I just am bound to be this weight forever, what stories are coming up? When we can get in touch with the stories? Your dream clients will really feel like, oh, my gosh, this person gets me they’ve been there, they understand what I’m going through? How did they know? That’s exactly what I think are they in my head. And that is when we have a client for life, they are begging to work with us, when we can really tap into that experience in them. So then the next step is to take the mistakes and misconceptions. So everything you’ve written down in number three, and number four, and understand the consequences that will come of having these mistakes and misconceptions. So in my example of someone who is trying to lose weight, and it never works for them when they do it on their own, and now they’re telling themselves, Well, I just can’t lose weight, my body just won’t do it. It’s just broken. Like I’ve literally had people tell me their body is broken when they tried to lose weight. So then what is the consequence of that? Does that mean they automatically get into this place of self sabotage, where every time they do go into a healthy eating eating program, they already know, it’s not going to work subconsciously? So they don’t even try and they end up on the weekends binging on the ice cream? XYZ? Is that something that could potentially be happening? What are the consequences that come from those stories, they continue to tell themselves? Again, if we can hone in on this. And I know it’s really takes some brain power. But if you can really tap into this, you have gold on your hands? Gold. All right, so let’s take the time to really focus in on that. Number six is what will happen if they don’t get help. So what are the consequences of them not working with you? What are the risks that they’ll continue to face by not taking this action? So say for example, they continue to try to do it on their own, they continue to ignore their problem, they continue to not get help. What will happen? Will they continue to stay in this cycle? In my example, will they continue diet after diet after diet continuing to stay on the diet roller coaster? What would be the consequence? Really speaking to that?

13:16
And the last ingredient to your Magnetic Messaging? What will be the benefit of your guidance? So what will they get out of working with you? And so the question we’re trying to answer here is how will they bypass all of the stuff in number six, and achieve their desired effect by working with you So in my example, instead of continuing to stay on the diet roller coaster and sabotaging their goals, and diving into a pint of ice cream every weekend, they will find a balanced, intuitive approach to where they can learn how to eat best for their body. Something like that is created on the spot Look at that. So can you get to that point where you can really explain how beneficial it will be to work with you. And all of that those seven things make up your Magnetic Messaging. And any time you are talking about what you do, and the services you provide in your business, you are pulling from this now you’re not going to include necessarily all seven in one Instagram post or one email or anything like that. I’d say on your sales page, you will include all seven but can you pick and choose some pieces of this in all aspects every time you are talking about your business, every copy you are creating in your business so that your dream clients have the opportunity to resonate with you and to connect with you When to really understand what you do. And even more importantly, understand that you understand them, that you get them that you are basically in their head, that you have been there yourself perhaps, or you’ve had other clients who have been there, or you just get it, you just get it because it’s the work you do. It’s what you’re passionate about. That is what will attract your dream clients to the point where they do click that button to sign up for the free consultation because they cannot wait to finally talk to a practitioner that understands what they’re going through, and understand everything they have been through and understands everything they’ve already tried that hasn’t worked, and why it actually hasn’t worked, and how they could bypass all of that with your program. Now I’m sure you can see just how critical this work is to the future of your business, how much easier it will be for you to talk about your business and what you do and the services you provide and who it’s good for and who it’s not good for. It all starts with your Magnetic Messaging. This is not something you can skip over. None of this stuff is we got to do it all and you are crushing it. You are doing it you are here at the end of day for doing the work and that shows so much about you and what you really truly desire. So I’m so glad that you are still here with me. I’m so proud of you for committing to this. We have one more day to go. You got it and it’s a good one. So stick around. I’ll talk to you tomorrow.

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

Get Clear On The Clients You Want To Attract [Client Attraction Challenge Day #3]

We’re mixing things up on the podcast this week! I’m hosting a Client Attraction Challenge over the next 5 episodes to help you attract paying clients to your work and build your audience full of the right people. Each challenge episode contains guidance, tips, and action steps to become a client magnet. Simply look for [Client Attraction Challenge] in the title to access all 5 episodes once they’re released. To get the complete challenge experience, sign up at shawnmynar.com/attraction and receive the corresponding emails with daily prompts and actionable step to take in your business that day.

We have to combine both ‘who we want to work with’ with ‘who needs our help and how can we help them.’ The goal is to find that crystal clear clarity.” – Shawn Mynar

Client Attraction Challenge – https://shawnmynar.com/attraction

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:04
Hey there. I’m Shawn Mynar and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now, I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, hey there, friends, Shawn here. And in the next few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, we’re going to mix things up and do something different. I have a five day client attraction challenge that I want you to be a part of, I really want you to go through five days of transformation in your business that will make it easier and more fun and more accessible for you to attract the right clients to your work. This is a challenge I hosted live, gosh, probably over a year ago. Now. It was so fun, it was a massive success. And I now want to share it on the podcast as well. Now to be a part of this challenge, there’s some work involved, you can just listen to the episodes, I mean, you can and you will get some really great information and some things to consider in your business. But there is also real work to do. And that is going to come via email. So head over to Shawnmynar.com/attraction. Sometime today, you can still listen to this episode, that’s fine. But make sure you get registered for the full challenge, which includes the work you will receive in the emails. So Shawmynar.com/attraction, head over there get signed up. And that will ensure you get the emails as well, that correspond with these five episodes. There are five days five action steps to take. And they will come out every other day. So be sure you listen to all five of these episodes in order. So if you’re in the middle of the five, and you haven’t listened to the challenge from the beginning, go back and find that first day and start from the beginning. So again, client attraction challenge for the next five episodes, they’re going to be coming out every other day, if you’re listening to them as they air, or just make sure you listen to all five, you will also have emails that correspond to this challenge that come along with some action steps and some real things to do in your business. So be sure to get those as well, Shawnmynar.com/attraction to get those. Also, just a side note, there is some mention of a private Facebook group. That’s from when I did this live over a year ago, that Facebook group doesn’t exist anymore. So don’t worry about that part. But everything else will be so helpful for you in your business and really attracting the right people to your work. All right, let’s find out today’s challenge.

3:43
Here we go day three of the client attraction challenge. And let me just say, really quickly how proud I am of you already. It’s been three days. And to be honest, a lot of people stop doing this work before the third day, believe it or not. So the fact that you are still here, you’re still committed, you’re still doing this, you’re still learning these things and applying them to your business. While Hey, just you doing that right there already shows me that your success is on its way to you. Because that’s really what it takes is the desire and the commitment to show up and do it long after many people stop. Today happens to be one of my very favorite things to talk about. One aspect of the unstuck entrepreneur that we spend an entire week doing and beyond because it is so important and it actually takes a lot more work to do than you would expect and that is to really get super super super clear and specific with who you help and and how you help them. And this is something that a lot of people have a hard time doing, at least to the degree that is required to actually attract those people into your work. So it’s not enough to just say, well, I work with women, or I work with women over 40. Or I work with people who need help with anxiety, or I do gut health issues. That’s not enough. That doesn’t set you apart. Enough. And this is the mistake I see so often, in every regard in every industry, but especially in the wellness industry, because you know what it is hard to not try to help everybody because we really can help everybody. And we know being in the wellness space, there’s a lot of people that need our help, in all areas, all age ranges, all genders, with all different types of symptoms. And so when we have this ability to help a bunch of people, and there’s a bunch of people that need our help, it can be a little tricky to want to narrow it down as much as we need to. But this is really where we have to come to terms with the fact that when we try to help everybody, we end up helping nobody. Because people want to work with someone and will be attracted to the work of someone who truly understands and gets them who can use their exact words, which we’ll talk about tomorrow in tomorrow’s challenge to describe what they’re going through. That is the person that will say, Here’s my money, take my money, I just need you in my life. It’s not the people that stay super general, knowing they can help everybody wanting to help everybody, no matter how good the intention there are. Those are the entrepreneurs who continue to struggle to attract the right people into their work. Because they’re stuck trying to please everyone. And in that process, nothing lands, nothing sticks. Nothing really speaks to anyone. So if you’re someone who, for example, I see this all the time, in my specific profession, which is as a nutritional therapy practitioner. I see people who on their website, say, I help people with adrenal fatigue and gut imbalances, and hormone imbalances, and hydration issues and migraines. Just this list, so long of all the things that they can help. And so if I’m someone who comes to find out, they have adrenal issues, and I start Googling practitioners that help with adrenal issues, and maybe I do come across this website.

8:16
But then I see that they work with 15 other kinds of symptoms, am I going to really trust that they truly understand what I’m going through what I’m experiencing what I need help with how they can help me? Can they put me on a clear path? Do I really get that sense from someone who sometimes posts about adrenal fatigue on their Instagram, and other times posts about having gut imbalances? And then other times talking about menopause? Or what I trust, the person who only talks about adrenal issues, has tons of blog posts about adrenal health has specific supplements they recommended for adrenal health has their own story of adrenal issues, which one would I go with? So we have to put ourselves into the role of client for a second and think about our own experience, what would we want? How would we make the decision of who to work with so once we can understand that, then we have a lot of power here because then we get to decide who we help and how we help them. And I like to take it a step further. Some people talk about this in terms of niching down or finding your niche in your business. I like to take it one step further and call it your dream client which is the words I’ve been using in this entire challenge. Because then it combines this very specific person that you work with, with the person that you want to work with, with the person Were clients that would light you up. So what could you talk about all day, and it would just be so exciting and you just can’t get enough? Who do you love to help, what inspires you what invigorates you when you get to help someone with a certain thing? So it’s not just about the client, it’s also about you and how you want to spend your time. Because a lot of times when we decide we need to niche down, we start looking at, well, who have I helped in the past? Who seems to be coming to me most often anyway, what have I gone through that would probably help with other people. But you know what, maybe what you’ve been through isn’t something you want to talk about all day, maybe he just keeps bringing it up and bringing it up when you’ve gotten beyond it. So maybe you don’t like talking about that? Maybe that doesn’t light you up any longer. So we have to combine both who we want to work with, with who needs our help, and how can we help them. So that is the goal for today is to find that crystal clear clarity. I want you to take a moment, take some time today, probably about 15 ish minutes, maybe a little longer to figure out who specifically do you help? And how specifically, do you help them? So once we figure that out, now, I want you to take these people on a journey with you. So where are they starting? When they come to you as a client? Where are they probably starting? What’s their starting point? What are they experiencing? What are their symptoms? What are they not experiencing? Because of the symptoms? What do they want? And be sure to write all this down in their words. So again, put yourself in the role of your client and use the words that they would use when they are describing their point A with you the practitioner? What words are they using? So that’s point A, and then we want to take them on a journey to point B. So where do they want to go? How would they describe it when they got to their desired place? Their desired destination? In their words? What symptoms are relieved? How do they feel? What did they get to do now? What’s no longer an issue for them? And that is point B. And then now, how will you get them from point A to point B? Knowing that you are there a guide on this journey? What will you do for them? Knowing they’re starting at point A knowing they want to get to point B? How will you help get them there? What

12:53
tools will you use? What protocol will you give them? What advice will you have for them all the things as much as you can think of brainstorm on that. Tomorrow, we’re going to take this one step further to create your Magnetic Messaging. So it is extremely important that you do this work today. I don’t want you to spend hours on it by any means but definitely take some quiet time use your self care space to do this and to brainstorm on this and to really understand the words they’re using because it will help you a lot with tomorrow’s challenge. Okay, and with that being said, I will leave you to it and I will chat with you tomorrow.

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

Is Your Ego Getting In The Way Of Your Success? [Client Attraction Challenge #2]

We’re mixing things up on the podcast this week! I’m hosting a Client Attraction Challenge over the next 5 episodes to help you attract paying clients to your work and build your audience full of the right people. Each challenge episode contains guidance, tips, and action steps to become a client magnet. Simply look for [Client Attraction Challenge] in the title to access all 5 episodes once they’re released. To get the complete challenge experience, sign up at shawnmynar.com/attraction and receive the corresponding emails with daily prompts and actionable step to take in your business that day.

“Your business isn’t about you. It has nothing to do with you. It’s about those people out there, just that one person that’s out there that is looking for you that needs your help… because they need you, they want that transformation, they need you as their guide.” – Shawn Mynar

Client Attraction Challenge – https://shawnmynar.com/attraction

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:04
Hey there. I’m Shawn Mynar and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now, I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, hey there, friends, Shawn here. And in the next few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, we’re going to mix things up and do something different. I have a five day client attraction challenge that I want you to be a part of, I really want you to go through five days of transformation in your business that will make it easier and more fun and more accessible for you to attract the right clients to your work. This is a challenge I hosted live, gosh, probably over a year ago. Now. It was so fun, it was a massive success. And I now want to share it on the podcast as well. Now to be a part of this challenge, there’s some work involved, you can just listen to the episodes, I mean, you can and you will get some really great information and some things to consider in your business. But there is also real work to do. And that is going to come via email. So head over to Shawnmynar.com/attraction. Sometime today, you can still listen to this episode, that’s fine. But make sure you get registered for the full challenge, which includes the work you will receive in the emails. So Shawnmynar.com/attraction, head over there get signed up. And that will ensure you get the emails as well, that correspond with these five episodes. There are five days five action steps to take. And they will come out every other day. So be sure you listen to all five of these episodes in order. So if you’re in the middle of the five, and you haven’t listened to the challenge from the beginning, go back and find that first day and start from the beginning. So again, client attraction challenge for the next five episodes, they’re going to be coming out every other day, if you’re listening to them as they air, or just make sure you listen to all five, you will also have emails that correspond to this challenge that come along with some action steps and some real things to do in your business. So be sure to get those as well, Shawnmynar.com/attraction to get those. Also, just a side note, there is some mention of a private Facebook group. That’s from when I did this live over a year ago, that Facebook group doesn’t exist anymore. So don’t worry about that part. But everything else will be so helpful for you in your business and really attracting the right people to your work. All right, let’s find out today’s challenge.

3:43
Are you ready for day two of the client attraction and party? This? Oh, this is such a big one. While Yesterday I talked about 90% of client attraction. This one, day two is probably the most common thing I see, at least in my business, at least with the clients that I work with who are trying to build their businesses. What are they doing wrong? Well, they’re not taking action. They’re telling themselves that they’re not ready, that they need more experience, that they need more certifications, that they can’t do it, that there’s something wrong with them, that they aren’t worthy of success, that they’re not valuable enough for people to pay attention to them and work with them. They’ve got a bunch of stories, and those stories are all rooted in fear. And this is what I call being stuck. If this is you if any of that makes sense. You are not taking action, or taking meaningless action, dare I say, to give the essence that you are working and building your business, when you’re really still just not putting yourself out there. Because hey, guess what it takes to have a business, making money, you got to make money. Even if it’s $1, you got to make $1, to be in business. And until then you just have a really expensive, really time consuming hobby. And that’s what I see a lot of people doing, they do a lot of busy work, they do a lot of stuff behind the scenes to make it look like maybe they have a business, but they’re never putting their work out. They’re never making money, and therefore, never really having a business. This is you, we got you covered today. And it’s going to take a little more work on your part in terms of getting honest with yourself, doing some inner digging with some of the voices that have been going on in your head. Because we’ve got to get to the point where we can see that voice that’s causing you to have fear, causing all these stories that are not true. And keeping you stuck, doesn’t have power over you anymore. It’s what I call the entrepreneurial ego. It is the voice of your limiting beliefs. And it is the one that’s just doing its job of trying to keep you safe, safe in your comfort zone where you cannot experience failure, you cannot experience judgment, you cannot experience massive success that you can’t handle. It’s just keeping you safe. But in doing so is also keeping you from taking action, from showing up in your business, from putting your work out there from being able to make the impact that you are here to make your purpose on this planet is to make an impact. And in order to do so we got to a see that ego for what it is, and then move forward anyway. I do a lot of work on this. It’s why everything I have in my business is called unstuck, because it’s about doing this work to see what that voice is really saying and where it’s coming from and realizing these stories and limiting beliefs that we have and how they’ve been showing up in our lives, and then choosing differently and moving beyond that. And while there’s so much work to do in this area, and it’s what makes a big focus of my program on stuck entrepreneur, today, we’re going to break it down to do just one thing. It’s where you figure out and realize that your business isn’t about you. It’s has nothing to do with you.

8:06
It’s about those people out there, just that one person that’s out there that is looking for you that needs your help, that wants your help, that is spending their days and nights Googling, trying to find you trying to find that work that you do, because they need you, they want you they want that transformation, they need you as their guide. But they can’t find you because you’re not out there. Because your stories and your fear have become bigger than your purpose and your passion for helping that one person. And also side note, when I say one person we all know it actually is millions of people that go into that one person, no matter how specific we get with who we help and how we help them. So I want you to have a little fun today. And go wild with the opportunity to share more about what you do, who you help, how you help them, how you got there, why you do what you do, what your passion is, what your purpose is, your values, your vision, anything that you want to share. I want you to be your own cheerleader, and really provide this experience for yourself where you get excited about what you do and why you do it, and who you’re helping in the process. So you are imagining you’re in front of a group of your dream clients, and you have a chance to tell them exactly what you do and show them how passionate you are about it. So this is where yesterday’s challenge also comes into today. Okay, so take the time, I would say spend at least 15 minutes with your journal today where you can just go for it and just unapologetically share how cool it is that you do. Do what you do, and how awesome you are at it, and how passionate you are about it, and how much you love it. And then the next time you feel that ego creeping in which it will do, as long as you are an entrepreneur, you will have that ego voice. You will come back to what you’re really doing here, which is making your business about your dream and client, not about you and your fears. So you will have that script to come back to the next time your ego takes charge. Okay, give it a try, and I will see you back here tomorrow.

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

The Biggest Secret To Client Attraction [Client Attraction Challenge # 1]

We’re mixing things up on the podcast this week! I’m hosting a Client Attraction Challenge over the next 5 episodes to help you attract paying clients to your work and build your audience full of the right people. Each challenge episode contains guidance, tips, and action steps to become a client magnet. Simply look for [Client Attraction Challenge] in the title to access all 5 episodes once they’re released. To get the complete challenge experience, sign up at shawnmynar.com/attraction and receive the corresponding emails with daily prompts and actionable step to take in your business that day.

“Just by embodying the person, the business owner, the entrepreneur, the service provider that you wish to be will mean you start experiencing that naturally without force or effort on your part.” – Shawn Mynar

Client Attraction Challenge – https://shawnmynar.com/attraction

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:04
Hey there. I’m Shawn Mynar and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now, I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, hey there, friends, Shawn here. And in the next few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, we’re going to mix things up and do something different. I have a five day client attraction challenge that I want you to be a part of, I really want you to go through five days of transformation in your business that will make it easier and more fun and more accessible for you to attract the right clients to your work. This is a challenge I hosted live, gosh, probably over a year ago. Now. It was so fun, it was a massive success. And I now want to share it on the podcast as well. Now to be a part of this challenge, there’s some work involved, you can just listen to the episodes, I mean, you can and you will get some really great information and some things to consider in your business. But there is also real work to do. And that is going to come via email. So head over to Shawnmynar.com/attraction. Sometime today, you can still listen to this episode, that’s fine. But make sure you get registered for the full challenge, which includes the work you will receive in the emails. So Shawnmynar.com/attraction, head over there get signed up. And that will ensure you get the emails as well, that correspond with these five episodes. There are five days five action steps to take. And they will come out every other day. So be sure you listen to all five of these episodes in order. So if you’re in the middle of the five, and you haven’t listened to the challenge from the beginning, go back and find that first day and start from the beginning. So again, client attraction challenge for the next five episodes, they’re going to be coming out every other day, if you’re listening to them as they air, or just make sure you listen to all five, you will also have emails that correspond to this challenge that come along with some action steps and some real things to do in your business. So be sure to get those as well, Shawnmynar.com/attraction to get those. Also, just a side note, there is some mention of a private Facebook group. That’s from when I did this live over a year ago, that Facebook group doesn’t exist anymore. So don’t worry about that part. But everything else will be so helpful for you in your business and really attracting the right people to your work. All right, let’s find out today’s challenge

3:43
Are you ready to get this client attraction party started, we are going to have a blast together the next five days. Remember, join me in the Facebook group live. I’ll be doing q&a and coaching, answering your questions doing all the stuff over there for the week. So be sure to join me there. But I want to also provide these podcast episodes. They’re private, no one else is going to see them. But you because you joined this challenge. I wanted to provide this just for some extra juice to what we’re learning and doing together this week. Because if you know me, then you know, I love to talk on a mic. I’ve been talking on a mic every week at least once a week for over six years as a podcast host. And now I just want to take it one step further and apply this to this challenge. So here we are. And because you’re here today, that also shows me that you are committed. You are committed to your business. You’re committed to your growth. You’re committed to making an impact and helping other people and you are ready to stop spinning your wheels. doing the same things with no results, wondering what makes you any different than the other people who seem to have a success overnight? What sets these people apart? And what can you do in your business, to have that same level of success to be able to fill up your coaching practice to fill up your one on one clients, to have your online courses and workshops sell out like that? What do you need to do, and I’m going to tell you, in these next five days, and I need you to commit to an open mind to relearning to letting go of things, maybe you’ve already learned or thought in the past, that clearly haven’t worked for you. Because maybe it’s not about the Instagram algorithm, or having the right sales strategy, or getting another certification. So you have even more letters after your name, or using just the right verbage on your about me page. So people really understand who you are, and that you can help them. Maybe there’s something deeper going on here. And that is what we are going to figure out this week and create for you and your business. Because today, the most important piece of day one is that you understand something that most entrepreneurs don’t, especially those ones that are struggling, and will continue to struggle. And that one thing which I have determined is the 90% of client attraction is that you are the magnet for your business, not how pretty your social media is, or your website. It’s not that it’s you. And that is the reason why there are people crushing it, who don’t even have a website, barely post on Instagram, have typos all over their work. And yet, they still have a thriving business with people waiting to work with them. Because they have mastered this one thing. So today, I want you to really focus on that I want you to really get honest with yourself. This is where we have to do some digging, and we have to get really clear and maybe a little bit uncomfortable. How have you been showing up in your business? Knowing that that is how it will go for you knowing that that is exactly what you are attracting? So are you being competent? Are you being vulnerable? Are you putting yourself out there? Are you showing your commitment to your passion and purpose? Are you clearly incompetently stating what you do? Why you do it, who you help? How you help them? And truly showing up consistently as the powerful professional being that you are? Who is going after their purpose and passionately serving others? Or are you shying away a little bit?

8:31
Are you afraid to be vulnerable? Are you letting fear take over how you show up? Are you spending time probably way too much time, on the wrong things in your business, the things that are behind the scenes that things that make it seem like you’re working like you’re doing something like you’re on the move, but yet don’t actually matter. Don’t move the needle are really just opportunities for you to procrastinate and continue to play small in your business continue to not put yourself out there in the way that your clients need you to. So this is where we have to get real with ourselves. Because when we do so, we can so clearly see that it is showing up. In that same way in how many clients you get, how full your programs are, how much money you make, how many people you’re able to help, how many followers you get. It is a direct correlation because you are attracting that into your business because you are the magnet for your business and it can go either way. And this is where we get clarity and then you don’t need me to tell you this. You can see it with your own eyes. And from there, it’s just a matter of time. Changing that a matter of you becoming your client attraction point, you taking ownership of that every single day. So today, I really just want you to do that work, I want you to get uncomfortable, I want you to see how your role in this is really playing out and seeing. So so so clearly how you are the one with the power. And now you can decide to change this, right? This very minute, you can decide right now to step into that version of you to figure out what would be attractive to your dream clients, and becoming that stepping into that for them. So they feel comfortable with you and your work. And they can take eyes off of you, because you are attractive to them. And I don’t mean like physically attractive, I mean energetically attractive.

11:02
So think about it. And it may even take you going on to Instagram and doing some scrolling and really paying attention to those accounts, those people, those business owners, that you really resonate with that every time they post, you’re like, Oh, I gotta see what they’re gonna say today, I’m so glad to see them showing up in my feed. I love their work and makes me feel XYZ, do your own research, and figure out what that looks like for you. Knowing that there is a very, very good probability that that’s also what will attract clients to your work. So how do they show up I want you to think of at least five people you admire. And at least five qualities that you really appreciate in others work of these people you admire. And what keeps you hanging on keeps you excited for them to put out content, and perhaps has even gotten you to a point where you want to work with them, or you have worked with them. So you’ve actually exchanged money to have more of that energy in your life. So think about it, and really do that. And then really get honest with yourself about where you’re currently stand how you’re currently showing up. Is that and what would it take to change that for you? How would you have to do things differently? What words would you have to use? What emotions would you invoke? And people how vulnerable would you have to be? How much of your story would you have to share? How would you present yourself even as far as your posture and what you wear? What kind of content would you need to put out? And how often? And what would be in that content? How often would you talk about your services and offer up what you have to give as your service? What would it look like for you, and then from there, commit to them. Commit to showing up in this way, every day in your business, even if you don’t feel it at the start. Just by embodying the person, the business owner, the entrepreneur, their service provider, that you wish to be will mean you start experiencing that naturally without force or effort on your part. But you can start today. And from there, commit to it every day knowing that this is what will attract your clients to you on a regular basis. No matter what happens with your website, your Instagram, your email list, no matter what you will be attracting the right people into your work that people that will respect you, and respect your work and do the work and commit to the work just the way that you will for them. And that is what makes an amazing client experience. And it’s what allows you to have the business of your dreams and where you’re making the impact you wish to make. So that is the goal for today. I hope you understand, I hope you really really understand how important this is, and can clearly see now how this could be what separates those that have success. With those that struggle. It could be this one thing. Now there’s also four more things that are really important that will also make a big impact in your client attraction abilities. And we still have all week to go over those. So I’ll be back tomorrow with your next one. Until then, take care

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

The Simple Mindset Shift That Will Make It Easier To Show Up — Ep. 167

One of the things I hear most commonly from struggling business owners is that they know they need to show up and put themselves out there but they’re just not doing it—at least not as often as they know they should or with the consistency they know they need. Something is getting in their way. They fear they’ll be judged, or that they’ll fail and then be judged for failing. They fear the attention, or that they’ll do something wrong. Well today, I want to share with you a super simple mindset shift you can make in a matter of minutes that will shed new light on what you’re really doing when you put yourself and your work out there so it feels more purposeful and aligned.

“They have that unwavering desire to find you and you have the knowing that you can help them and the desire to be found. That is when it becomes an energetic match.” – Shawn Mynar

“If you just start seeing what you’re doing in this capacity, how much could change for you and your willingness, your desire, your ability to truly and authentically show up for those people who are out there with that unwavering desire to find you. You can be their manifestation.” – Shawn Mynar

“You are the vessel that is carrying what they need to know, what they need to hear, what they need to do and you bring it to them so that they can experience their own shift.” – Shawn Mynar

“You are the conduit for someone else to have their manifestation realized.” –  Shawn Mynar

“It is just with that desire, that knowing, that you want to be the vehicle for someone else to experience their own transformation, what they are currently looking for.” – Shawn Mynar

Burnout Masterclass – shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof 

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
One of the things I hear most commonly from struggling business owners is that they know they need to put themselves out there and show up for their business, but they’re just not doing it or at least not as often as they know they should, or with the consistency that they know they need, something is getting in their way they fear they’ll be judged or that they’ll fail and then be judged for failing, they fear the attention, or that they’ll do something wrong. Well, today, I want to share with you a super simple mindset shift you can make in a matter of minutes, that will shed a new light on what you’re really doing when you put yourself and your work out there. So it feels more purposeful and aligned for you. Let’s dive in. Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where you work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams. No hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here checking out the show. This episode, I’m going to warn you right now it’s gonna get a little Woo. So if you’re like 0% into Woo, you may think this is a terrible episode. I’m just going to warn you right now. But everyone else who’s at least 1% into the Whoo, you’re going to like this, you’re going to like this little mindset hack I have for you. This is something that I was thinking about the other day, that totally changes the game for me. And I think it might for you to the whole topic was brought on by an email I received from someone who happened upon my website, I think it was a few months ago, consumed a bunch of content, listening to the podcast, probably listening to this episode. If so, hi, Shelby. This episode was inspired by you, and is now a client of mine in my programs. In her email, she said, quote, unquote, I manifested you. Now this is not the first time I have heard this. In fact, I’ve heard it a lot over the years from clients who were looking, searching, Googling, wandering, wishing for answers to problems they were experiencing. It was keeping them up at night trying to figure this out, like what am I supposed to do? This is a problem I am having. And I can’t figure it out. They were talking about it with their spouses and their friends. They really wanted to find the answer. They were committed to getting help and figuring it out whatever problem that could be over the years, from personal training, fitness stuff, to nutrition stuff, to mindset stuff to now business stuff.

3:23
You know, as I’ve mentioned, many times the amount of pivots I’ve had over the past 10 years in business, no matter what they coincidentally which I’m putting with Asterix and air quotes, and in italics and all the things they coincidentally happened upon me and my work and my content. So sometimes it’s like they saw blog posts when they were googling or they were on Pinterest or something like that, or the algorithm I happen to show them one of my Instagram posts, even though they weren’t a follower, or they saw a Facebook ad. And because they were so deep in this problem they were trying to solve and wanted so badly to find someone who could help or find some sort of information that could help. Our energies matched our energetic frequencies were a match our desires were a match. Because I wanted to help that person. I had the information to help them I had the experience, the knowledge, whatever it was, I had what they needed and I wanted to give it I wanted to be of service I wanted to help other people with it. So our desires were a match. I truly from an energetic perspective, was a manifestation for that person. And you are also So someone’s manifestation, think about that, let that really soak in, because that is really freaking cool. That is so, so awesome. You are someone’s manifestation. And that’s the beauty about being someone who is creating a business around being of service to another human, it means that the people that you want to help are out there right now walking around in this very moment, experiencing the problem that you help solve. They are Googling it, they’re talking about it with their friends, they’re reading books about it, they’re staying up at night trying to figure this thing out. And you are sitting here right now, knowing what they can do to help themselves. And so it’s that combination, that then becomes the energetic match to where the universe will put you in front of them as someone who can help solve their problem. They have that unwavering desire to find you. And you have the knowing, very important word there, the knowing that you can help them and the desire to be found. That is when it becomes an energetic match, when they have the unwavering desire. And you have the knowing that you can help them and the desire to be found. Important. So then let’s take it one step further. Because already, I think this is super cool. And already, I think that if you just start seeing what you’re doing in this capacity, how much could change for you, and your willingness, your desire, your ability to truly and authentically show up. For those people who are out there with that unwavering desire to find you. You can be their manifestation. But let’s take it one step deeper. Because you are someone’s manifestation, that means you play a certain role in their life, you are the vehicle. This is again, like we’re getting will or getting out there, just hear me out. You are the vehicle, the conduit that passes information on to that person that needs that info in their life, you aren’t the vessel that is carrying what they need to know what they need to hear what they need to do. And you bring it to them so that they can experience their own shift. Let me repeat that for the people in the back. You are the vessel that carries what they need to know what they need to hear what they need to do, the actions that they need to take. And you bring it to them so that they can experience their own shift. So your role in all of this was to take in that information which you did through education, through your life experiences.

8:23
And you know, I think many of us can agree that how you got to that point, where you now have this information was through a series of coincidences or synchronicities or manifestations however you thought about it at the time, I think we can all agree that that path that led us to where you are now has that manifestation piece to it. But anyway, you your role was to get that information through how you got certified or educated. And then the life experiences you’ve had leading up to this moment that has led you to have the expertise that you have. And then you now are the deliverer of that information to those that are seeking it. So again, can you see now how you are the vessel you are the vehicle you are the conduit for someone else to have their manifestation realized. It’s so cool, and does it take some of the pressure off of you trying to be perfect or trying to be like the expert of all experts before you put yourself out there trying to know it all in trying to be the best and do it all because you’re just like the middleman. I really hope that when you think about it this way, it makes the idea of putting yourself out there feel a little less daunting and scary and a little more exciting and fun. Because you are about to be someone’s manifestation every single time you put yourself out there. You put your work out there you create content for your dream clients. That is what is happening. That is really awesome. Now, once again, let me remind you of the importance of aligned frequencies, you’re not putting yourself out there out of obligation, or because I’m here telling you that you have to, I’m not telling you, you have to, I’m just telling you, you have to, you’re not putting yourself out there secretly, not believing in yourself, you’re not putting yourself out there, hoping no one will see it secretly, you are putting yourself out there with a desire to be that vehicle for someone else to be someone’s manifestation, which doesn’t mean perfection, it doesn’t mean as pretty and amazing as everyone else’s. And if your Instagram post doesn’t look as good, then it’s not going to help someone. It is just with that desire, that knowing that you want to be the vehicle for someone else to experience their own transformation, what they are currently looking for. So sit with that, really think about that and really see how would you be showing up now? Or how would you show up differently? If that is what you had been really going after this entire time? Like what would change for you? If you knew that every single time you did anything to help someone else? By way of your business? It was someone’s manifestation, they would see that post or they would hear that podcast or they would see that blog and think, oh, man, I’ve been looking for this and now just popped up into my world. This is so crazy, what a coincidence. Or if you’re, you attract people who are already in the know, I think I manifested this. How cool. And I really think that would be a good journaling exercise. If you are into journaling, to go in and just write down what would it look like? Or how would you do things differently? If you knew that you were the vehicle for someone else to experience their own manifestation? If you were truly someone’s manifestation? How would you show up? And how is that different than what you’re doing now? And how can you move more into that space? That is it. That’s my secret, super simple mindset hack that I wanted to share with you. And I really hope you give it a try. I really hope it changes how you are thinking and feeling and acting in your business if

12:48
you are someone that’s having. And you know, you’re not alone. This is a lot of you when I say this, if you are someone who is struggling to really figure out how to best show up what to say, what to do, how to act, all those things that I think we can get really wrapped up in our head about, just come back to this. And it goes along with what I always say come back to those people that you want to help come back to the fact that every single time you put anything out there, it becomes someone’s manifestation. You are someone’s manifestation. And right now there is someone out there searching for you losing sleep at night because they can’t find the answers that you have. So know that and feel that and then get into alignment with that as you show up for that person and yourself and your business. All right, my friends. Until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here and if you’re a coach or practitioner who’s looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don’t want to miss. Right now. I’m hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business model has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I’m now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I’m just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don’t have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it. I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place. No matter where you’re at in your business. Today. So if you’re like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people they’re meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there’s a seat with your name on it inside my burnout proof your business masterclass. In just one hour, you’re going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever, and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You’ll learn exactly how my client sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You’ll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can’t wait to enroll in your program once it’s ready. Even if right now you’re starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it’s gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can’t wait to see you there. Hey, friend real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I’ll see you over there

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

What Happened During My 5-week Podcasting Break — Ep. 166

Have you ever had something really stressful or bad happen, only for you to realize it actually was the best thing that could have happened? I’m willing to be you have. We’ve all had those moments. And This is exactly what happened to me during my 5-week podcasting hiatus. Today, I’m going to share with you what’s happened in my life over the past 5 weeks and how a super stressful situation turned into the best possible scenario. And maybe, just maybe even turn it into a little lesson about how the universe works.

“Sometimes when something really undesirable, stressful, bad happens, it is on the path to getting to the good, the better situation.” – Shawn Mynar

“What’s really going on is just part of the experience, it’s just one thing that is happening in this grand scheme of life that is getting you to what you desire.” – Shawn Mynar

“The universe is always working for you.” – Shawn Mynar

“The things that didn’t work, the pivots, the ‘failures’ all of these things, looking back at them now, every single one of them happened in order for me to get where I needed to go. They were all part of my journey that got me what I wanted.” – Shawn Mynar

“Having that unshakeable confidence, that unshakeable knowing that even though you can’t feel it or see it or experience it yet, it still is there, it still is on it’s way.” – Shawn Mynar

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
Have you ever had something really stressful or kind of bad happen only for you to realize after the fact that it actually was the best thing that could have happened? I’m willing to bet you have because we’ve all had those moments. This is exactly what happened to me during my five week podcasting hiatus that I am now coming out of. And today, I want to share with you what’s been going on in my life over the past five weeks, and how a super stressful situation turned into the best possible scenario. And maybe, maybe I can find some sort of lesson in this about how the universe works and how we can apply this to our businesses. So let’s dive in.

0:47
Hey, there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.

1:31
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here grateful for your support of the show. And I’m back after five weeks that honestly went by extremely fast. As I think you all know, I took five weeks off of podcasting entirely, creating new shows for you, and instead replayed some past episodes that were best of episodes. But now I’m back, I’m refreshed, I’m ready, we have a whole new batch of podcast episodes to go, we’ve got a lot to talk about. And starting with today’s episode, which is something I don’t do a lot of here on the show, which is just basically sharing a personal story. But there is, as always a bigger lesson to it. And I think something that we should all be thinking about when it comes to our life and also more specifically our business because that’s what we talk about around here. But wanted to bring this story to the show, to be totally honest, because I just have yet to have found a place where I can just share this whole story. It’s a long one. There’s a lot of nooks and crannies to the story. And it just doesn’t make for a good Instagram story. Like no one wants to flip through 75 slides of me talking. That’s not what we do over on Instagram, is it. So bringing it to the show, because you guys are my people, you guys will understand at minimum, you’ll get a good story out of this. You’ll know what’s going on with me. And we’ll also get into that lesson that I think is really important for us all to consider. All right, what’s happened over the past five weeks in my life. I can tell you that. Five weeks ago, when I last was on this Mike did not remotely expect for what happened to have happened. And to be honest, I probably wouldn’t share this story. I mean, it’s not that big of a deal. Except that it is almost unbelievable how everything lined up perfectly in our favor. Even though it was like total disaster, terrible situation super stressful, not at all what we expected or wanted to happen. But I just have to share it because of all of the things lining up that so clearly show how the universe is always working in our favor. Even when it doesn’t seem like it even though it seems like things are going all wrong. So here’s a little backstory before we get into what’s happened over the past five weeks. If you’ve been following along on my journey for a while and specifically my health journey. I’ve been basically an open book about my health and the struggles I’ve had with my health since gosh, probably when I started my business so 2013 been a super open book. I have blog posts, I have podcast episodes going back seven almost eight years now sharing about my health stuff. So a lot of you probably already know this story, but for those that don’t I have in the past gotten very very sick from living

5:00
You’re in a home that had a toxic mold. In 2013, there was a really bad flood here in Boulder, Colorado where I live. And the house that I was living in at that time flooded along with like the vast majority of houses in Boulder like it was really bad. And it was a house I was renting, I actually was, had the basement bedroom, I was living with two other girls, I had the basement bedroom. And that’s what was flooded. So I moved out of the basement for a while they remediated. And because of just the sheer number of people that needed help, and just not having enough people to do that work. It wasn’t remediated properly, it was the left kind of unattended and wet for a while. And so naturally mold forums, even when you do think that you remediate correctly. And so in 2014, about probably three or four months after that whole process, I started getting really sick, super random symptoms, nothing made sense. I was eating really well, I was working out really well, I was doing all the things I was already very, very interested in holistic health. So I was already doing all these things. And just, I was developing autoimmune diseases, I was gaining a bunch of weight, I had brain fog, I had joint pain, just the worst fatigue ever. And so all these things were happening. And it didn’t make sense, I finally found out in 2015, that it was from living in toxic mold. And more importantly, again, this is 2015. So this is two years after that flood. And after all this started and there was a bunch of me going to doctors and doing all these things and trying all these tests and trying to figure it out. Finally, I found a doctor who figured it out. More importantly, they figured out that I have what is known as chronic inflammatory response syndrome. And that it comes from having this basically genetic trait where my body can’t properly detox from bio toxins, which are things like mold. And so instead of it being, you know, the majority of humans, they get exposed to mold, maybe they have a mold, allergy, maybe they their body just doesn’t like that situation. And they start sneezing or coughing or wheezing or having these kinds of symptoms, I didn’t have any of that, as I explained, my symptoms were very random. But the vast majority of people, they remove themselves from that situation, their bodies detox, and they go back to normal, they don’t feel sick anymore. My body and about 25% of population who have this genetic trait,

7:56
doesn’t detox doesn’t understand that and instead goes into this hyper inflammatory response that causes all of these kinds of crazy symptoms. That’s just like a few of the many, many, many symptoms that chronic inflammatory response syndrome can cause. And so figured all this out, went through this insane protocol, it took about a little over a year for me to start feeling better. I mean, it was 1000s and 1000s of dollars to heal, because this is not something that’s recognized by, you know, traditional medicine, and so not coming out of my insurance, but instead coming out of my pocket and had to actually go into debt, trying to get better from that, which was right before I created fat burning female project, my first signature program and was able to pay off that debt, which was amazing. But anyway, since finding out about this situation, I have this illness what I am prone to, I have moved four times from mold alone, it is a really big deal. Because if I’m living in mold, I obviously get really sick, like I can’t function kind of sick. And there are a lot of water damaged buildings in this world a lot way more than you think. So it’s really scary. It’s really something that you have to be on top of you have to do the right testing and inspecting. It’s really hard to find a place to live. And it’s really hard to you know, when you’re in this market, which we were in where you have to basically decide if you want to put an offer on a home before you like within 1015 minutes before you even have a chance to like think about it. That made it impossible for us to buy a home because I need to be able to have it mold inspected and I haven’t really inspected well and do all this stuff before I can make that decision and just couldn’t do it. So that was a big

10:00
reason why we were not able to purchase a home, which is actually part of this story. And also important to note, my wife Kristen has this same thing. She has the same genetic trait. And actually she is in the middle of and was doing for about six months, the mold protocol that super like intense, expensive mold protocol to try to get better because she has lived in mold. And finally, finding out that she also has this genetic situation, chronic inflammatory response syndrome. This is why she hasn’t felt like herself in years, and started going through the protocol. So that is the backstory. Now bringing us up a little closer to present day. Also, a lot of you know that we had a whole big living situation fiasco not too long ago. So in 2021, sold our condo because we needed more space, and couldn’t find a place to live. Because partially of that whole situation of needing time to be able to test things and make sure it’s not moldy before we move in. And that was just part of it. There was also like no inventory, it was around that time where like real estate was insane. So we had to move in with my mother in law, which was not great. It was in a different part of the state that we were not big fans of. And also, you’re living with your mother in law, which we had a entire floor to ourselves, it was about the best situation that it could have been for that. But it wasn’t ideal, of course. And we ended up living there for nine months until we could find a place to live back here in Boulder finally found that place had it mold tested. Although we’ll put in parentheses here we were in Costa Rica on our honeymoon, while all of this was happening, but we had tested we moved in, and we spent six months getting settled in. So when we sold the condo, we also sold most of our furniture, either the buyer of the condo, wanted it and sold it to her or sold it to other people. So we were pretty much furniture lists, because again, we were moving in with my mother in law already had all the furniture didn’t have space to store all of our furniture. So we’ve sold almost all of it. So we’re starting from scratch in this new place. And so spent six months like figuring out what furniture we wanted, waiting for it to ship and get here, organizing everything, buying all the decor, like we didn’t have anything, we’re starting from scratch, and it took a while. So when we moved in not too long after we moved in, we noticed that there were some holes that needed to be patched and painted from people that had previously lived there, the landlord didn’t take care of it. That’s no big deal, we can do it. So we asked the landlord about getting some paint, and he said he had some stored in the crawlspace. And to use that, well, we had just organized everything, we had tons of stuff that we were storing over the door to the crawlspace, it was in a storage closet. And we’d already filled that closet with stuff and there were like shelves on top of the crawlspace store because we weren’t planning on accessing it ever. And so just Let’s cover it up. Let’s use that space. And so since we didn’t want to open that door, we and you don’t have to take out all of our stuff from this closet, we asked for the colors. So we could just go get some new paint from the store. Turns out, we go to multiple stores. And this is all over the course of weeks and months to be honest. And nobody offers that color paint and anything less than a gallon. And we don’t need a big gallon. We just need like a sample to paint the patched places this point, which there were actually quite a few especially for moving into a place that that should have been taken care of. But that’s beyond the scope of this story. But not enough that we would need this big amount of paint and we don’t want to bill our landlord for it. We don’t want to pay for ourselves. So we keep putting it off and putting it off and putting it off. And so this repair that should have happened in like March or April. Still hasn’t been done come August. But now we have company coming in. This is August like last month if you’re listening to this remotely close to when it airs. Now we have company coming to stay with us and we don’t want these patches to be unpainted for our company. And also my wife had put like the little blue painters tape like little patches of that so that she could remember where all of the holes were. So we’d been living with like blue painters tape little spots over her entire place for months, and finally decided we should probably take care of that. So we decide we’re just going to have to go into this

15:00
crawlspace for the paint, we have to take everything out of the closet, get into the crawlspace get the paint and paint everything before our company comes.

15:11
Kristen heads into the crawlspace, only to find quite a bit of standing water.

15:19
Concerned, obviously, we text our neighbor, hey, is this normal? Is this ever happened to you, of course, she’s like, No, not normal, you need to get someone out ASAP. So we have the plumber come out a few days later. And he is able to find that the standing water is coming from a pipe where are actually around a pipe that their air conditioning condensation should be going into. But it has been not set up properly from the time that the air conditioner was installed, which was years ago, wasn’t set up properly for it to actually drain into the drain. Instead, it’s like the pipes a little bit short. So it drains around the drain doesn’t go actually into the other pipe goes around it. And the floorboard is soaking wet around it. And so wet that is now dripping into the crawlspace. Because this is had been happening all summer as we’ve been running our air conditioner. So upon a learning of this, you know, and just sidenote, our landlord isn’t concerned doesn’t think it’s a problem thinks it’s just gonna dry up no big deal. So that was a Thursday, I immediately make an appointment for the mold inspectors to come out Monday. So then over the weekend, before the mold inspectors come out, but after we know that there’s a serious problem, and I have like high high high suspicions that mold is growing. There, we see that there is an open house across the street. There’s a townhouse just like ours, the one that we’re renting, that is for sale. And being the nosy people that we are we go into the open house because we’re curious to see how they’ve redone it looked on Zillow could see that, from the pictures that things looked really nice and comparison to ours. And they had definitely done some remodeling recently. And so I was curious to see like how it looked in person. So we head into this open house. And it just so happens that no one else is there, it’s totally quiet. We get to talking with the realtor, we spend like probably 20 minutes, telling her basically her whole life story, and all about this mold stuff. And what we found that past week that was going on and our landlords response and how we think it’s mold, and we don’t know what we’re going to do and all this stuff. So we go into all of this, we just totally talk your ear off to the point where I apologize for talking her ear off. But she was really great and super nice and really interested in what we had to say. Anyway, Monday rolls around, mold inspector comes over, and confirms that there is definitely mold growing in that situation. Not sure what kind of mold not sure how severe but can confirm there’s definitely mold like growth, which means we need to act fast because both of us could get sick could get worse. You know, Kristen has been on this protocol and not getting better. So now that makes a ton of sense. So we basically have two options in this scenario either. It needs to be properly remediated and fast. And the word proper here is really important because with people who get as sick as we do in this situation, you have to take extreme care for it to not get into the rest of the house for it to not be made worse for to not spread all this stuff. And there are very few companies who actually do it the right way. And so that needs to happen. We need to take proper remediation protocols seriously, or we need to get out. Those are our two options in this scenario. We can’t live with it. We can’t make it work for a while. It has to happen fast before we get sick. So as soon as I find this out as soon as the mold inspector who I’m actually like friends with at this point, because I’ve used him so often. And he knows my whole situation and everything. I text Kristen, who was at work, and I tell her Yep, it’s mold. We don’t know how bad it is or what kinds or anything like that yet, but we can confirm that that is what’s going on here. An hour later. She texts me back and says that she has emailed the realtor that we met on

20:00
Saturday at the place across the street, just to see if the owners would remotely consider renting their unit to us for a few years. And I guess I should mention here that we loved that place when we went in for the open house, it was like so beautiful it had been so well maintained, it had been recently renovated, with the idea that the owners were going to live here. So not like a flip, but an actual redo in the best way possible. And then they unexpectedly had to move. And so it just was such an awesome place. And we’re like, gosh, we really could potentially buy this. But you know, it’s not 100%. It’s not like exactly what we would want if we were buying. But gosh, it would be great to rent that place. And so she tried, she just put it out, just to see what would happen, sent the email, not expecting to get anything in return. But the realtor actually emailed right back, and said she was always working in the best interest for her clients and see how this could be a really good opportunity for them, they had just bought the place. So I’m holding on to it a little longer would make a lot of sense for them financially. And she said she would talk it over with them and let us know,

21:22
then come to find out probably maybe 24 hours later, they agreed to consider it and wanted to keep it on the market for one more week. And if it didn’t sell in that week, it was ours. So while this is happening, we get the mold report back super high levels, it’s bad, it’s not a good situation. The mold inspection report has a list of every single thing that we need to do considering our chronic inflammatory response syndrome. And what needs to be properly remediated, extend it all to the landlord doesn’t agree to remediate in the way that we need it done. doesn’t think it’s a big deal. XYZ. Very, very grateful that he offered to let us out of our lease at that point, once he realized we had a bigger situation on hand than he wanted to deal with. So the next weekend rolls around, there’s another open house at the place across the street, tons of people show up, you know, we’re kind of watching because now we have a stake in the game. We’re watching to see who comes in and how interested they seem. And it was a busy day for that place. But for whatever reason, no one placed an offer.

22:42
So they called us the next day and agreed to rent it to us, they had already moved out everything was ready to go. So there could be a really quick turnaround, I believe it was probably like a week and a half from the time that they agreed to until we moved in. And also our current landlord allowed us to have a five day overlap with the old place so that we would have time to move because the biggest hardest thing when you are someone who has chronic inflammatory response syndrome, and you have been exposed to mold, and all of your belongings have been exposed to mold, that they all need to be cleaned or trashed. So not only did we have to move all of our belongings across the street, we also had to clean them all. You know, we set up our carport at the old place as our cleaning station, we had to clean them all wipe them all down, wash them in the washing machine, depending on what it was clean everything before we can move it over. And that takes time. So we needed every ounce of those five days to be able to do that. And of course, our new landlords were super nice. And let us get in early over here too. And so it all just worked out so perfectly well we didn’t end up getting a new mattress and a new couch. So those things were some kind of losses we had, they were both six months old, because like I said we’d gotten all new furniture when we came over here but just not worth it to take that chance for something that you can’t really clean in places where we spend a significant amount of time like eight to nine hours a night sleeping on a mattress, want to make sure that that’s as clean and as safe as possible. And then you know, spending an hour or two a day on the couch or whatever. Wanted to make sure that that was a safe place to so I guess we can put a bow on this story here. As you probably have guessed, we moved and we are now are in a new townhouse that is actually part of the same complex that we were in and that was really important because the two things we love the most were the location of

25:00
where we were, and the layout of the place. So it’s a very similar layout and works really well for our family. And we’re moved in, we’re almost kind of organized, not 100%, yet still waiting on that couch to be delivered. So don’t have our, you know, living area set up yet, but we’re getting there. And it’s so much better. I guess I also should mention, we did have this place, mold inspected before we agreed to move in. And actually, that was at the request of the landlord. So the new landlord wanted us to get this place inspected before we agreed to rent here, just to make sure it was going to be safe for us, which just says so much about the situation that we’re in now compared to the last situation. And so that was really meaningful to us, but came back totally 100%, clear and safe and great and wonderful. As I said, it’s been well maintained and well cared for. And that makes a really big difference for people like us. So we’re happy. This is by far, like 1000 times over a better situation. And it was meant to work out this way. And it just took a really kind of stressful situation in order to get here. And I think that’s the lesson I want to leave you with as part of this story. Because let’s think about this, let’s go back and recap all of the things that had to line up for this to work out in the best possible way. First of all, if we would have gotten the paint out of the crawlspace, when we actually needed it, which was like March and March, probably, it would have still been winter here. And we would not have run the air conditioner yet. And we would have never known there was a problem. So we would have continued living in that place for who knows how long with this mold situation going on that you can’t see visibly, it’s going on kind of underneath the surface and in the crawlspace, which we would never ever go into if we didn’t need that paint. And if we would have gone in when we actually needed it, we would still have never known. So the fact that we tried all of these other scenarios to not have to go into the crawlspace still ended up having to do it. But it being summer made all the difference it made it so that we were able to recognize this problem. If we didn’t go to the open house that weekend for no reason. We typically always want to go into open houses, but we never do because we have stuff going on. It’s the weekend we’re out doing things we’re out living our lives. So for us to be home and to just like walk into this open house across the street is all part of the alignment. If we didn’t strike up a conversation with the realtor and tell us tell her our whole life story and how we’re living in mold and how we’re sensitive to mold, and it makes us really sick and all this stuff. If anyone else would have been in at that open house. In that moment, we wouldn’t have done that. If Kristen didn’t have the guts to email the realtor once we found out our situation. And if they wouldn’t have been interested in renting if they really needed to sell this place. If they found a buyer in that time that we were kind of in this interim time where they were still we’re going to see what happened. And we weren’t sure if they would rent it to us or not, if they would have found a buyer in that time. There were so many things that had to line up exactly perfectly. In order for this really bad, stressful situation that we did not see coming we did not want in order for that to become the best possible thing that could have happened for our living situation for our lives. And in order for us to get on with our lives and feel comfortable and safe and healthy. For the long term. This all had to happen exactly as it did. And so that’s the lesson I guess I want to leave you with is sometimes and I don’t even want to say sometimes I want to say the vast majority of times if not all times, when something really undesirable, stressful, bad happens.

29:38
It is on the path to getting to the good, the better situation what you do want how you do want things to play out. It’s part of the process. It’s getting you into alignment. And so for us, we label that as bad, stressful. Unwanted

30:00
frustrating,

30:02
you know, a failure, all these things that we have told ourselves over the years. But that’s just us labeling it, what’s really going on is just what’s going on. It’s just part of your experience. It’s just one thing that is happening in this grand scheme of life, that is getting you to what you desire, because the universe is always working for you. And obviously, this is such a crazy, huge life lesson, but let’s apply it to business. When I think about my business, and the crazy ups and downs I’ve had over the years, and there have been some really, really awesome highs and some really, really low lows, the things that didn’t work, the pivots, the quote, unquote, failures, all of these things, and looking back at them now, every single one of them happened in order for me to get where I needed to go. They were all part of my journey. That got me what I wanted. Even if it didn’t feel like that at the time, even though it’s impossible to know where that situation is going to lead you to a better situation that is coming. They all still have a purpose. And the same goes for you too. I know, it’s hard to see in the moment. I know the default for all humans, is to get wrapped up in these undesirable situations, get wrapped up in the achiness of those moments, how much it sucks how disappointing it is how it feels like, it’s never going to happen, feels like you’re doing all this work for nothing like we can really snowball into this place, especially when it comes to business and, and work and trying to build a business and build a life around your business and all these things. But what if we were, as humans having this experience, to walk around, always knowing, always understanding, always having this unshakable confidence that it’s all working out for us.

32:18
But it’s all part of the process. That is all part of the journey, that it’s all part of the plan. And you get to decide whether you see that as something that is terrible as a failure. As you know, work that’s not being seen, as things that are disappointing are never going to happen. You get to decide how you see each scenario, each situation. And what if instead, you know, that that is part of your story, that is getting you where you want to go. Having that unshakable confidence that unshakable knowing that even though you can’t feel it, or see it or experience it yet, it still is there, it still is going to happen. It still is on its way. What if we just could know that. And if I think back, you know, the second we find out that all of this is happening. We’re like, oh my gosh, what are we going to do? How are we going to find another place to live this quickly? There’s no way that this is going to work out like you. We all do? I do. I’m fully admit that I was in that place where, you know, in that timeframe, I didn’t know what was going to happen. I was freaking out. Where are we going to live? How are we going to know it’s safe? It is really hard to find a place to live around here. And just having to go through that whole process again, oh, my gosh, we can move everything again. Oh my gosh, did ended up going down this hole. Right. And that’s just the normal human experience. It’s like what we are conditioned to do. And yet, what if from the very beginning, I and you and we all know that? Yes, this thing is happening. This is part of it. And I’m going to move along with it. And yes, I’m going to have emotions about it. And yes, I’m going to feel those emotions and just experienced the range of everything. And also, I’m going to still have that knowing that it’s all going to work out. So I guess that’s what I want to leave you with because I think you know, if you really think about this, you can come up with multiple examples of this in your own life how something really bad, really unwanted happened, but then out of it came a really amazing opportunity or experience that you just had to go through that muck in order to get to and sure there will be some things that that opportunity hasn’t come about yet. Maybe you’re currently in the muck. But what if then you can transition that and and what’s in yours

35:00
So headspace about it into knowing that from the muck, comes the magic, Hey, I just made that up. I really like that. I’m gonna coin it, I’m gonna put it on Instagram, from the muck comes the magic. And if you can stay in that place and just own it, just own that MCC and experience it and know that something really awesome on its way because of it. All right friends, I’ll leave you with that. Thank you so much for letting me vent about my story and what has been going on the past few weeks and how crazy it was I just needed a place to vent and uh, you all were the people that had to go through it. But don’t worry, we’ll be back to talking and mindset and business and energy and all that amazing stuff that we do here on unstuck entrepreneur. I’m excited to be back. I’m excited for the future episodes, we’ve got a lot to cover. So if you’re not already, make sure you subscribe to the show, so you don’t miss an episode. They come out every Wednesday, and until next time, take care. Hey friend, real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I’ll see you over there

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

BEST OF: What To Do If You’re Struggling To Grow Your Email List — Ep. 165

So, you’ve gotten on board with this whole email list thing and are excited to start building your list and connecting with your subscribers. Except, nothing’s happening…or at least not as quickly as you’d like. Growing your email list is starting to feel daunting and you’re worried it’s never gonna happen. You can’t help but feel like you’re missing something or doing something wrong. Sound like you? If so, this episode is for you. Today, I’m going to share the 3 biggest reasons why you’re struggling to grow your email list and what you can change today to make it happen. “You have to do the ‘niche work’ first before you build your email list.” – Shawn Mynar “The best freebies are short, they are sweet, they are digestible, the person can go through them in 5-15 minutes and they are helpful.” – Shawn Mynar “Don’t be afraid to scrap your freebie if you realize it’s not epic enough and try again. But also, please make sure that it truly is that. And if you really think that your freebie is epic enough already, keep it. Keep it and focus on building up your audience.” – Shawn Mynar “Really get true to yourself and think about, is it my freebie or is it my audience? And which one really actually needs to be where you are putting your energy.” – Shawn Mynar FREE “Signature Program In A Day” Workshop – shawnmynar.com/day. Shawn’s Courses – shawnmynar.com/coaching Instagram: instagram.com/unstuckentrepreneur FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW: 0:00 Hey Hey there friends, Shawn here. And this is a best of episode of The unstuck entrepreneur podcast, where I’m taking the most popular most talked about most important episodes of the past and bringing them back for an encore presentation. So enjoy the replay of this episode and I’ll be back in a few weeks with another new episode and fresh topic. Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to unstuck entrepreneur. So, so happy to have you here. So glad to be back. I don’t know if you all noticed. But I did take a week off of the podcast last week, because I had COVID. And it actually worked out that when I recorded the episode for the week prior basically that day is when my wife found out that she had COVID, which meant I probably had it too. And it actually took another two days for me to get a positive test. But, you know, I still felt fine that day. And then basically the following week, was kind of a disaster in terms of how I felt. But then by Friday, which is when I normally record these episodes, I felt pretty good again, but my lungs didn’t. And my voice wasn’t quite there. And there was just still a lot of coughing. And my lungs were really struggling to keep up with air. And so it just didn’t make sense to record an episode because you guys wouldn’t have enjoyed hearing that. So I decided to take the week off and just really regain my energy and get my lungs back to where they are used to being and my voice and everything like that. So here I am. And yeah, feeling totally back to normal. I’ve been hiking this week and working out and, you know, obviously working and doing all that kind of stuff. So basically just took it easy for about a week, I still did work, I was working from bed a lot, which I like to do even when I’m feeling great. It’s just fun to work from bed sometimes. So I did that. And you know, took it easy with obviously my workouts that wasn’t really happening. And just also with the amount of work I was doing, giving myself that space to rest and recover and just kind of be present. So now I’m back. And so grateful to be and so grateful for that experience and just being what it was and not, you know, bad for us really grateful for that. So anyway, let’s talk about your email list. Yes, I 3:27 know, we talk about email lists so much. But I still, you know, there’s still just so much to talk about, there really is, you know, it seems like something that’s really basic and really simple in your business. But I think you know, if you’ve listened to unstuck entrepreneur and the episodes that we have already discussed email lists on here, then you know, there’s a lot more to it, and you know how valuable it will be for your business. And that just brings with it a lot more to think about and some nuances that we need to go through. And you know, if you really want to make it this thing that really changes your business and your life. It can be that, but we got to talk about it a little bit more than maybe you think we need to or think we should, but it’s super important stuff. Now before we get into it, I have a super duper, crazy, exciting announcement. I want you all to mark your calendars for June 14 2022. That’s in just a few weeks, because on June 14, I am hosting a free live workshop called signature program in a day. This is unlike any other workshop I’ve ever done ever, ever, because it’s not a webinar. It’s not just this thing where I’m gonna be talking at you and you can kind of be paying attention while doing 1000 Other things and like, have 1000 other tabs open and all that stuff. That’s not what this is. This is an interactive workshop that will involve brainstorming, working, feeling, sharing, learning, getting coached all of that. So come ready to get down to business, and make some big decisions and get to know and share with the other people that are there live these new like minded friends that you’re going to be making. It is an interactive coaching opportunity and is for anyone who wants to add a signature program to your business. Now, you can want this to be happening tomorrow, or maybe next year or in the next few years, you want to have a signature program. If that is at all in your future, this is for you. And when you attend live, you’re going to have the opportunity to get one on one support and guidance from me. Again, it’s a coaching opportunity, it is interactive, and we’re going to build out your signature program together. So by the end of our time together, by the end of that afternoon, you will have a solidified signature program. And you will have clear next steps on how to get it out into the world and make it part of your business, no matter what stage of business you’re in right now. And also during this event, I’m going to really walk you through and take you step by step through the process of answering really the biggest questions, the eight biggest questions that come up about signature programs that quite frankly, keep most wellness business owners away from ever taking this step in their business. It keeps them shying away, it keeps him from ever doing this. And I don’t want that. I hate seeing that. That is not us. That is not what we’re doing here. That is not what I want for you. So I am taking the afternoon to not only answer these questions for you, but to do it with you to see you through them. So that you are there. You’re beyond that, and you’re ready to go. So imagine yourself and what will happen with your business? When you have answers to these questions like, am I truly ready for my own signature program? What’s the best topic for my program? Who’s the perfect client for my program? What results will my clients get from my program? What’s the price? What am I going to include in my program? How do we build an audience of these clients that I want my program? And how do I sell my program without feeling salesy. Just imagine if you had the clarity, if you had the knowing if you had gone through and found the answers in your business specifically to those questions, it’s a big deal. And that would really take you to the next level pretty quickly. So that’s what we’re gonna do together in this live workshop. Now, here’s the deal, spots are super duper limited, because of this interactive component. Because of the coaching aspect, I really can’t exceed a certain level I want to be, you know, I want it to be a small group basically, is what I’m saying. And so when it’s fall, it’s fall, who this isn’t really something that you can procrastinate and just decide you know, at the last minute that you want to be at or not. If you know that this is something that you want to do in your business, then sign up now. And you can go to Shawnmynar.com/day Shawnmyanr.com/day. And sign up for this live interactive workshop signature program in a day. 8:55 As long as you have the ability, as long as you can go to that site and sign up, then that means there’s still room as soon as it’s full, that site is coming down. So you know, just keep that in mind super limited spots. And now if you want to get this information if you want to go through this process, but you can’t be there live, obviously the best experience is going to be you there live at the event, doing the interactive components. But if you can’t be when you still want the info, you can still sign up. But what I want you to do is and you’ll be prompted to do this once you sign up is to email my team and let us know that you can’t be there live so that we can then save that spot for someone who can. So that’s our way of kind of knowing when the amount of people that are going to be there live gets to the place where it’s the right amount and then we’ll shut it down. Okay, so you can still sign up you will get a real replay. Everyone will get a replay again if you Really, if you think there’s any way that you can carve out the time to be there live, that is how you’re going to get the absolute most out of this. But totally understand if you can’t just let us know. And we’ll keep that spot open and available for someone who can. All right. So Shawnmynar.com/day, I, as you can tell, I’m absolutely thrilled to do this, this is going to just be such a fun event, and just so transformative for you, and fun at the same time, like, it’s just going to be so cool. So can’t wait to do that June 14. All right, let’s get back on the topic of email lists. I am just so determined, I have this level of determination in me that I don’t have for a lot of things to be totally honest. But in this case, I have it. I want to help you make your email list work for you, and have it be something that you really truly love, and appreciate and value in your business, not dread. That is my goal, because it is so important. So today’s episode, we’re going to focus on the growth of your email list. Now, if you haven’t started an email list, if you’re still not sure that that’s something that you want, if you’re kind of dragging your feet on that, we have some episodes back in the past, I want to say episodes 126 through 129, I believe head back and listen to those first. And really commit to this decision and your business really understand what it’s going to do for you. And then come back and listen to this episode. And get yourself all set up for growth. This episode is really for the person that is already there already knows the power of the email list and is ready and willing to do that in their business has done some work to get it up and running. And it’s not happening in the way that you thought it would. You’re struggling to get people onto your email list to sign up for your freebie. And just the growth is a tough situation for you. So we’re going to spend some time today really troubleshooting, what may be happening, if you feel like you should be getting more people on your list. And you’re just not first are quote from Seth Godin, who is just one of my favorite marketing experts. His books are so good. So if you are someone who is really struggling to connect with the marketing aspect of your business, check out really any of his books, they’re all so good. One of my favorites is called this is marketing, by Seth Godin, obviously, really great book, so see if you can find that if you’re interested. But he says don’t find customers for your products, find products for your customers. And we’re going to tweak this just a little bit for what we’re talking about today and say, Don’t find clients for your freebie. Find a freebie for your clients. Because it’s really all going to come down to the very first thing you have to do is understand who you want on your list and then create something that is valuable to them that will entice them to put their email into that box. So don’t find customers for your products find products for your customers. Yes, that absolutely. So true. So true. But we can also extend it even into our free stuff, and how we can really attract the right audience, by way of really thinking in reverse of what do these people that I want to work with? What do they need. And we’ll get into that in just a second. Let me just say this right here at the very start so that I don’t have to keep repeating it over and over and over again, throughout this conversation, every single thing, everything. Every single thing that I am going to share with you today is covered in detail in a immense detail in my course launch list accelerator, and that is available both on its own and also for free as part of the signature program bundle, both of which are available right now on my website at Shawnmynar.com/coaching. So this if you if during any of this episode, you think, oh I need a little more guidance on that. I need help with that. I need to He coached through that, I need ideas on that I need more help here. It is available to you, I have made it very, very available for you for every single thing that we’re covering today. And that’s inside launch list accelerator. So again, you can check that out, Shawnmynar.com/coaching, you get it either on its own or in the signature program bundle. So first things first, before and I know most of you know this, and this is going to be review for a lot of you, you need an epic freebie, you need a freebie, please do not have just a generic signup form, like, hey, sign up for my newsletter, and I’ll email you with great tips every other week. That’s not enticing enough these days, that actually worked. And kind of I must say, that kind of worked back when I was starting my business 10 years ago, because there wasn’t a lot of people doing it at this point. But now 10 years later, everyone has a website, everyone has an email list, everyone has a newsletter, everyone has a signup form. And so it’s like we constantly see it on every single website we go to, or everyone’s Lincoln bio that we go to. And it’s just you don’t even notice it, you know, like, it’s just like, noise at this point. It doesn’t mean anything, except for maybe the very, very, very few super fans that you have, that don’t want anything from you, they just are more than willing to sign up for whatever you do. That’s going to be rare. I mean, it’ll happen, but it’s going to be rare. And so your, your growth is going to be very, very small. If you really try to focus on this generic situation. Instead, we create an epic freebie. Now what makes it epic, it is epic, because it’s addressing a pain point that your dream client is experiencing. And it gets them to the point where they think, Oh, my gosh, I need this, this is so helpful. I’ve been looking for something like this. And even to the point where they think I would pay money for this, I can’t believe they’re giving it away for free. That would be ideal, right. But it really is epic, because it’s specific. And it’s helpful. And it’s really dialed in to the one person that you want to work with. And connecting with them in a unique way that they understand that you really get them and you’re really doing work for them. And you have something that’s going to help them. So as you can see the specificity there is what makes it epic. which obviously means that you need to know who your dream client is and what they’re experiencing what they’re going through in a very intimate way. It is such important work. And not something I think enough of us are doing to the degree that you need to do in order to get that specificity and intimacy with the person that you want to work with. So that they are just magnetically drawn to your work that they really can’t help but put their name and email address in that box. Because they are so interested in what you do and who you help and how you help them because it’s them. And because you’re addressing something they’re going through, you have hit on a pain point that they’re experiencing that probably not a lot of other people have talked about with them yet. You know, they’re in that search mode. They’re in that place where they are looking for help. And then they find you and they see that you have a resource for them. And it’s like yes, this is so amazing. That’s what makes it epic. So you got to do that dream client work first. And what I commonly see is not that it’s like a very general freebie it almost feels like that business owner created a really random freebie because you know, some business coach told them they needed to they heard that’s what the next step is, or the first step is and they didn’t really think it through. They didn’t do that prior work first that dream client work, that Magnetic Messaging work first. So they just kind of created this general freebie so they can say they have a freebie, but it’s not actually doing anything. It’s not attracting really anybody because it’s not enticing to anyone, it wasn’t created with one particular person or problem in mind. So it doesn’t really get the attention of anybody and doesn’t grow their list. And also, in this situation, the few people that do sign up are going to be pretty random, they’re not actually going to be interested in your paid offer down the road, because your free offer wasn’t targeted enough, it wasn’t specific enough, and it wasn’t tied directly to that paid offer that you have. So there is that connection there between what you’re offering for free. And what your paid offer is, that then means the people that are getting on your list are the right people for your paid offer. And if you have just a more general, just kind of K checkbox done, I created a freebie thing going on, then you will not have the quality of email list that you want to have to really sell your services down the road. And the one thing that I think really trips people up here is that they think that when I say epic, I mean that it needs to be like super long, super detailed, that you just need to give all your stuff away for free. And that is not true. The best freebies are short, they’re sweet, they’re digestible, the person can go through them in like five to 15 minutes if it’s like a workbook or something, and helpful, but not overwhelmingly helpful not giving everything away. It’s just really focusing on one pain point perhaps, or maybe touching in on a few pain points, but not giving the whole plan or protocol away for free or anything like that. Okay, so you can easily create an epic freebie in like one or two work sessions. I mean, like the designing of it may take a little longer if you’re not a designer, like how it is for me. But really creating the content of that freebie can be done in one or two sittings. If you’re spending more time on it than that, then you may want to revisit it and see if there’s a way to simplify it even more. Remember, digestible is really important. Because if someone has to spend a really long time on it, or there’s a bunch of pages to read, these are people that don’t know you that well. And so the asking for that time commitment is probably not going to happen. We have a very short attention span for people that we don’t know. So having a short digestible thing that people can get through the entire thing, that means they’re going to connect with you even more, because they actually made it through your freebie, they actually did the work. They walked through the workbook, they read the thing, and now they feel like they actually have a connection with you, versus losing them halfway through and they never make it to the end and you’ve lost them. Okay, so short, sweet, digestible, helpful. Now, let’s say that you already have an epic freebie you are super confident and excited about the freebie that you have ready to put it out into the world. You’re sharing about it, you put it on your website, you talk about on your podcast, whatever it is, and you’re still not seeing the number of people that you expected to sign up for it. So now what do we do? There are three big reasons why you are struggling to grow your email list, even with an epic freebie. And there are more there’s some one off some nuances, of course, but those are the three biggest reasons. First of all, your freebie isn’t epic enough. And or it is not enticing to your audience. So this really could mean two things either. You need to tweak your freebie and make it more enticing for your audience. Or you need to work on building up an audience of your dream clients. And a lot of times it’s actually the latter. You do have a really great freebie, but your audience isn’t full of your dream clients yet full of the people that you created that freebie for yet. And so maybe like for example, you are using what used to be your personal Instagram or Facebook as your now business account. And so some of those People aren’t your dream clients, they don’t care about what you do. They’re like your high school friends or your cousins or, you know, something like that. So there are people in your audience. And this might actually make up a big chunk of your audience right now. That aren’t your dream clients, or maybe you pivoted, maybe you were talking about one thing, and you had an offer about one thing, and you’re really focusing in on that, and you started to grow your audience based on that. And then you realize you had something else you were passionate about, you wanted to start working on something different working with different people. And so you switch your content and your focus, and that’s totally fine. I’ve done it a million times, it’s fine. But that means that your audience now isn’t in alignment with that new freebie. And so now it’s time to evaluate, is it your freebie? Or is it your audience? And if it’s your audience, then the cool thing is that continuing to share about your freebie, like really, really dialing in and making your content very much in alignment to your freebie, and you continue to spoon speak directly to that person, then you are going to naturally attract them. 26:25 If you start getting in your head and thinking, Okay, well, I have this freebie and no one’s interested in it. So that means I must need to change up what I’m talking about, or I guess this isn’t epic enough or whatever. And then you start getting wishy washy, and you start sharing about things that aren’t directly related to that person or wouldn’t be for that person or wouldn’t be related to that topic. Been that wishing and washing this is going to stall your growth. I know it seems like the opposite would be true. And you need to just start being more general, that is not the case. If you want to build your audience full of people who want your freebie, then you’ve got to stick with that. And stick with it and know that it takes time. But know that that is what works. And wishy washy, this doesn’t work. And, you know, if you realize you don’t have an epic enough freebie, then just create another freebie. And yeah, I know, it’s like, that seems so daunting. And that’s a lot of work and whatever. Remember, it doesn’t have to be a lot. It just needs to be epic, it needs to be very, very specific for that person. And if you don’t know who you who that person is, who you want to work with who your dream client is, then I have all kinds of resources available for you. That is something we do in basically every course that I have. So really make sure you figure that out right away. But don’t be afraid to scrap your freebie if you realize it’s not epic enough and try again. But also, please make sure that it truly is that and you know, if you really think that your freebie is epic enough already, Keep it keep it in focus on building up your audience. Don’t use this freebie situation as just another like more busy work to keep you from doing what you actually need to be doing. Really, really get true to yourself and think about, is it my freebie? Or is it my audience and which one really actually needs to be where you’re putting your energy. And then also consider these next couple of things we’re going to talk about, because it may not be your audience. And it may not be your freebie. It might be your landing page. So often, basically, pretty much I’d say 90% of the landing pages that I see are not selling your freebie the way that they should be your landing page. And just for people that don’t know the landing page is that page that you send people to who want your freebie where they put in their name and email address. And your landing page is not just like a little pop up box asking for their email address or just this little thing that says this is what you get sign up here. No, that does not work anymore. And again, it may have worked 10 years ago when I started. This does not work anymore. You have got to create a landing page. That is a sales page for your freebie it needs to you need to use your Magnetic Messaging again something that happens in every single one of my courses. Use your Magnetic Message trying to connect with your dream client, and let them know that you get them. And that you created something really valuable, that will help them from where they are now with this problem with this pain point to a solution for that problem, it needs to be clear, concise, non fluffy, not clever, there’s plenty of time for cleverness that you can do inside your freebie you can say all the jokes and have all the acronyms and do all the things. But on the page when we’re trying to get people to understand if it’s for them or not, if it’s worth it to put in their email address or not. We keep it clear, concise, and non fluffy. A good test is like a fourth grader should be able to read your landing page, and know what it is know who it’s for, what it’s going to help with, and how they can get it. Seriously, if you have a fourth grader in your network of people, your friends, your own kids, your nieces and nephews, whoever do the test seriously do it. It’s so helpful. 31:17 So clear, concise, non fluffy, and also not talking about the freebie. Like oh, it’s a 15 page workbook, and you get this, this and this, and you’ll have this many things to go through. And it’s not that it’s talking about who this person is, what they’re currently experiencing, and what will happen because they download this freebie, what they’ll learn what will resolve how they’ll feel what they’ll experience, really painting the picture of the before and the after, like paint that picture, remember, does my client understand that I truly, truly get them. That is what you want on the landing page. This is not happening my friends, I love you all, I’ve seen a lot of landing pages because you know, I kind of spy on you guys, I’m not gonna lie, I just like to see what where you’re at, and what you’re doing and what I can help you with. And I go to the landing pages for freebies that are being offered, and they are not enticing. They the freebie themselves are great. But the landing page is not keeping my attention. And getting me excited to put in my email address, I already put my email address into tons of things, I don’t want it to have just another thing that I’m signed up for. And that’s not convincing me that I need this thing. Okay, so purely really spend time on your landing page, I cannot stress this enough. And then the last thing, if you have all this going on, you really feel good about all these things. And even if you don’t, you’re still probably doing this, which is that you’re not talking about it enough. So just as often as I see landing pages that aren’t selling the freebie, 33:20 I’m also not seeing you talk about it enough. Like let me just tell you right now, you’re not sharing about your freebie enough, you’re not weaving it into your content enough. It’s not displayed enough on your website, you’re not sharing about it enough on your content channels, you’re not using all of these avenues that we have available to grow our email list, you’re not using them to their full advantage, like social media, for sure. That is something like the main goal of you spending time on social media is to Yes, of course build a connection with your audience. But doing so so that they’re ready to take the next step with you which in this case of social media, the next step is to get on your email list. And they have to know that’s even an option. They’re not just gonna go looking like oh, this person, I love this person’s content I love when they post, they’re so great. I always learned so much I’m so entertained or I just liked their energy. Let me go hop around and see if I can find a way to get on their email list. No one’s doing that. They have to know that you have something available that is made specifically for them. That will help them with a specific thing. They have to know that a lot of times not once, not twice, not 457 times. They need to know about it like at least 10 times over and over again. Now that doesn’t mean you have to talk about it like every single day, but it should be something that is regularly a part of your content creation schedule, it is something you can easily weave in to, you know, the, the caption you’re writing, because you’re talking about something specific and you’re staying on topic with your content creation, which means is very easily can roll into like for more help or download my freebie or whatever. So that can easily become a part of your social media content creation, but also your website. Again, when we are getting people on to our website by you know, writing a blog post or telling them to check out a podcast episode and then sending them there, you are doing so with the intention of getting them onto your email list because you can’t control whether they go on to your website or not what they look at what they engage with, if they even read anything, but you can control whether they get your emails or not. And so to get them to take that next step with you. And get them from your website onto your email list is the goal. And there is all kinds of real estate that you can use on your website, to promote your freebies, in the header and the footer on them homepage, in every blog post on the sidebar of every blog post, they really can be all over. And there’s ways to do it, where they look really nice. They look like part of your website, you’ve created some graphics, they really flow well. And it’s just a natural part of that website experience that you’re giving people. So are really I just not seeing enough people use their website to that advantage. Also Pinterest, definitely not enough people using Pinterest. And this is something that, you know, I think I’m gonna do probably a whole episode about because there’s just so much that I can talk about here. But if you’re not currently using Pinterest for your business, you’re gonna want to it like why not, it’s free, it’s easy, it takes like, so little time, and can make a really big difference in your business. Especially if you have a blog or a podcast, or you know, several different freebies, you can really use Pinterest to help grow your email list. And then yeah, if you do have something like a podcast or a YouTube channel, a blog, using those, again, as other avenues to build your email list, that is a main goal of those other platforms that you have. And really making that a focal point of what you do there. Even your network, maybe colleagues or friends or people who went through your program together or just whatever using the network of people that you have. Here’s a really good example, inside a holistic business starter, we had, I think it was at least 10 people in that group create a freebie bundle that they all putting their own freebie together and then shared it on their separate channels, and, you know, social media and platforms and things like that. And it was a huge success for them. Using people you already know and putting your heads together and getting people promote your stuff, you helping to promote other people’s stuff, creating a bundle a little network, gosh, how like just such a good idea and so valuable. And another really good way to build your email list quickly is with a an event. It could be a live event, it could be an in person event, you know, live virtual event. And it doesn’t have to be like tied to any sort of paid offer or anything like that. But just doing an event just to do it as a way to build your email list and get some valuable information out there. That is such a great way and it is a pretty quick injection of subscribers because anyone who obviously subscribes to become a part of that event also gets on your email list. So consider something like that as well. But all in all, please, please, please, please don’t be afraid to share about your freebie. Often, it is a free resource that is going to help someone else in a pretty big way with a problem that they’re experiencing. And that is a big deal. So you want to make sure that that person knows they have something available that can help and they don’t have to pay for it. They can get some free help right now. That’s all there doing. And it takes a lot of reminding for people to get to that point where they remember to go over and grab your freebie. So it needs to be a constant continuous thing that you are doing in your content 40:16 creation. So those are the three biggest things that I want you to look at, really for, I guess, three, if you already have a freebie and four, if you don’t really look at and see what you can do, get honest with yourself and see what tweaks you need to make to get into a bigger growth strategy with your email list. Now, before I let you go, I just want to share a few reminders and words of encouragement, I guess, I would say. First of all, remember, there is no magic number of subscribers that you need to have before your business is viable, or can be successful. Or you can make a certain amount of money that doesn’t exist. If you have one person on your list, then you have an email list and you have an audience and you have a potential paying client. Don’t stress out about the number, don’t focus on the number, focus on the quality of the people on your list. That is way more important than the numbers. And that takes us all the way back to the beginning where the very first step to creating your Epic freebie is to understand who you want to attract. And the person that you want to attract is the person you want to work with. And the person that you have a paid offer for. And that is what guides your whole email list strategy in the first place. And when you have that in place, then the quality of the people on your list are going to be so much better. And that is what will really take your business to the next level, then you have an engaged audience of people that want what you have to offer both free and paid. And that is huge. So focus on getting the quality of your email list up versus us feeling like you need a certain number. Okay. Next reminder, don’t forget to continue communicating and connecting with those people that have signed up for your list, I don’t care if there’s five doesn’t matter. Give them a warm welcome with your welcome sequence that’s all going to be automated, once you do it once it’s done, and you don’t have to worry about it. And you still know that they’re going to get that experience from you. And they’re going to feel really good getting on your email list and getting to know you better. And then continue to connect with them regularly. So that is what Yes, you will have to do once a week or once every other week is to send valuable emails to them until they’re ready to take the next step with you and become a paying client. And even then they’re still getting your emails because they’re part of your community at that point. So just really don’t stop here at the point of building your email list. It continues, it’s an ever growing thing. And it’s something that continues to need your attention. And it’s worth it, it is so worth it to put your attention there and put your time and energy there. And the last thing to remember, as words of encouragement, remember that this is a process. It is something that takes time, especially when you are focusing on the quality of the people coming onto your list. And that’s okay that it takes time. The cool thing is with email lists is that it has this snowball effect, the first 100 people on your list, they’re going to be the hardest ones to get. It’s going to feel like the biggest challenge, I guess. But then, and I don’t really know exactly why this is, let’s just call it an energetic thing, because I don’t know if there’s any other more 3d explanation for this. Except maybe just time passing and you getting more comfortable. That’d be like the 3d explanation that I can think of. But anyway, it’s going to be that much easier to get to 200 and then even easier to get the next 500 And then even easier to get the next 1000 And the next 5000 The next 10,000 It just gets easier. The first 100 are the hardest and probably take the longest. 44:53 So it’s a process but in this process and the coolest thing if we go back to like what you’re doing on your website, what you do on Pinterest what you do on your other platforms, social media, not so much because it has such a short lifespan. But everything else has a long lifespan. So someone could see your PIN that you posted six months ago, and sign up for your freebie, someone could listen to a podcast episode or see a YouTube video that you posted two years ago and sign up for your freebie. So that’s another reason why the snowball effect happens. But yes, it takes time. And that is okay. But remember, you only need one person for you to have the opportunity to have a paying client. You only need like 30 people to fill up a signature program. You don’t need a big number when you have focused on getting the right people on your list. All right, my friends, I’ll leave you with that. Remember, if you need help with any of this, Shawnmynar.com/coaching, I literally walk you by the hand with every single thing we just talked about. And also don’t forget to register for June 14 signature program in a day, put it on your calendar, block it out and plan to spend the afternoon with me, we’re going to be live we’re going to do it together. And you are going to be really truly working on your business and planning out your future. This is not just time, you’re just gonna lose. This is such a time well spent, especially for your business. And it’s gonna be fun and super transformational. So hope you can be there again, Shawnmynar.com/day, that’s da y Shawn mynar.com/day. That will be linked in the show notes. And I can’t wait to hang out with you. And until next time, take care. Hey, friend, real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I’ll see you over there
It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

BEST OF: Are You Allowing Or Resisting Your Business? — Ep. 164

I’ve said it many times and this episode is no exception, many of you are getting in the way of your dream business, often without you even realizing it. You make it harder and more complicated than it needs to be and block the potential flow of ideas and inspiration.

In this episode, we’re going to chat about the big elephant in the room that’s keeping you from starting, building, and growing the business of your dreams—resistance—and how you can go from a place of resisting to allowing so that your business can flow to you.

“You wanted what you wanted for a reason and it came to be for a purpose and it is meant to be in your experience.” – Shawn Mynar

“Resistance, in all forms, comes from one place and that is in your thoughts.” – Shawn Mynar

“In order to be ready to receive, you have to release resistance.” – Shawn Mynar

“The difference between resisting and allowing is expectation. What are you expecting to happen?” – Shawn Mynar

+++

UNSTUCKBIZ

UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM

SHAWNMYNAR.COM – Get the latest scoop

+++

Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support.

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
Hey, Hey there friends, Shawn here. And this is a best of episode of The unstuck entrepreneur podcast, where I’m taking the most popular most talked about most important episodes of the past and bringing them back for an encore presentation. So enjoy the replay of this episode, and I’ll be back in a few weeks with another new episode and fresh topic.

0:27
I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck a space for heart centered entrepreneurs to implement both the inner work and outer strategies required to get unstuck and build the impactful profitable business of their dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. Let’s get into today’s session.

0:54
Hey, Hey there friends, Welcome back to On stack. Thank you all so much for being here. And joining me if it’s your first episode of unstack, hey, welcome happy to have you pull up a seat, grab a drink, get comfy, or don’t or be in your car or be on a walk or be doing dishes, whatever you want to do. But happy to have you here and feel free to look around at some of the other episodes in the past and see what else appeals to you. And go from there. All right, today, we are chatting about this big elephant in the room, especially when it comes to business, something that most of us deal with. So not something I’m calling anybody out in particular about, it’s probably all of us if we’re here that have dealt with or are currently dealing with some form of resistance when it comes to a lot of things in life. But here we’re talking about business in particular. So especially when it comes to the idea of starting or building or growing or scaling your business, we got to get into this whole talk of resisting versus allowing in your business. So we can clear that up. And you can actually be doing what you want to be doing and going in the direction that you want to be going in. Before we get into it. I just want to let you know that this episode is not being recorded in my usual circumstances. So it may sound a little bit different. And you may hear some dogs barking, some saws going I mean, who knows what at this point. I’m currently in the closet sitting on the floor of my mother in law’s house. As a lot of you know, I am staying in the lower level of my mother in law’s house for the short term while we look for our forever home, she graciously offered half of her house to us, which is amazing. And it’s wonderful and great. And I have this beautiful office that looks out onto the city. We’re up in the mountains, and it’s so gorgeous. But today we have or she has some yard work being done outside of that office. And there’s dogs, and there’s people and there’s talking and barking and whining and a lot of noises. So I moved up here into the closet hoping it will be better, but it may or may not. So just putting that out there that you know, if you hear things in the background, we’re just gonna roll with it today. Because it doesn’t matter. What we really need to do is have this conversation no matter what. Okay, let’s get into it. Starting with a quote from one of my favorite entities, Abraham Hicks and I have to tell you, I have been rereading the book ask and it is given by Abraham and Esther Hicks. And I’ve read it probably four or five times now. And I just bring it out about once a year and reread it just because I love it. And it’s always so helpful and you pick up new things. Each time you read it. It’s one of those books and reading it and reading quotes like this, which is the premise of pretty much everything they teach is what guided me to want to share this episode with you today and do this episode. So if what I say resonates with you today, go pick up that book. It’s so good. Asking it is given by Abraham Hicks. But the quote from the book is when you expect something, it is on the way when you believe something, it is on the way when you fear something, it is on the way. What I love about this quote is it can really go at any end of the spectrum because that something could be something wanted or it could be something unwanted. So when you expect something wanted, it is on the way when you expect something unwanted. It is

5:00
On the way in when you believe something wanted or desired, it is on the way. And when you believe something undesirable, it is on the way. And then of course, when you fear something, it is on the way. So keep that in mind, not just for this episode, but come back to that. It’s really something for us to keep top of mind always, is this idea of where am I putting my energy? Where am I putting my thoughts and my emotions? Is it on what I desire, or on what I don’t desire. And that’s really the basis of everything we’re going to talk about today. So let’s get into this idea of resistance, the actual definition taken from Google, thank you very much, is the refusal to accept or comply with something, the attempt to prevent something by action, or argument, I really love that second piece of it, because this is what I see over and over and over again, in those of you who are looking to start a business, or grow a business or change your business, the attempt to prevent something by action, or argument.

6:15
We’re gonna dive deeper into that today. My definition of resistance is quite simple. You’ve heard me say it on multiple occasions, probably almost every single episode of the 110. Now, I’ve said some form of this, which is getting in your own way. So resistance is getting in your own way.

6:42
The question then, for us to answer today or get real with ourselves about today is, are you doing that to your business? Are you getting in the way of having the business of your dreams? Are you attempting to prevent the business of your dreams by action, or argument? And that might sound pretty crazy. And you might be like, definitely not, I’m not doing that. I want this business, I want to have this freedom, I want to make this impact. I want to make this money.

7:21
And yet, if you really look at it, if you get real honest with yourself,

7:27
you can see that you are actually preventing that whether you know why whether you know how it still should be or will be pretty obvious. If you take a real hard look at what you’re doing. Okay. And that’s what I kind of want to bring to light or bring to the surface today just to give you something to think about. So are you refusing to accept that your dream business is actually possible? Think about that. Are you refusing to accept it that your dream business is actually possible? Keep in mind, on the surface, me saying that right now? You’re like, no, absolutely not. But what is going on underneath the surface in your subconscious programming? Does your subconscious think that it is not actually possible for you to create your dream business? And so it’s keeping you from doing that?

8:27
Are you preventing your business’s success by way of your actions? I can tell you, because I know a lot of you, I’ve seen a lot of you. I’ve been in the business world for a long time. And I always love looking and kind of dissecting how people are building and running their businesses. A lot of people are preventing their business success by way of their actions. They are keeping their business from being successful, subconsciously, yes, they don’t realize that they’re doing it in many cases, but it’s happening. And this is where we can really start getting clear with ourselves and getting real and making some significant changes so that you actually can have a successful business, because right now you might just be putting up that wall and not even knowing it. And are you getting in the way of your dreams? It’s quite possible. My friends, please don’t take this the wrong way. Because I’m here to help you out of it. There is nothing I want more than for you all, to have your dream business to live your dream life to be making the amount of money you want to make to be having the flexibility and the freedom and the schedule that you want and to be impacting 1000s of lives. That’s what I want for you. And that is why we keep having these conversations because it is possible. You are getting in the way of it

10:00
And you might think that you’re not those questions might be like, nope, nope, nope, not me. And you might argue to me that you do really think your dream business is possible that you are, quote, unquote, trying to make it happen. Trying doesn’t get you very far. Especially once you hear the rest of this conversation, you will understand where I’m coming from with that. So I’m here with you all today to politely beg to differ, because I see most of you hanging out in a place of resistance. Even when sometimes on the outside, it can look like trying and efforting. And doing all the things and having this long to do list. And going through all these motions, which we talked about a few episodes ago, the difference between being in motion and taking action, this is what I see. And I would guess, pretty good guess that if you weren’t resisting your business, you would not be listening to this podcast right now. You’d be out living your dream life, you’d be doing what you love. Your dream business is crushing it, you have this flexibility and freedom. And you wouldn’t need me for sure. Right? So let’s talk this out a little bit. First, it starts at point A. Point A is your desired business, how it looks, how it feels, what happens, what doesn’t happen, how many people you help doing what, who it is that you help, all the things that you know about your desired business.

11:45
At some point, something inside of you came to the realization that you wanted that business that you wanted to work for yourself, you didn’t want to work for someone else anymore, you wanted to get a degree or certification that would allow you to help someone else in a certain way.

12:04
You want it to be able to do this on your own, you wanted to have a business where you could work from anywhere you wanted a business that would allow you to take time off with your kids.

12:15
There’s so many different variations of our dream businesses, we each have our own right. But whatever it was, your inner you came up with a desire, based on several different factors, your mission, your desires, your purpose here in this lifetime, your reason for being here. You wanted what you wanted, for a reason. And it came to be for a purpose. And it is meant to be in your experience. Okay, so you didn’t just come up with this out of thin air, when it really isn’t actually something that aligns with you and isn’t something you actually want for most of us. And if that’s the case, then you will know with me just saying it right away that that’s actually not what you want. And there are people who think they want this dream business, and they actually don’t, but most of us have that desire for a reason. And that came to be for a specific purpose.

13:15
And so as soon as that desire was created within you, the path to get there was also created. That is how the energy of the universe works. It is very cool to think that once you had this desire, it became a reality. And the path for you to get to that reality also came to be. And I know for some of you who aren’t quite as a Wu as I am, that may seem a little outrageous. But it doesn’t matter, I still want you to go with this theme. Consider this whole entire picture, and take from it what you will. But I also know a lot of you out there are fully into the universal laws and fully understand that your path is created, your path is there. And in a non resistant or fully allowing state, that’s the opposite of resistance is allowance. You would be fully guided to that desire, you would be able to receive the nudges, the downloads, the ideas, the pushes the intuitive guidance, and you would take aligned action from that place to make it a reality. That is how the path of allowing looks.

14:43
As I’m sure you can imagine, it feels good. It feels good to be there. And to know and to trust and to allow that guidance. There’s no forcing no struggle no quote unquote trying or efforting no copying what someone else is doing because it worked for them. So it must

15:00
to work for you, or thinking that it has to look a certain way, in order for things to work, or feeling like you have to be on social media, you have to do this, you have to do that. None of that would be there. Because you know, and trust in the process in the steps that are unfolding before you and you roll with it, you’re excited for what’s in store, you’re not questioning or overthinking any of it. Because you are fully aware and fully in expectation that what you want is on its way to you, and you are simply following the path that has already been laid out for you. pretty dang cool if you ask me. So 99.9% of people don’t operate from this place of allowing in any areas of their lives, especially not business owners. Instead, you often unknowingly resist that path that’s already been created, you don’t acknowledge that it’s there, realize that it’s there, trust the process of its unfolding.

16:17
So you end up turning your back on the nudges, questioning the intuitive guidance, you make excuses as to why those downloads wouldn’t possibly work for you, you tell yourself, you’re not ready to go along with that path that is so clearly being laid out before you.

16:39
As you can see, resistance in all forms comes from one place. And that is in your thoughts, which a lot of us know here because we’ve been doing this work. But let me remind you that your thoughts come from your beliefs, that is where they stem from. And your beliefs are what make up your subconscious programming.

17:10
And then beliefs move into being thoughts and thoughts move into being actions, we take action based on our thoughts.

17:25
And what kind of Shawn talk we’ll call it would this be without talking in terms of energy and vibration of this whole darn thing. So think about it, that energetic expression of your desire, that desired business, your dream business, what you really want to be doing with your time here is on one really high, amazing level. It’s like exciting and thrilling and joyful, and impactful and freeing and peaceful, and all these really high vibration emotions. So that’s the annex energetic expression of our dream business. But the energy you’re regularly putting out is on a totally different energetic playing field, just not even remotely close. It’s the energetic expression of fear, lack overwhelm, stress, anxiety, doubt, discouragement, frustration, I could keep going, right? Totally different level. So at that point, we have a complete energetic mismatch. And if we’re talking in terms of manifestation and law of attraction, which if you’re into Abraham Hicks, you are familiar with, if you’ve been listening to this podcast for any length of time, you are familiar with, and if you haven’t, and you are interested, go back, I have multiple episodes on manifestation, law of attraction, energetic vibrations, all that stuff, so you can get into it. And it does very much impact your business as well. So I highly recommend it. And so if we’re in that place of energetic mismatch, and talking in terms of manifestation and law of attraction, you will always receive what you put out. So you will receive more things to cause you fear, confusion and struggle in your business. And this goes back to the quote from the beginning, when you expect something, it is on the way, when you believe something, it is on the way and when you fear something, it is on the way. And in this book, and something that again, if you followed abraham hicks at all, you’ve probably heard this analogy, but I really like it. Resistance can be thought about like this. Say that you want to take a trip from Los Angeles to New York. Let’s just make it easy. If you’re in the US, we all know where LA is and we all know where New York is. And you want to take a ride

20:00
road trips from one place to the other, you have a map that tells you exactly how to get there, what roads to take, when to turn when you will need to take a pitstop, even when you might need to stay over, you’ve created this whole schedule of getting from point A to point B. And resistance would look like you going down that path. I’m on my way to you New York, I’m making good time things are looking great. Oops, now I’m going to do a u turn and go back towards La Oh, but now I’m back on the path. Actually, let me I’m feeling good. Let’s go back to New York. Oh, and now I’m going to turn around again and go back towards La. And that could go on for ever. And you will never actually get to your destination, you’ll never get to New York, you will always stay somewhere in between LA and New York going back and forth, back and forth, back and forth. Making U turns every single time you have this resisting thought towards your desire. Every time you’re like, Ah, no, actually don’t I don’t believe this map, I think it actually had me take a wrong direction, I’m gonna turn around, I’m gonna go a different direction. I’m going to veer this way instead of veering that way. Because I don’t trust this map. When like, I know, Google Maps and Waze and stuff, they’re pretty good. But they’re not 100%. I’ve had some bad experiences. But they’re pretty good maps are pretty good these days. So I think we can safely rely on them. And especially you know, the maps in the old times when it was just a piece of paper, like, can’t go wrong in there, pull out your old school map, and you will have the right path, no doubt. And so yeah, most of us don’t question a map, we don’t question if Google Maps or Waze is going to take us to the right place, we just trust and we follow the instructions. And we go, and that is what it looks like to allow your desires to unfold. Whereas instead, we spend most of our time resisting and never making our way to point B, never kind of going back and forth, and back and forth, making U turns constantly, and never getting there because we don’t actually trust it. So I love that analogy. I hope you can see yourself potentially in that analogy. And we’ll maybe do some work to become more trusting of the map the way you trust your ways. Okay. And I want you to know, too, that this is extremely common in all areas of life, not just in business, we do this all the time. Everywhere, I have resisted so many things in my life, I resisted finding a romantic partner, because I was sure that it had to look a certain way, my relationship had to be a certain way, just from my own programming growing up, and only seeing male female relationships. That’s what I thought I had to do, I never considered anything else. And so I resisted a relationship. That was actually the right one for me, and spent a lot of time being single when I didn’t want to be because I was only looking inside that box and I was doing U turns. Every time that box didn’t look a certain way or the relationship didn’t look a certain way. I resisted making good money. Because I had so many money blocks that I did not know what even there until I was like, what 3435 years old, my entire life had been built around these money stories that I had from growing up and the beliefs that I had about money. And so I just could not make money, no matter how hard I tried no matter what I did, because I was actually resisting it without me knowing it. And it took doing some hard money mindset work to change that so that I could be in allowance of making money and let it flow to me and it has ever since I resisted my success because I thought I had to work hard to be successful. I thought success had to look a certain way. And I didn’t look that way. And I resisted it for a very long time. Again, until I did more of this work. I got into Abraham Hicks. I started doing mindset work and started working on my energetic expression. And I was able to make the switch so that success was inevitable for me. And it’s been that way ever since I’ve never looked back and now this is why I’m here teaching you all of this stuff as well because I want that for you, too. And now for you especially when it comes to your business although it may be

25:00
happening and other areas of your life. Like I said, it may look like you having this idea and plan and goals for your business. And then spending the rest of the time in a place of fear where you’re fearing failure or fearing judgment, something like that, you will may spend the rest of your time in like the WHAT IF stage where all you can think about is what if something goes wrong, what if this happens, what if this doesn’t happen, or the I can’t thoughts take over, I can’t do this, I can’t do that I’m not ready for this, I’m not ready for that all of those thoughts come to be and then it turns into the I’m not cut out for this thought or kinds of thoughts. It will potentially look like excuses, it will look like not taking action, it will look like doing more busy work and less actual aligned action, it will be holding on to your safety net. And that is what drives your decisions, your actions and reactions in your business.

26:08
I wanted to not only share my stories of different areas of my life where I have been in resistance, but also show you how it may look in your own world. So that you can see why this is happening. I think you can probably start guessing what’s really going on here. And this is where we start digging in to the why hope you can see by now the real reason behind your resistance is because of your subconscious beliefs and programming. We are programmed to expect and resist possible failure. We’re programmed to think that it’s hard to make money that we don’t deserve success, that success doesn’t look like us, we don’t deserve to get paid what we’re worth, that we need to work hard to make any money at all. And that business is hard. Being an entrepreneur is hard, it takes long hours. Gosh, I mean, you all know I could go on and on and on, we have so many different programs that could be running in the background that’s making it near impossible to get into a space of allowing versus resisting. So now you can see it is the subconscious programming that’s going on in the background of your life that is causing this resistance in all areas of your life. And many of you know, this is something we talk about all the time here on unstuck. So nothing really new if you’ve been listening for a while. But then you also know that I think this is something and you probably agree that bears repeating over and over again. So now the next question to ask ourselves really is how would you think and act if you knew with every fiber of your being, that your success is inevitable? And that your vision of your dream business will be your reality? And that you will be supported in every step of the process? How would you think? How would you act? Would it be different than how you are today? And if the answer is yes, and we might need to get real with ourselves again here? If the answer is yes, that means that you are acting from this place of resistance, you are resisting your business, if you know that you are taken care of and that it will work out in your favor. What are your thoughts and subsequent actions, then? Are they different than how you are acting and thinking now?

29:13
A little something here a little something else here for you to chew on. I think we’ve already gotten a lot but let’s continue on with it. The only way things won’t work out in your favor, is because you’re putting your attention and energy on the not having of it. The beliefs that you have about it are the ones taking over.

29:38
The struggles that you think might incur are the ones that are guiding you. And the failure that may or may not happen is what you are thinking about.

29:51
So the only way that it won’t work out in your favor, is because that is where you’re putting your attention and end

30:00
Energy on,

30:02
you are in a place of resistance, you are constantly doing the U turns, which makes it impossible for you to never get to New York, because you’re going and then u u turn you go and u u turn because the the beliefs and the thoughts and thinking about the struggles and thinking about the failure and thinking about how hard it is and thinking about how your don’t deserve it. All of those things are what is keeping you in this place of resistance. And this is what I’m seeing in most potential entrepreneurs out there. And this is exactly the number one reason why I created the business program that I did, because I know firsthand. And I’ve seen it a million times how our mental and emotional resistance gets in the way of our mission, passion and purpose to help others to make a real impact and difference in this world. And to live this abundant, prosperous, Freedom filled life, it happened to me, I’ve seen it happen to lots of other people. And I don’t want that for you. So we need to start here, my friends, this is the foundational work that must be done before you start working on these tangible business concepts that are floating around everywhere these days. Those strategies, hey, you know what, they are great. They work. I love teaching business strategy, I think it is super fun. But it’s only fun. And it only works. If that person is ready to receive it in order to be ready to receive, you have to release resistance. And that is when the business practice and strategy and tactics actually come into play. That is when they are powerful. That is when you are unstoppable. And as you can see, I’m getting a little bit worked up, I’m getting a little hot under the collar, because I am so passionate about this. And that is really where unstuck entrepreneur came to be. And this is exactly what we do we take the time to get unstuck, to release resistance to get into the place of allowing, and then we build our business from there, then we get into the practical business strategy from this new place where hey, guess what it can actually work, you won’t be resisting it anymore. All right, let me give you some tips on how to get started in getting your self from a place of resisting to allowing, the first tip is to know what you want so well, that you can feel it. I’ve talked about this a lot. It is one thing to have this thought of like, oh, it’d be cool to like, have this thing someday. But I want you to get as specific as you can. And it’s okay, if you don’t know every single detail, no worries, but can you get to a place, at least in this vision of your dream business where you can feel how it will feel when you are there. That is what really shapes the energetic expression of this desire is by getting to a point where you know how you will feel and you can feel it in your body now. So are you excited? Are you stress free? Do you feel freedom? Do you feel peace? Ease joy? What is it? What happens? When you are there? And how much of the specifics do you need to get there. And as you add more and can get more specific with it, then you will add on or that emotion will be that much more powerful. So I recommend, I love visualization for this. I recommend really seeing if you can quiet your mind just a bit, maybe do some deep breaths or do a light meditation to start. And then begin this visualization practice where you actually are seeing yourself with your dream business going through your day of what a typical day would be when you do have your dream business. What are you doing? Where are you at? Who are you with? Who works with you? Who do you help? How do you help them? What kind of business model do you have set up as much as you can get into all the nitty gritty details if that feels good to you? As soon as it stops feeling good or feeling right or starts getting too complicated, then that means you’ve gone a little too far in your specificity. And you can take it back a notch no big deal.

34:39
But can you visualize it? And we do visualization techniques in unstuck entrepreneur together. Tip number two, understand your blocks and see that resistance in action. So like we just talked about resistance comes from your subconscious programming those beliefs, those two

35:00
worries that you have in your subconscious mind, because of your past because of what you were taught or what you saw what you noticed growing up and even beyond that, so we have them, they’re baked in there, they’ve been there for a long time. And a lot of our subconscious programming goes by unnoticed in our lives. And this is where we can really start building that awareness. It’s always awareness, always the first step,

35:32
get to see how it is playing out in your business, and start understanding where that comes from. You’ve got to take it one step deeper and really see it in action. And then ask yourself, Is this the truth? Or am I just resisting my path, when you do have some reason for taking no action or taking the wrong action or not? Allowing your guidance to come in and not? Not going towards that nudge you’re getting? talking yourself out of things, making excuses, keeping yourself small, staying in your comfort zone? All the things that we do we do? It’s okay. But is it the truth? Or am I just resisting my path? Am I making a U turn on this path? Am I going back to LA instead of trying to get to New York, now we have kind of that metaphor, we have that ability to see it in action. If you stay aware, just keep that awareness up. That’s really what it takes to get started.

36:39
Tip number three, reprogram your belief system. Hey, guess what, that sounds quite challenging. And it is there, it takes some practice, it takes a lot of different tools and you finding the tool that works best for you. It’s a long term game plan. It’s not something that happens in like 20 minutes, it is a long term thing, I still to this day, find myself coming up against some money stories and money blocks. Even though I’ve been doing this work now, like I said, for at least six years. Still, it’s a constant thing that I work on. And I work through some of my favorite things. affirmations, you guys know, I love affirmations. They’re seen in so many spaces as being woowoo and fluffy. And they’re not they work. But it takes a specific situation, it takes a specific practice for them to work, you have to do it repeatedly. It has to be over and over. And you have to get to the point where you do actually believe that new affirmation that you’re inputting into your brain, and that’s when it can start reprogramming. And from there, hey, shift happens. I also love visualization, like I just talked about, again, something that needs to be done repeatedly at your brain does not know the difference between real and imagined. So as you repeatedly go through that process of visualizing your dream business, your brain takes that as truth and start thinking and acting in accordance to that new truth. And reprogramming happens. And then lastly, hypnosis, I love hypnosis, it is something that I think has a lot of stigma around it that is unnecessary. It’s really just a deep meditation. And it has been so powerful for me, so powerful for clients, and I just really love it. And I do provide hypnosis tracks for you to check out in unstuck entrepreneur, I have to so far, probably will be adding a third tip number four, make it a priority to feel how you want to feel in your business as often as you can. So we went through step one of visualizing how we want it to be and then getting to that place where we feel it. And then to now taking those emotions taking those feelings that you felt in your dream business and plunking them down into your life right now your current reality right now in any area that you can maybe you don’t feel that in your business, but maybe you do feel that in your current job that you have or in your relationship or in your family life or something like that, where you do feel joy and freedom and excitement and passion and all of these things. Find that in other areas of your life and start expressing that emotion now because that will get your energetic expression to a higher vibration a higher frequency now and you will start receiving more guidance, you will start being more open to that guidance, more aware of the nudges and the downloads that you’re getting and feel aligned and inspired to take action on them. And the last tip, one word, the most important word, I think of this entire episode.

39:59
Expert

40:00
dictation,

40:01
get real with yourself. Where is your expectation of your business? Lying? Is that lying on the path of it absolutely is going to happen exactly what I want is on its way, I have no resistance I am in full allowance, or is your expectation on? Well, it might not happen. What if like I can’t, this isn’t a guarantee, there’s so many things that could go wrong. I don’t I don’t actually think this is possible for me. Which really, you might not even say that but just but you saying, I have fear of this, this this this this you that’s exactly what you’re saying is that you don’t think it’s possible. If you fear judgment, if you fear failure, if you aren’t showing up fully.

40:51
If you’re making excuses as to why you’re not ready,

40:56
then your expectation is on it not happening, it not working out it not being successful.

41:05
So where does your expectation lie? get very clear on that, and building your awareness on that. So now it comes back to really all the other tips that I just went over. And every day, committing to a shift in your expectation.

41:30
It may not go from swing from one to the other in a matter of a day. But as long as you remain aware, as long as you remain open as long as you do these other tips. And as long as you even just now have the guidance, have the wording to put into place what’s actually happening, then now you have the ability to choose differently. And every single choice you make over and over again, changes and shifts your expectation to one of inevitable success. So I put that in as tip number five, the one word just so that it’s something for you to keep top of mind, always, especially if you find yourself coming up against some struggle, some overwhelm some fear, when it comes to your business. Where is your expectation? And what small shifts can you make to change that expectation towards your desire? Because that’s really 100%. All that it’s about the difference between resisting and allowing is in your expectation? What are you expecting to happen?

42:51
All right, I will end the conversation there. I think there’s so much more to be had in this conversation. To be totally honest, I love talking about this because it is something, as I mentioned that I went through is something I see most entrepreneurs, especially new entrepreneurs going through. And I really want to create a space where we have the ability to see this, to acknowledge it, to work through it, and to shift to make that lasting shift. And like I said, That’s exactly why I created unstuck entrepreneur, and if this is something that resonates with you, and might be going on behind the scenes, in your business or in your future business, why potentially you haven’t created your business yet, or why it’s not going the way you want it to, then I’d love to chat it out and to walk you through that process in unstuck entrepreneur, the doors for the fall class, don’t forget everyone, fall class. It’s coming very, very soon, in just a few weeks, August 30. To be exact. That is the day that the doors open for enrollment to unstuck entrepreneur, which is my lifetime business, mentorship and coaching program. There’s also like the most amazing community of women you will ever be a part of. So that’s a bonus that really ends up being like the best thing ever. And it’s probably obvious by now but I’ll just let you all know that it is a program for new entrepreneurs who are looking to grow and scale their business to what they want it to be. or soon to be entrepreneurs that are getting ready to create a business and want to do it right the first time and save themselves weeks and months of years of time in doing it right the first time. And these entrepreneurs they want a holistic approach to building and growing an impactful successful business on

45:00
their terms. So that is who on stock entrepreneur is good for. If that is you mark your calendars for August 30. That is when enrollment opens for the fall 2021 class, if you are on the waitlist, you will not only be the first person to know when it opens, so that you can actually get a spot. And also you get a discount code that no one else gets. So you want to get on that waitlist, you can do so at Shawnmynar.com/unstuck. Biz, and we will have that link in the show notes as well. And I would love to chat with you more over on my social media. So make sure you’re following my business account at unstuck entrepreneur and we can chat it up there. And with that being said, Until next time, take care if you’re like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications did the trainings. And now you’re excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But

46:08
how do you actually do that? It’s a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this whole business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I’m here a passionate nutritionists turn business coach for wellness professionals. Because I’m done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don’t know the right steps to take. If you’re like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business, you’ve probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you’re doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm

46:59
good news, you don’t need a perfect website a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn’t like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you, what feels good to you, what’s right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing?

47:44
What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited in your business? Because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to Shawnmynar.com/wbb that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that’s Shawnmynar.com/wbb

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

BEST OF: Make More Money In Less Time With These 4 Business Swaps — Ep. 163

I think most of us would agree that making more impact and income while working fewer hours is the ultimate business goal. That phrase “making money while you sleep” is actually a real possibility as is “making money while playing with your kids/on vacation/with another client/living your life.” Sound pretty good, right?

In this episode, I’m sharing the 4 swaps you need to make in your business so you actually can make more money in less time. We’re talking passive income, the 1-to-many business model, and so much more. 

“You can always create more income by having your own business, by having these other possibilities, and even though time is finite, you can create more time in a sense of you being able to do what you want with that time.” – Shawn Mynar

“Go from a lack mindset to an abundance mindset.” – Shawn Mynar

“You have a bigger why, you have a bigger purpose. Put the attention on who you are helping, how you want to help them, and what do you need to get there in a bigger way. Focus on that instead of it being all about the money.” – Shawn Mynar

+++

SIGNATURE PROGRAM LAB

@SHAWNMYNAR – Chat with me on Instagram

UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM

SHAWNMYNAR.COM – Get the latest scoop

+++

Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support.

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
Hey, Hey there friends, Shawn here. And this is a best of episode of The unstuck entrepreneur podcast, where I’m taking the most popular most talked about most important episodes of the past and bringing them back for an encore presentation. So enjoy the replay of this episode, and I’ll be back in a few weeks with another new episode and fresh topic. I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck a space for heart centered entrepreneurs to implement both the inner work and outer strategies required to get unstuck and build the impactful, profitable business of their dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. Let’s get into today’s session.

Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to unstuck, so grateful to have you here. As always, and I am super jazzed for this episode.

I think I say that pretty much every episode. But this one really is taking like everything I love to talk about and teach with entrepreneurs, to entrepreneurs, and putting it all into one episode. Obviously, the reason why I love talking about it so much is because I’m all about all of you, creating financial freedom in your life. And I really am determined to help more women specifically create financial independence for themselves, regardless of their partners, their situations, their careers, their families, anything else like that just having this empowerment of financial independence is pretty freakin cool. And not only that when in terms of money, but I’m also super passionate about helping people actually find enjoyment in their lives and actually get back to the point of why we’re here and what we’re meant to be doing here. And finding that passion within their business and what they’re doing. But then also finding their passion and mission and purpose outside of their business and spending time doing things they love and building a life they love and less time trapped behind the computer trapped in an office and even more so trapped in this mentality or this mindset of always having to work and strive and go go go and do this and do that in order to actually make a decent living. Because that’s all just lies. So we’re here to debunk all that. And we’re to talk about that more today. So that’s why I’m just thrilled to be here having this conversation with you really, this podcast could be either like eight hours long, or like seven other podcast episodes, which it probably will end up being. But I wanted to at least start the conversation here today. So this idea of making more money, having more income more profit, while working less, working fewer hours, and spending more time outside and your actual life. Really being an entrepreneur, having your own business is the perfect place to do all of that. And I think that’s one of the main reasons well, I don’t think I know, that’s one of the main reasons we’ve all been drawn into this lifestyle. Yes, we have this purpose, we have this passion, we want to make an impact. We want to help others, we have all this stuff. But then also we would love to do that, while also working less and creating financial independence, creating financial freedom, creating time, freedom, all that stuff. This whole kind of hashtag Be Your Own Boss Life. Yes, I just used the hashtag in a sentence. I’m like, not normally that kind of person, but I just did and that’s fine. Anyway, when you are working for someone else, there’s very little if any room really to do this to have the opportunity to work fewer hours and make more money. You’re kind of stuck in your designated schedule, and your designated salary. You may get bonuses at certain times if you do certain things. Maybe you get commissions. And I would say that not always but usually in order for you to get a commission for something it involves working more hours or working harder or hustling a little or something like that if you’re in more of a sales role. So while there of course nuances to that I think the vast majority of the working for someone else role doesn’t allow for much of this flexibility that we find when we are in a place of having our own business being our own boss being an entrepreneur. So then here we are, as entrepreneurs with this dream with this desire. But how do we actually make it a reality. And especially, it may seem kind of far off, or kind of impossible, almost, if you are someone who’s just starting out, or you know what, maybe not even just starting out, but you still find yourself stuck, maybe you’ve been doing the same thing in your business for years, and you find yourself stuck getting paid the same amount, having the same amount of income of revenue, having the same amount of profit or lack thereof, of year in, year out. And it feels like you’re working a ton. And you really don’t have much to show for it. And this can happen at the beginning of your business. It happened to me for a couple of years in my business, where I felt like I was working a lot and I had no flexibility. In my schedule, I was really kind of bending over backwards for my clients and their schedules, which meant getting up at five in the morning, most days of the week, working Sunday through Friday, so only having one day off per week. And it felt like I was doing the opposite of what I actually wanted, which was this life of freedom, flexibility, and uncapped earning potential, I wanted all those things, I was getting none of it. So you may be in a similar place right now. Or you may not even be there, but you’re worried you’re scared, you might get there someday, if you do start your business, or if you do go all in where you’re working a ton and not making very much. And it’s the opposite of what you want. So how do we turn this ship? Around? Is the real question we have today. And the question I’m going to answer, I have four swaps, that you are going to start making in your business today. As I said, I probably could think of like 20 swaps that you could make in your business. But let’s just get you started today. As you know, if you have listened to any episode of The unstuck podcast before, we’ve got to look both internally and externally. So this is not just a question of the practical, tangible stuff that you can do in your business to start making more money, which we are going to talk about, that’s two of the four are these practical, tangible things. But we also have to talk about this other stuff, the internal stuff, that inner work, otherwise, those practical things, you’re still not going to do them, they’re still not going to make a profit, you’re not going to make any more money, you’re still going to find yourself working 10 hours, it’s going to be pointless. Okay. So that’s what we do hear on unstuck is we do that inner work, while also looking at the outer strategy. So we do a little bit of both, starting with a quote, as always, from Jim Rohn. Time is more valuable than money, you can get more money, but you cannot get more time. And this is really speaking to the idea that time is finite, whereas money is infinite. And so the conversation we’re having here today is to really prove reprioritize, I guess and showcase that ability, that you have the power to make more money, but you cannot create more time. But what we can do, through the conversation we’re going to have today is actually create more time than what I just said you can do. But what we’re going to do is reallocate your time to be where you want to be spending it, which is out with your family, with your loved ones out in nature out traveling. I know there’s so many people that wish they could travel more. And now we’re back in a place in the world where we can start traveling again, thank goodness. So is that something that you want to start adding in more of, but you just need to find the time. This is how we can do that. So I want I really wanted to use that quote. It’s a very well known quote, but I wanted to use that here in order for you to see that you can always create more income by having your own business and by having these other possibilities. And when you do so even though time is finite, you can actually create more time in the sense of you being able to Do what you want with that time. So that’s really cool and super, super loved that whole idea. Before we get into these four swaps I have for you, I just want to share a little bit about my story. Some of you may have heard this before, it’s just a little snippet of how I used everything that we’re going to talk about today. And within a matter of a year completely transformed. My business, I, as I mentioned, was at a place where I was taking clients one on one for both personal training, which is how I originally started my business. And then added on nutrition coaching, once I became a nutritionist through the NTA. So I was doing both and I was taking one on one clients and I was working a lot, I didn’t have the problem of not finding clients, which I was very fortunate and very grateful for. But I was taking a lot of clients and I was working around the clock with them, I was getting super burnt out. If you take one on one clients, then you probably know how that feels that feeling of like your energy being kind of sucked dry, because you are giving it to your clients, which is really wonderful and really great and really needed. But if you don’t have those boundaries in place, yet, it can be very draining. And I didn’t have those boundaries in place yet. Because I was fresh, I was new, I was making money, and I was excited. But I wasn’t making enough money. And that was definitely not making enough money for the time and effort and energy that I was putting into my business. I was barely making ends meet. I think that this year that I’m speaking of in my business, which was 2015 2016 I net ID like $15,000 in my business, so not enough by any means money. And then I got sick. And I started working on myself, I started doing a lot of personal growth, self development, self improvement, spiritual work, started working on my mindset started working on connecting to my intuition and trusting it started working on my relationship with my higher power, the universe, source God love whatever you want to call it started working on that whole concept, which was really totally new to me at that point, nothing I had really ever considered. But I was sick, and I needed to get better. And I had tried everything I knew how to do. And I was working with all these practitioners, and doctors and all these supplements and all these dietary changes and all this stuff to try to get better. And it wasn’t working. And so I realized the thing that was still something that I could do that I couldn’t work on was my inner self. And I don’t even know how I came to that conclusion, except that it was complete desperation, because I had never considered that before in my life. I’ve never done any like inner work when unquote, in my life. But I did. And so I started that journey. And it was so eye opening for me a lot of you know, this part of my journey already. But when it comes to my business specifically, while I was not doing this work to help my business, I just started applying it to it just almost naturally. And just like well, it’s actually working for my health, I might as well just give it a try and see what I can do for this business situation that I’m in because I’m broke. And I’m burned out. And I don’t really know where to go next. And through this, you know, long story short, there was a lot of journaling and a lot of meditation and a lot of really doing some digging on myself and reading and writing and all that stuff. But long story short, it ended up to where I was able to have this like intuitive download of something I wanted to create in my business. And I actually went for it for probably the first time ever I listened to my intuition, I was able to actually hear that side of me. And I didn’t let my fear and my stories and all this stuff about the money that I didn’t have that i How was I ever going to make that work when I couldn’t invest anything. Because also I should mention part of this whole self improvement work I was doing was on my money mindset, which was a big huge thing that I had no idea was a problem for me until this point in my life. And now I can see that it had absolutely affected everything up until then. But I was able to let go of some of that and allow my intuition to come through and allow myself to trust that and to go for it and to invest money I didn’t have into this idea. And in a matter of months, it completely transformed my business. Some of you may A know what that thing was, it was called the fat burning female project. It was an online course, for women teaching a in an intuitive approach to a keto diet, something that no one had done before. If there wasn’t something out there like that, and I had never done that before I had never, I had no clue how to create an online course or what that even meant, or what it would even look like or would it even be successful? How would it even go, I had no clue. But I kept going with it. I compiled everything that I was teaching one on one to clients and put it into this course and created a system for it that was proprietary, no one else had ever done it no one else it came from, no one, nothing else, but my own intuition and my own brain. And I put it into this course, with absolutely no clue what I was doing. Fast forward a year. So this is 2017. By the end of 2017. That course alone had made almost $100,000. And that was on top of me still seeing clients and still having a regular schedule and still working with brands on affiliate. So that was just one piece of my income that year. And to go from having the year before. Net income $15,000. To now having this in one year was really huge for me, I’ve talked about that situation before was kind of what some people might call this quantum leap in business. For me, it was just a compilation of the inner improvements, I was doing the inner work I was doing and really getting in touch with myself for the first time ever, and really getting through all the muck that I had that I didn’t even know I had, from my past and and my growing up and things like that, and doing all this work on myself, and then letting that lead the way and taking action on it. And so to kind of connect the dots between this story and what we’re going to talk about today, that was my first venture into a passive income opportunity into an opportunity to go from working one on one with clients, which meant I was trading my time for dollars to working one to many, which we’re going to talk about which opens the doors to an unlimited source of income potential, which is amazing. And it just opened my eyes to the possibilities in my business. That’s what we’re going to talk about today, I’ve never looked back, you will feel the same way. Let’s get into it. The first swap is to go from lack to abundance. So as you can see, we’re kicking it off with mindset work, going from a lack mindset, to an abundance mindset. The vast, vast, vast majority of society right now is operating from a lack mindset. And you may be one of those people. If you come from this place of lack, you can do all the external things that we’re going to talk about coming up and still struggle to make money, you can take all the courses, you can hire all the coaches, you can do all of this and you can do all of that. And you’re still not going to make the money that you want to make. Or if you do end up making that money, you will sabotage yourself to no longer make that money. That is how powerful our minds are. It can up here like you are doing everything, quote, unquote, right? To create this freedom filled financially sound business. But in the end, it will be the same thing that you’re used to will be working tons of hours, not making enough money, feeling frustrated, feeling scared, feeling worried, not investing in yourself all of these practices that are the external output of a lack mindset. Because those stories that you have about money, about hard work about how to make money about how much money you are capable of making your worth your value, what you deserve, all that stuff. They’re still running the show. They’re taking over your thoughts and emotions and ultimately, they’re directing your actions in your business. So this is where we start talking about that ego voice that little internal chatter that you have going on all the time that you can hear pretty well when you listen, it’s it’s right there. But it’s saying things like money doesn’t grow on trees. I have to work hard to make money. I have to make sure I earn every penny. I can’t afford to, you know, insert thing here and buy So in my business, quit my job and go all in, there’s all kinds of I can’t afford out there in business, my financial gain is someone else’s loss. You can see these are stories that are playing in your head, they may not sound exactly like that. But the end result is this story, you could also probably see that they didn’t necessarily come from you, you were taught that that is what you saw or heard growing up. That’s probably what your parents saw or heard when they grew up. And so it’s been passed down from generations to generations, this lack mindset. So nobody’s fault, nobody needs to have any sort of blame put on them. But this is where we’re at, as a society really, with all of us kind of snowballing into this lack mindset, and having these stories about money that simply aren’t true. And when we have these stories, this is how it may look for you and your business, not being willing to invest in yourself or your business, because you don’t believe it will come back to you. Like you don’t believe in that flow of abundance, that giving and receiving flow that we’re always in. It could look like you not charging appropriately because you don’t feel like you deserve or are worthy of making that money you feel like, again, this my financial gain is someone else’s loss. So you feel quote, unquote, bad for charging for your services, it can look like being scared to talk about your pricing to potential clients, or just talking about money in general, it could look like quote, unquote, busy work for the sake of working and this is where it gets back to this, like I have to work hard, I have to earn my money. So instead of just letting things flow, you’re like constantly busy working yourself. In order to make yourself feel like you deserve or are worthy of making money of putting out some pricing for your clients. It can look like ignoring your intuitive nudges because they don’t make logical sense. And or will cost money. This is a big one. This is one of the one I see probably the most often is ignoring what you want to be doing what you’re being guided to do, because but how will the money come? Or how will I afford it, or I don’t have the money for that, or that doesn’t make financial sense. It’s a big one. It could look like comparing your success to others and getting jealous of others success, or not doing what you want to do in your business because someone’s already doing it. Again, lack lack, lack lack, really diving into that idea that there’s not enough to go around, there’s not enough for everyone. And lastly, sabotaging it, when you do start making money, like I said a few minutes ago, you may find yourself in this new place of financial success, things may be going really well. And then you find a way to make it not go so well. You find a way to get back to where you’re used to being the struggle bus you’re used to being on this happens a lot people and it all comes back to your money blocks, those stories that you have about money and more specifically, the lack versus abundance space that you are in. This is just a sampling. If you want to hear more about lack versus abundance, I have several episodes scroll back and or go to my website and type in abundance and search for that. And you’ll get all of those episodes that you can look into further but it’s super important people, we really need to take the time to understand this and when now I’m sure you’re asking well what the heck do I do? Because clearly I’m in this lack mindset that means I’m doomed. I’m never gonna make any money. No, no, no back off a little grasshopper, it’s fine. You will be able to, I think the first thing start paying attention to the thoughts and actions and emotions that you have when it comes to money. Are they moving towards lack? Are they in this space of lack? Do they sound like a lack based thought or story? Or are they from this place of abundance knowing that money is a form of energy and it is in a constant state of flow and you can tap into that flow anytime, anywhere and receive abundance. So where are you most of the time? And all it takes is a little bit of as always we got to talk about it is the unstuck podcast awareness that first step to all of this awareness, awareness awareness. What are you saying to yourself? What actions are you taking? And what camp do they go in lack or abundance. And then from there, allow yourself to let go just a little bit, allow yourself to loosen your grip on this idea of money and finances and investing, and debt and all this stuff, just loosen your grip, I’m not saying go into all kinds of debt, I’m not saying blow your savings. I’m not saying any of that. So please know that. But just start loosening the grip a little bit, maybe take a small risk, do something different, prove yourself wrong, make a small investment in something that you know is really needed for you or your business. And just see what happens. It’s part of that proving yourself wrong where we have to, sometimes the only way that we can get out of that system that we’re in, is to just step our toe out for just a little bit. See that nothing bad happens, see that actually amazing things happen when you do something out of the ordinary when you take a little bit of a risk. And that starts the flow that starts the process of getting out of that mindset. Next kind of goes along with this is to stop thinking so much about money. Just see if you can, especially in your business, like you have a bigger why you have a bigger purpose here. So put the attention on who you’re helping how you want to help them what you want that to look like. And then what do you need to do to get there in a bigger way? Focus on that, instead of being all about the money like, can I afford this, can I do that I need to make this much money, it needs to be this much in this time, I don’t deserve to charge this much I can ask for this much money, like a lot of our talk in business in general is money talk. So what can we do if we take that away, and instead focus on our bigger why.

And then lastly, like just another reminder, money is a form of energy is in a constant flow state of flow. It is always around us as always flowing. And giving and receiving allow for that flow in your own life. Give money, invest in yourself, invest in your business, and then receive receive receive based on that. And then when you receive money into your business, because you gave, then you’re able to get back into that flow of giving again. So it’s this receive and give, receive and give, receive and give and it just gets bigger and bigger and bigger, and snowballs. As you step into this place of abundance more and more and more. That’s all I’m going to talk about today with lack and abundance. As I said, I could talk about that just all the time. And I do have several episodes if you want to go back and listen. The second swap is from forcing to flowing, forcing to flowing. I love this one so much as a lot of you probably know, by far, the thing that most entrepreneurs are not doing that is keeping them stuck is to stay in this place of force versus flow. Because we’re taught to force to strive to push to do whatever it takes to achieve a certain goal. We’re taught that in school, we’re taught that in sports, we’re taught that in trying to get to a certain college we’re taught and trying to get a certain job or into a certain career. And now we’re taking that and then putting it into our business because that’s also, you know, talking about this hustle culture hustle mentality that we do here. That’s what a lot of people show us. A lot of entrepreneurs have this story of the hustle and grind that it took to get their business off the ground. So now we’re also still applying that and applying everything we learned into our business. But what happens, especially as an entrepreneur, is that forcing mentality blocks you from being able to see and work on what will actually be the thing that makes you profitable, that makes you happy, that makes you impactful. That gives you freedom, you are blocking that as you try to force things.

And the forcing, as you can probably guess, is also going back to the last one black mindset driven. It’s like you got to make money. You got to make a certain amount of money before a certain date or you got to make a certain amount of money at a in a specific amount of time. That is what is steering a lot of businesses right now. And what it’s doing is actually keeping you from making good money. Because you’re not making good decisions, you’re not making the best decisions, or the most informed decisions because that force, that striving, that go, go go that very masculine energy is what’s making the decisions, because you’re coming from a place of lack. And as you can see, if you step into abundance, that’s a very feminine flow like energy. And when we get there, and we find this place of flow, it’s this place where you get to work on what feels good to you. What lights you up what you do, where you just get lost in the process of doing it. And where you trust your intuition, without letting that ego that inner chatter get involved. Like, how amazing does that sound. And going back to my story at the beginning, that’s exactly what happened to me, I stopped forcing, I stopped saying yes to everything, I stopped doing what I thought I should be doing. And I started working on myself, I got into this abundance mindset, because of all the money mindset work I had done. And I let go of like that need to control and be worried and be scared about money, in my business in general, and success in general. And as soon as I did that, I got this amazing idea. amazing idea. And no, I had no idea what I was doing. I didn’t know if it would work. I didn’t know what was going on. I knew nothing except that that idea came from a different place than the other things I thought I should be doing. And the other ways I was spending my time, it came from a different place, it came from my intuition. So that place and that space of flow is available to you, too. And it’s available to you right now it’s available to you 100% of the time, all it is is a matter of allowing it in allowing it to happen being okay with taking a step back being okay with not doing this busy work all the time just for the sake of working and not striving and not having these crazy goals and not feeling like you have to push yourself in order to make any of this happen. But what happens if you take a little bit of a step back, because building your business is a highly creative and intuitive process. Please always remember that highly creative and very intuitive. And blocking that will result in you being stuck exactly where you are right now. You’ll either be stuck not doing anything, not taking any action at all. Or you’ll be stuck doing something you actually don’t want to do. Like you’re stuck doing something that doesn’t make money or doing something that you don’t love or doing something that’s a total time stock requires long hours, or a combination of all the above. Right.

So how do we start tapping into the space of flow or another way I like to call it is being in alignment, which I talked about here a lot on the show to where do we start, the very first thing I want you to try is when you’re beginning to get into this block of time that you’re using for working on your business. Start with something that gets you into this place of alignment where you feel really good, where you feel more connected to your body, more calm, less ego voici, we’ll call it you know that ego voice is a little quieter, perhaps. So meditation, a few deep breaths, maybe brewing a cup of coffee, or a cup of tea, maybe putting on some music, having a candle going or putting some crystals around your workspace, something like that. Whatever your little thing is that you do that helps you get into alignment. And then I want you to ask yourself, and perhaps get out a piece of paper or your journal and write down. What do I want to create today? That’s all you’re going to ask and just see what comes up, see what would feel good for that period of time. It may not make sense. And it may be something like I want to write an email newsletter, which is great because some of that I think we get into this space where we think it has to be kind of like on this day I write this newsletter and even when I don’t feel it at all, I still have to force it out. And that’s what we want to try to stay away from. Now. This does not mean and please do not get me wrong that everything in your business building activity bank is going to be things you want Want to do all the time, but they can all feel good. They can all come from this place of flow. If you start by getting into alignment, reminding yourself of your bigger why and doing what you need to do to make it fun for you. So when I’m doing something that I don’t necessarily, it’s not like my favorite thing ever, I will either Well, back in the day, I would go to coffee shops and do their because I find that just to be super fun in general, and I get a latte or a matcha or something like that and just enjoy myself. And you know, have my headphones in some music, then COVID hit and I couldn’t do that. And then now I am living in a place where that’s not super convenient to get to. But now I have my own office and I put on music and I brew my own tea and I bring tea into my office. And then I put on my diffuser and have essential oils going. So it smells really good in here. And I’m just like completely surrounded by crystals, my entire desk is full of crystals. And I have all that and I feel really good in my office. And then I work on those things. And then the other thing that I do is I give myself was kind of like I’ll think of it as like time space. Like, I know, I will have to do something I’m not super excited to do this week sometime. But I give myself the freedom within that week to decide when I do it. So very rarely Am I ever on a time crunch, where it’s like, I have to do this by tomorrow, because I prefer to give myself a little bit of time and think ahead a little bit. So I can wait and do something I don’t super want to do when I’m in really great alignment, like just coming back from a hike or playing with my dogs or having a good meal or something like that. And then I’ll come back and I’ll be in this high vibe place. And I’ll do that thing and it still feels flowy it doesn’t feel like I’m forcing it because I have to get it done by a certain time. So just a few little quick tips there. But please, no, I am not saying that you’re going to want to do things in your business all the time. There are definitely some things that just aren’t that fun. And it’ll be different for everybody what that actually is, but you can still do so while being in alignment and while feeling like it’s flowing for you. And that makes all the difference in the world. And I hope you guys can see from this energetic perspective, how this how much this matters, to your overall profit and to your overall revenue and being able to actually tap in to what will be the game changer in your business and to not force things because someone else is doing it or someone told you you need to be doing it, or your ego is telling you you need to be doing it. But instead of giving yourself some space to figure out what you actually want to be doing what you actually want it to look like, what feels good for you, and just what comes up. Because you’ve given yourself the space, I can guarantee you with a 100% certainty because this is how energy works, that when you do that, and you have this sort of download, or this intuitive nudge or whatever you want to call it about something that would be really cool to add into your business, and you take action on it, it will be so successful beyond your wildest dreams, because you went with that, and you got into the flow with it.

That’s all I’ll say for that. Let’s move on. Now we’re getting into the actual, like, I can feel it kind of tangible stuff that you can do today, to start making more money in your business while you work less. The first thing is to go from active income to passive income. I looked up the definitions of each because I wanted it to help you really understand what each one means. Even though I think you all probably get it. But still, let’s just do this because it’s fun. Active, the definition of active is engaging in physically energetic pursuits. And then the definition of passive is accepting or allowing what others do without active response. Now in the business world, and especially the online service based business space, passive income is more so defined by like, make money while you sleep. I really like making money while you’re living your life. And I also really like make money while you’re making other money. Now this all sounds pretty great. I think we can all agree with that. We all want more of that. Yes, you actually legit can make money while you sleep. You can legit make money while you’re on vacation or out playing with your kids or on a date with your partner or whatever. You can also make money while you’re busy making You’ll have money like you’re having a session with a client, and you’re getting other income sources coming in during that hour with your client. So that’s pretty cool. Two examples of active income would be things like working one on one with clients, which I think is going to be the most common for the people listening to this podcast. Or if you are someone that still has another job having an hourly wage or a salary as an active income, getting tips or commissions would be considered active income, and then pass it an income would be things like affiliate or advertising income, online course, or product sales. So I like to call this like digital products. And making money on your investments would be another example of passive income that isn’t necessarily directly tied to your business. But if you’re having trouble figuring out what passive income looks like, That’s it, you put money into an investment. And depending on how the market does, you make money on that money, without you necessarily having to do anything with it. I personally superduper love and very much recommend having a combo of both passive and active income. Now, eventually, it could get to the point in your business where you are just doing passive income stuff. And that’s totally fine, too. I personally have found that when I include active income sources in my business, of course, not only is it another opportunity to make money, but it also usually leads to another passive income opportunity down the road. It’s I’ll explain later, when I explained some of my active and passive incomes, but just know that I recommend both, at least for a period of time in New York Business, most service based entrepreneurs that I work with, which are primarily in the wellness space, so like nutritionists, coaches, personal trainers, therapists, those kinds of people are engaging in business activities that produce active income. As I mentioned, one on one clients or patients may be doing some small group coaching. And that’s about it, which is great. And I encourage everyone who wants to help people in that way, and that one on one capacity to do so absolutely. We’re going to talk more about that coming up. But what’s missing are the tons of other income opportunities that you can be doing while also taking one on one clients. Becoming an affiliate for the brands you love is a great option. And probably the easiest way to generate some passive income. I don’t there are very few brands out there these days that don’t have a partnership opportunity or an affiliate system built into their business at this point, because it is so great for both parties. And when you do have this relationship with brands you love, then all you have to do is talk about them on social media, write blog posts featuring their products, or send out an email to your email list, when with a recommendation for their products, why you’re loving them, what you how you’re using them, all that kind of stuff. So things that are very easy, I think for us to do as humans is just to recommend things that we love. And the only thing you’re doing is creating a relationship with the brand. That gives you a little bit of a kickback when you get someone to buy from them. So you’re creating a recommendation and you’re getting a kickback for it. That’s it and it doesn’t cost the person any more money at all. It all comes from the brand, because essentially, you’re doing their marketing and advertising for them. So it’s a very, very great situation for them to and you earn some passive income. I have an example of this. I have. I’ve been affiliates and brand partners with lots of brands over the years. I’m currently kind of only working with few very specific ones that I super love. And by the way, let me recommend that you only partner with brands that you really, really do love you know a lot about and you’ve done your research to know that they’re a good company, that they have good inclusion and diversity practices that just know for sure and really trust that company. So do your research first before you choose to partner with them. So just a side note there but I long ago was probably one of my very first brands I partnered with I was using a brand of colostrum, which if you don’t know what it is, I’m not gonna bother explaining it. It doesn’t really matter, but it’s a supplement that can help with gut health. And I was using colostrum, to help with my auto immune disease recovery. So putting that into remission, and I was actually having some really great success with it. I wrote a blog post about it. This was in 2015, I believe, I wrote a blog post about it. First of all, still, to this day is one of my top blog posts of all time, which is so crazy. And second of all, still, to this day, out of one blog post, I get at least $50 in commission every month from them from that blog post, is that not crazy? I talked about it one time in one blog post six years ago now. And I still I mean, not that $50 is a ton of money or anything. But hey, it pays for like a date night out with my wife once a month, every month for the past six years. And that’s kind of dwindled down. I mean, back in the day, I was making a couple $100 on that when it was a little more popular, have a blog post. But yeah, it’s just so fascinating how. And that really is the prime example of passive income. I wrote one blog post, I probably spent maybe an hour two years ago, and I’m still making money from it, even though I haven’t touched it since. And this is something you can easily put into your business right now, as well. And even if you don’t have a big audience, either, if you are working with clients, and you’re putting them on protocols that include certain supplements, or certain products, or certain books or anything, you can partner with those brands and get a kickback for recommending them. The only thing that is required to make it legal is that somewhere in some of your documentation that you provide to your clients or to the people reading your blog posts or to the people on your email newsletter is just somewhere you disclose that you are a partner with that brand. And you may receive a small commission for using that specific link that you give at no additional cost to them. So that’s it, that’s all you have to do. And if you do want to start working on that, in your business, just Google like affiliate commission statement or something like that, disclosure, maybe and you’ll can get some examples of what people use, but you’ll see them all over the place. So that’s the one thing that you do not need to make sure to do. Other than that you are free to do whatever you want, and to partner with any brands that you love, and just give your honest feedback, say how much you love it and make money doing. So you’re just being someone else’s marketer, which is great. It’s like, I like to think of myself as the Triet. Before they buy it person, like, I’ll try it, I’ll see if I like it or not. And then if I do like it, I recommend it to other people. And I give my honest opinion and feedback. And I tell them how it smells and how it works and how it tastes and all that stuff. And they can go from there. And then I get a little kickback for doing so. The other passive income opportunity we’re going to talk about today are digital products, such as online courses, or ebooks, virtual workshops that are pre recorded, that kind of thing. The premise here is simple. You create something, you put it out somewhere for people to buy, and then people buy it. Easy peasy. However, as I’m sure you can imagine, it requires more work to get to that point than just that. Passive income does not mean no work involved, there’s actually usually quite a bit of work involved in creating a digital product to use as a passive income opportunity. It’s just mostly on the front end. So it’s creating the course, before anyone knows it even exists. And before you’re taking any sort of payment for it. It’s writing the ebook, it’s developing the recipes for the recipe book. It’s doing all of that stuff before you make income on it, and then putting it on your website, then promoting it so people know it’s there. And that’s when it becomes a lot more hands off. And all you have to do is promote, promote, and people buy and it’s more passive, as you can see. However, it absolutely works. And it is absolutely worth that upfront work. As I just mentioned in my last little story about my passive income just from this one product that I affiliated with years ago, I haven’t lifted a finger in six years and I’m still having income come in from that work. So it really does work and is so so worth it. I currently have several passive income streams going on at the moment. I have a few courses. I have an ebook actually, again, something I created back in two One nice 16 I want to say I created an ebook. That is a 28 day workout program for people with chronic illness, autoimmune disease, even adrenal fatigue, anyone that can’t feel like they work can work out to their full capacity. So this is at home workout program that I created as both a trainer and a nutritionist, and someone that was dealing with adrenal fatigue, and autoimmune disease and all that stuff. And it still gets revenue coming in all the time, from people that find it on my website. Again, it’s not something I talk about anymore, and haven’t talked about it in years, I haven’t said anything or done any blog posts or anything like that on it in years, I have talked about it in a past episode of a past podcast years and years ago. So either from there or from a blog post that I did on it years and years ago as well. So that still creates income for me. So that’s just another example. And then, like I said, a few courses I have. And really, in 2020, it was actually interesting, almost exactly half of my business revenue was passive income. And the other half was active income, it was almost exactly cut down the middle, half and half active versus passive. And for me, that’s a really good place to be. And it feels really good because I also do like to connect with people and, and not have everything just happened behind the scenes, but to have more of a connection with those that I work with. So if you want to start adding this to your business, my very first step for you would be to research brand partnership opportunities, start thinking about some of the things that you love that you could start recommending things you use in your life, in your business, for your health things, you eat anything. And if it’s something that you want to start recommending to other people see if they have a brand partnership opportunity. So you can just usually go right to their website, and they’ll have information about their affiliate program if they have one. And then also start thinking if there’s something that you want to create some again, let’s get into our flow state and see what could come up potentially, or has come up that you’ve been ignoring, that you could create, or maybe it’s something you’ve already created that you would like to turn into an e book or a course or a workshop or something like that. Is there anything perhaps that you already have? Or that you’ve been sitting on? This idea keeps coming up? And can you start working on that? And then before you do, I want you also to start considering how you would market these things, say you do have an ebook or a course, or something like that. Or you even just are partnering with a brand and you want to start getting the word out there? Do you have a way to tell people? Do you have an audience? Do you have a way to connect with them and tell them about the opportunities that you have? Do you have a website or a space on the web to host certain things, like start thinking about the network that you have the audience that you have the people you have, that will actually be the people buying what you’re selling what you’re talking about. And if you don’t have that, then you need to get into unstuck entrepreneur in September. And we will work on that together. Because that’s super important. Obviously, you can have the most amazing course ever, or the most beautiful ebook ever. But if you have no one to tell, then you don’t have a business and you don’t have a passive income opportunity. So we’ll work on that together this fall in unstuck entrepreneur. And then the last swap I have for you is to go from one to one work to one to many. So we talked about that one on one work where you’re taking clients. This is specifically for my service based entrepreneurs, you’re taking clients or patients you have this situation where you spend an hour or 90 minutes or 30 minutes or whatever, you spend a certain amount of time with one person helping them on their thing, helping them solve their problem. This is called trading time for dollars. As you can tell, you are spending one time with one person for a specific amount of money, you’re charging XYZ dollars per hour or per session or per three sessions you have a package something like that.

So when you trade time for dollars, it will keep you from ever being able to break through this income ceiling that you have because you only have a certain amount of time you could only take so many clients per day per week per month per year. You will eventually run out of time because time is finite. And so as you’re trading time for dollars, you’re also creating an income cap for yourself. creating passive income streams, like we just talked about is one way around it and definitely start doing that. And then the other way, which we should be doing both, is to go from one on one work, to one to many work. So not just working one on one with people, but working one, which is you with a group of people. Now, before I go any further, let me say what I said before, I think working one on one with people is amazing. And if you enjoy doing it, and it is part of your passion and purpose and mission, keep doing it. But what I’m saying here is don’t make it the only thing you do, if you want to work less, and make more, if you want to improve your income potential, and get past that cap that you’ve created for yourself. So add the passive income and add an opportunity for a one to many situation, you can do them all at the same time, and exponentially grow your business. What we’re doing here in this one to many situation, is turning what you’re doing with your one on one clients, essentially, and making it applicable to a group format. So instead of one hour of your time helping one person, you’re spending one hour of your time, and helping five or 10, or 20, or 100 or 1000 people at one time. Obviously, total fan of this method. And especially for service based entrepreneurs, I think it is just a no brainer situation. For those of you in this kind of work. There’s so many reasons, I have five that I’m going to share with you just quickly. But this list could go on and on. First of all, you are helping more people at one time, which means you’re making a bigger impact in other’s lives and a bigger stamp on the world, you are making your mark in this world in this time for this reason. And you can do that in a much bigger, broader, better way, when you’re helping more people at one time. The second thing is you’re working less because of this group format you created. So instead of having 10 clients in 10 hours of your week, you can have 20 clients in one hour. And then you have those other however many hours to do what you want. Live your life, have some fun, create more passive income opportunities, whatever you want to do.

Third, you’re making way more money. So instead of that one person paying for that one hour, you’re having, say you have a group of 10 people in your group 10 People pay you for one hour. Now and this goes into number four, they’re paying less because they’re in this group format, which means it makes it more affordable and accessible for more people. There are some people that simply cannot afford to work one on one with you. But if you create a group program where they could get the same impact, the same benefit, the same help, they need the same problem solved. But in a small group format, where you charge a slightly lower rate for each person. But then you’re still spending, you’re actually spending less time with them and making more money. So I hope that makes sense. Because really, that’s working for both you and them. So it’s a win win situation. And lastly, it’s you creating something that is unique and signature to you. And this is where things just become so much different for your business because you now have this thing that is proprietary to you and your work that you created and you develop and it’s unique to you. It’s your signature program. And no one can take that away. And then you have something really cool to market to it makes your marketing easier. And your selling easier because you have this thing that is specific to the work that you do. So that’s also something that is super cool. And obviously so many other things I could talk about. But we’ll stop there. Even though I want to tell you how much fun it is to have a signature group program as well. But I’ll save that for another day. Let’s talk about how you do this. First, you have to figure out what that journey is going to be for the group. So the point A where they’re starting now, which is I have this problem. I’ve tried to solve it on my own, and I can’t solve it to their point B which is I want to be here I want to live this life free of this symptom or problem or all this stuff and I don’t know how to get there. So you are the person that knows how to get them there. And you have to figure out what that is. So not only what that journey is, but the steps along the way of that journey, that then becomes your program. And so then you create a framework around those steps around the system that you created, that becomes your signature, your unique formula. And then from there, you write and build your program in a way that is super user friendly, very beautiful, and easy to use an easy to navigate. And it’s very engaging for your clients. And it works. You know, it works because you’ve done it with other people, or you have done it yourself, you have proof that it works. And then you sell the thing, then you get people into your group. And you have I don’t know, however many groups you want per year, and this is a new income opportunity for you, in less time, and it can be the only income opportunity for you, honestly, you can just run this thing four times a year. And that’s all you do. And you get a certain amount of people in the group at a certain price. And that is your revenue, and cool, you’re done. And then the other times of the year, you’re getting ready to run it again. And you’re getting in front of new people, and you’re building your audience more. And so you get new people into your group, all so much fun. Now, I have something for you. If this is something that you want to add to your business model, if you want your very own signature program. Right now, I am asking for beta testers for my new signature program and get this it’s called signature program lab. Yes, that is right, I have created a course that will take you through every single step every single nook and cranny of creating a one to many program in your business, all the way from brainstorm as in like, I don’t even know what I could possibly build a program about. From that stage, two beta launch as in people are paying you to get into your program, we go from A to Z or B to B, we’ll call it and I am currently looking for a small group to test my idea on to test this program I just built on and we’re doing it right now we actually start July 20. So if you’re listening to this, when it airs, there may still be spots available to become a beta tester. And I would love to have you, as of me recording this, which is a few days before it airs, there are seven spots left. So not very many, I offered it up to the current members of unstuck entrepreneur and a lot of them took me up on it. So as of the time you’re listening to this, there may or may not be spots left. But either way, if you’re interested if you want a signature program of your own in your business, so you don’t have to go just straight to one on one clients all the time. But you want to start building this other income stream that gives you more freedom and flexibility. Head to Shawnmynar.com/SPL

stands for signature program lab. So Shawnmynar.com/SPL, if there are still spots available as a beta tester, there will be a checkout page for you to join the course. And it’s a live course actually, this is the only time I will be offering it live. So I will be teaching you in actual live sessions as a group. So I’m really excited for that. So you’ll definitely want to be a part of that if you like being taught as a group in live classes and just want to hang out with me for like, I don’t know, 12 plus hours over the next few months. Or if it’s already filled up, there will be a waitlist page for you to get in when I opened the doors again this fall. So I will be opening the doors again, this fall for the signature program lab. And if you want to get in on that, just get on the waitlist so that you’ll know when it’s open and available and you can sign up this fall. Okay, so either way, Shawnmynar.com/SPL. And that will end this conversation we had today. I knew it was going to be a long one. I didn’t know it was going to be this long. I just love talking about this stuff. Because I want you to start considering these new options for you in your business potentially if you’re not already doing them. And if you are, maybe it’s a case where you do have some brands that you’re working with, but are you even talking about them? Are you even pushing them not pushing them? Because that sounds like weird and gross and we don’t do that stuff. But are you talking about them? Are you sharing about them? Are you openly discussing the things that you love and providing that link so other people can love them too? So yeah, um super passionate about this stuff, and I love talking about it. And if you have any questions, please reach out and let me know I’d love to help you get this figured out in your business, you can head to my Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur and send me a message and just let me know what you think, what you’re working on what you’re having problems with, and I’m happy to help you out. All right, my friends. Until next time, take care if you’re like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications, did the trainings. And now you’re excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But how do you actually do that? It’s a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this whole business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I’m here a passionate nutritionist turn business coach for wellness professionals. Because I’m done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don’t know the right steps to take. If you’re like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business, you’ve probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you’re doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm good news, you don’t need a perfect website, a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn’t like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you, what feels good to you, what’s right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing? What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited in your business? Because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to Shawnmynar.com/wbb that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that’s Shawnmynar.com/wbb

4 Key Differences Between An Online Course And A Signature Program

4 Key Differences Between An Online Course And A Signature Program

If you’ve been thinking about adding a passive income stream to your business, then you’ve probably heard the “online business experts” talk about how online courses and signature programs are two of the best ways to increase your income without adding more hours of work for you. But maybe you’re not sure which one is right for your business and, to be honest, you’re not even totally sure what the difference is between them.

These two phrases are thrown around a lot in the online business world and oftentimes used interchangeably, but they’re actually quite different when you get down to the nitty gritty. Let’s break down the difference between online courses and signature programs here so you know what’s right for your business.

4 Key Differences Between An Online Course And A Signature Program

First, a quick rundown of what each of these paid offerings mean…

What Is An Online Course?

An online course is a virtual class where an instructor teaches a specific concept, usually in the form of “how to” content. The content is created in advance and organized into an online course platform like Kajabi, and the students can go through it on their own time as a self-paced training. Students learn the step-by-step process through pre-recorded video or audio lessons on how to do that specific thing. By the end of the course, the student (hopefully) will learn everything they need to know to achieve their goal in that area.

Examples of online courses would be things like: How To Speak Spanish In 60 Days, How To Take Professional Photos With Your Phone, or How To Start And Grow Your Email List.

What Is A Signature Program?

A signature program is similar in that it likely also will have pre-recorded lessons and content for the participants to go through on their own time. But, that’s really where the similarities end.

A signature program is a group coaching experience where participants are guided by a coach, practitioner, or mentor through a journey from where they are (point A) to where they want to be (point B). This is typically done through pre-recorded lessons and content but also with live group coaching calls, Q&A sessions, a private community forum, a workbook or journal, other downloadable guides and resources, and possibly even opportunities for 1:1 coaching.

It’s a supportive group experience that helps participants overcome a problem or struggle, achieve a goal, and learn long-term strategies while being a part of a community of like-minded people.

Examples of good signature program topics would be something like: Heal Your Gut For Good, Balance Your Hormones Naturally, Master Your Mindset So You Can Manifest Your Wildest Dreams.

Now that we’re clear on what both an online course and signature program are, let’s dive into the differences so you can decide what paid offer to include in your wellness business.

4 Key Differences Between An Online Course And A Signature Program

The Difference Between An Online Course And A Signature Program

Key Difference #1: Hands-Off vs Support

An online course is typically a hands-off experience between the instructor and student. Since all of the content is created in advance, once the course is organized into the course platform, students can go through it on their own with little to no direct contact to the instructor.

One of the best and most valuable aspects of a signature program is the support that comes along with the journey. Typically, the coach or practitioner is available for questions, coaching, clarity, and guidance as their participants make their way through the program. This support comes in the form of live coaching and Q&A calls, a private community forum, and even the option for 1-on-1 sessions.

The cool thing here is that, even though your clients feel like they’re being fully supported and guided as part of your program, it’s only taking the coach a few hours a week max to provide that support (for example, a 60-minute live call every other week and a few minutes per day in the private community).

Key Difference #2: DIY vs. Community

When someone signs up for an online course, they know they’re signing up to go through it DIY-style. They’ll get access to all of the content and lessons they need to learn what they want to learn, and it’s their responsibility to go through it on their own time (which means there’s a low completion rate of online courses).

Signature programs have a big community aspect to them because of the private community platform (think FB groups or Slack channels) and the live virtual calls that act as meetups for the group. Typically, signature programs are cohort-based so there’s a group of like-minded people going through it together. Not only does being in a group help with that warm, fuzzy feeling of support and camaraderie, but it also acts as an accountability partner, so participants are much more likely to stay engaged and committed!

Key Difference #3: How-To vs. Transformation

Online courses teach someone how to do something. It’s very straightforward with step-by-step instructions that, when followed, will yield the desired results (again, hopefully…totally depends on if the online course is actually a GOOD online course). Going back to my examples from earlier, think about a course on how to take professional photos with your phone. The steps for a course would be something like:

  1. Change the settings on your phone
  2. Find good lighting
  3. Position your subject properly
  4. Edit to get your desired results

(Clearly, I’m NOT a photographer! 😆)

There’s a very clear path of things TO DO to achieve the course’s promise.

A signature program is focused on taking people through a transformation. Your program will guide people on a journey that provides tools, resources, education, experiences, and support to help them reach their goals, eliminate a problem, or experience a change. This transformation is more fluid and nuanced than a step-by-step system and thus requires the additional support, guidance, and community that comes with a signature program.

Key Difference #4: Low Price vs High Value

There are very different price points between online courses and signature programs. Because an online course is hands-off with little to no support and a more DIY-style to learning, the price point is typically lower pretty low, averaging under $500.

The additional support, community, and live coaching/Q&A/meetups bring with them a higher price point. These extras that aren’t a part of an online course make a signature program such a high-value experience that, even with a higher price tag, it’s an irresistible offer to your clients and will be easier to market, sell, and fill your groups!

Win-win!

Is An Online Course Or Signature Program Best For Your Business?

Of course, there is no one right answer as to whether you should add an online course or signature program to your business (maybe you can have both eventually!) but, here’s a great question to help guide your decision:

Are you an instructor teaching someone how to do something OR are you a coach, practitioner, or mentor guiding your clients through a process or transformation?

What I’ve found in working with hundreds of health and wellness business owners is that most wellness businesses do best with a signature program because the work you’re doing with clients simply can’t be totally hands-off. With health and wellness, there are a lot of nuances and the need for a little extra support. People have questions and want to know they will be supported along the journey. It IS their health after all, not something to DIY. Also, your clients will love being part of a group of people going through something similar!

If you’re ready to learn how to add a signature program to your business, be sure to catch my FREE masterclass going on now! ⬇️ 

create your own signature program
It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

BEST OF: An Open Message To Those With Fear, Worry, And Doubt — Ep. 161

Let’s have a serious conversation. Let’s talk about the fear, doubt, and the impostor syndrome, something most new entrepreneurs feel in their business. 

In this episode, I shared excerpts from the book Choose Wonder Over Worry by Amber Rae. This will help shift your perspective and look at the other side of what you’re feeling.

When you can build self-esteem instead of looking to the outside environment when you can applaud yourself, when you can choose yourself, you can overcome your fear.

What you’re feeling inside of you, doesn’t have to be negative. The fear, the worry, the doubt, doesn’t have to mean don’t, it doesn’t have to mean stop. Listen to this episode to learn more.

“There is not anyone on this planet that is immune to this ego voices, that is immune to fear and worry and that is afraid to step out of their comfort zone.” – Shawn Mynar

“We have to start looking at how can we use our emotion and thoughts that actually propel us forward.” – Shawn Mynar

“Self-love is important, is paramount, is critical to having the successful business that you want.” – Shawn Mynar

“It is your choice what you believe inside your head.” – Shawn Mynar

+++

Choose Wonder Over Worry by Amber Rae – https://amzn.to/2VEtKcL

UNSTUCK BIZ

UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM

SHAWNMYNAR.COM – Get the latest scoop

+++

Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support.

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
Hey, Hey there friends, Shawn here. And this is a best of episode of The unstuck entrepreneur podcast, where I’m taking the most popular most talked about most important episodes of the past, and bringing them back for an encore presentation. So enjoy the replay of this episode, and I’ll be back in a few weeks with another new episode and fresh topic.

0:28
I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck a space for heart centered entrepreneurs to implement both the inner work and outer strategies required to get unstuck and build the impactful profitable business of their dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. Let’s get into today’s session.

0:54
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck podcast. Thank you all for joining me for tuning in for subscribing, for downloading for all those things that you do to help this show be what it is, I am so grateful for all of you. Today, we’re going to do things again, a little bit different because I’m still on a little bit of a hiatus from content creation. Actually, when you’re listening to this, when it airs, I’m on my first vacation in two years, because of course, the world’s shut down. So vacations weren’t really a thing for a long time. And so now I’m taking a little bit of a breather away from my computer with my family and just having a really good time. And I actually get to see the ocean, which I haven’t in two years either. So really pumped for that, and still kind of unwinding from the launch a few weeks ago of unstuck entrepreneur, and all of the content creation that if you have done a launch, you know is part of that process. And so I wanted to take a little bit of a break from doing that. But in the process, what I want to do today is actually showcase a piece of content that I think you guys will absolutely love that you absolutely need in your life. And I just want to pull some some information from that and and speak about what comes up when I say those words to you. But first, let me give you a real life story. That is what brought about this podcast episode. I wasn’t planning on recording this kind of episode, even a few days ago. But because of things that happen in my own life, I decided it was the time. So let me tell you, let me set the scene with that story. It was Saturday night, I was flipping through the abundance of cable channels that I have available to me right now. And most of you know and if you don’t only fill you in, we are currently living temporarily with my mother in law in her lower level, she has an entire part of her house that she doesn’t use at all. So we moved in a few months ago, because we sold our condo at the height of the craziness that is the real estate market right now and couldn’t find a place to live. Just crazy low inventory, ridiculous price hikes just not a good situation that we wanted to put ourselves in. So we are waiting out. And things are definitely taking a turn lately and we’re seeing some normalcy in the market. So we’re getting close to being able to find our dream home just maybe a few more months that I think I think I can make it I think I can do it. But anyway, I haven’t had access to cable I haven’t it hasn’t been something that is something I want. For many, many years. My mother in law does have cable, and there’s so many channels available these days. But here I am off track. What I want you to know is I happen to find that the notebook was on one of these cable channels. So I caught the last 45 minutes of the notebook, which back in the day used to be one of my favorite movies. And so I’m watching it, my wife is in and out watching it kind of interested but kind of not not really her thing as much as mine. And if you’re not familiar with a notebook, if you haven’t ever seen it, I’m not going to explain the whole thing because it doesn’t really matter. But the key point that is important to this story is that the man there is a man I don’t want to give away who it is, is reading a story to a woman. And so they’re reading the story in present day and then they go back and kind of play out the story as the movie. That’s all you need to know. So anyway, then my wife and I go to bed and I’m like hey

5:00
Let me read to you, I’m a big reader, she has her moments sometimes is into it sometimes isn’t. Let me, let me read to you, we’ve done it in the past, I actually really like reading out loud. And she likes listening. So it was, it’s a good mix. So I start reading the book that I am currently reading, which is what is going to be the focus of our episode today. And it’s called choose wonder over worry, by Amber Ray, we have had this book on the shelf for over a year, at least probably two or three years, whenever it came out. My wife is a fan of amber ray. So as soon as this book came out, she grabbed it, I don’t know if she actually read the whole thing if I’m being totally honest. But for whatever reason, after looking at this book on the shelf, for years and years, I finally decided to pick it up and start reading it. So when it’s time for me to read to her, I’m on the chapter about envy. And just to give you a little background of this book, it is probably the best book that I have read and I have read a lot, a lot of personal growth, self development types of books, like I love them, I think they’re great. Obviously, they enhance the message that I’m able to share with you here. So it’s almost like helping, it’s almost like studying for what I’m interested in and what I’m doing in my business and in my career. But I love it too. And this book is the best, I just love how it is laid out. I love her personality and how and she infuses that in the book. It’s just it’s so good. It’s casual, but it also is deep at the same time. I highly recommend it, which is why I’m spending a whole podcast episode talking about it. And why I will continue to encourage you to get your hands on this book. This is not sponsored, Amber Ray doesn’t know I’m talking about this, I don’t think she’s gonna mind don’t think I’m doing anything illegal here by talking about her book. She has no idea this is happening. But this is how much I love this book. So anyway, we’re in bed Saturday night, and I start reading the chapter on envy, I get a few pages in and I stopped because you know, after a few pages, it’s like I don’t think I need to keep reading out loud. But this prompts and pretty emotional conversation between me and my wife, which I’m obviously not going to get into the details. That’s personal stuff. But what you need to know is that she is in the process very, very close to like within a matter of weeks, launching a new business and new concept, something she’s never done, just like everything about it is very new, very fresh, very scary. There’s a lot of unknowns, she is starting from this kind of low point where she will have to develop her skills, develop her talent developed her knowledge as she goes. And there are people in this space who have been doing it for 10 plus years that she’s kind of watching and seeing what they do. And of course in the process, comparing herself to those people. So since she is weeks out from launching this thing, and has been working for so long on getting it up to speed and getting everything ready. And all it has already had a ton of hurdles to go through. And she has gotten through them. Her voices in her head are getting louder and louder. And what is coming up the most from her and these voices is imposter syndrome, and fear and worry and all the things that we talked about here so much on unstuck, and the ego voice, that inner critic voice that does make itself known quite often in all of us. And it is so common to just something to just know is going to happen. As you get closer and closer and closer to doing something scary to putting yourself out there to getting out of your comfort zone. They get louder and louder and louder. And so this conversation I had with my wife led me to start thinking, Hey, maybe I should have a similar conversation on the podcast and just have this open dialogue, this open a message to all of you out there that are dealing with fear, myself included. There is not anyone on this planet that is immune to those ego voices that is immune to fear and worry and that is afraid to step out of their comfort zone to try something new to potentially fail at

10:00
this new thing. So this is a conversation about that. And I want to use this book choose wonder, over worry as a conduit to help along this conversation, because that’s exactly what we did my wife and I, that prompted this really important conversation that we needed to have. And it really gave my wife the space to be able to talk about it to be able to put words to it, and and acknowledge what was really going on within her. So I’m going to take a few paragraphs of the book and read them to you here, and then just kind of pick out some of the key pieces that I really want to make sure to leave you with, and how they can show up and how they can look in your life. Okay, so I’m going to start with the chapter on envy. Like I mentioned, that was what I read to my wife. And this paragraph in particular, I think is really powerful and really got my wife thinking and may also do the same for you.

11:08
All right, what came next was the difficult work of learning to love and applaud and choose myself. It was only through doing this that I finally learned how to cultivate a sense of self esteem. And for me, that came when I showed up at the page, every single day, it came when I focus on the projects that lit me up, rather than where they would lead me. It came when I measured myself, not against them. But instead against where I was last week. It came when I learned to see my envy as inspiration of what’s possible, and their success as a signal that there’s room for us all. And when yet another person accomplished something that was still a seed inside of me, I learned to replace the worry voice that said, You’re behind with just keep going. And eventually why not me became if they can do it. So can I.

12:06
So a few things I want to point out here. First of all, obviously, we’re talking about a situation where she’s comparing her work to others, she’s feeling like she’s behind. She’s feeling like what’s the point, this is very much typical imposter syndrome, that the vast, vast, vast majority of us go through and have those thoughts and emotions around our work, especially when we’re just getting started and seeing and watching people that have been doing it for two 510 2030 years. And it ends up being this comparison trap that is just natural to get into. So please, if you are noticing that and yourself, don’t feel like that is a bad thing, or that is abnormal, or trying to shut it down without actually looking into it. It is normal, it happens to most of us. And it’s something that we have to start looking at in terms of how can we use that emotion and those thoughts to actually propel us forward. And so as Amber says, and this is what I love that most people don’t talk about, especially in the business world, is finding love for yourself. Yes, self love is important is paramount is critical to having the successful business that you want. Because like Amber says, when you can build self esteem, instead of looking to the outside environment, where you can applaud yourself when you can choose yourself.

13:56
And we do that by putting our investment, time, energy, money, whatever it is, by investing in yourself. By doing the work by showing up every day, as Amber said, she’s a writer, her big goal was to write this book that I now have in my hand. And it was something that was causing her to stumble quite a bit. It just was showing up to write every single day, page by page. For me, it is showing up for my business, figuring things out as I go. And that is how I now have gotten where I am in half now almost nine years into my business is just by showing up every day, little by little, not trying to look at the big picture and then looking at everyone else’s big picture that doesn’t look like mine yet and starting to compare starting to envy others it’s by choosing myself

15:00
off, it’s by you choosing yourself, it’s by you cultivating a sense of a love for yourself. For the work you’re doing for the impact, you want to make the income you want to make the life you want to provide for yourself, and whoever else you’re providing for. That is you showing up for yourself, that is you turning the tables and taking your eyes back on your own paper back on your own work back on your own journey and yourself, instead of looking to the outside to determine what it should look like what you should be doing, where you should be at how it should be going. All these shoulds that make up imposter syndrome, turning it back on you. And then another key piece of this paragraph that shows a really good example of things we talk about here a lot, which is the fact that you have the ability, it is your choice, what you believe inside your head, if you believe those voices that tell you you can’t, or if you believe the voices that tell you can which are also inside of you to just usually the voice that says that you can’t is louder, and it’s the one we listened to. But there is the other side, the truthful side as well. So as Amber says she was able to replace those voices that were saying that she’s behind, we’re saying that she can do this, why not me? Why am I not there yet? With the ones that say, just keep going? Just keep showing up.

16:39
And you have the ability, you have the power we all do to be able to do that for yourself. You are in charge here. What do you want to be saying to yourself every day when you show up for your business?

16:56
All right, next little paragraph that I want to share with you comes from the chapter on fear. It’s a little long, so bear with me. But just remember, I’m like Noah, reading to ally in the notebook. We’re doing that here on the unstuck podcast. Okay. It took me a long time to realize that when I’m afraid and when terror is pulsating through my veins, this is not a signal that something is wrong. Fear is not an enemy working against me, or a force that I need to go to war with and try to overcome. Fear has been wired in our systems for millions of years as a mechanism to keep us safe. The aim isn’t to undo our response to fear or try to change it. It’s to welcome it and learn how to have a relationship with it is to see fear as a reminder that we are alive. I just want to stop there real quick. I thought I was gonna read the whole thing. But let me just have a little intermission here. That is super important right here, we have to consider this. We are the ones determining that fear is this awful, scary enemy. But what if instead, fear is not a bad thing. Fear is just another signal. And maybe it could even be a signal that you are on the right path, that you are doing the right thing that something magical is on its way to you. So we have the power also to determine how we connect with fear what the translation is. And it doesn’t have to be a bad thing. And Amer goes on to reinforce that. So now we’ll get back into the paragraph. As a rule of thumb, the louder the voice in your head, the more you’re moving toward something worthwhile. If you felt fully confident and comfortable, you wouldn’t be stretching yourself and growing. You wouldn’t be moving toward creating a life that reflects who you truly are. When I’m stepping outside my comfort zone, it doesn’t feel very magical. At least not at first. It’s messy, uncomfortable, terrifying. The worry voices in my head start going haywire and screaming for safety. It’s when I second guessed myself, overthink everything, feel all the fields and want to run the other way. It’s why after I started my own business, I kept looking for jobs. It’s why a few pieces of harsh feedback caused me to put off pursuing a book for years. It’s why when I made a serious commitment and love, I freaked out. Eventually I realized that my anxiety and very loud and urgent worry voice yelling danger is the very clear signal that I am leaving my comfort zone. The point is not to escape the discomfort silence the fear or make the feelings go away. It’s to learn

20:00
To feel them, see them and move with them. And that is when the magic happens. The magic happens when we embrace and acknowledge all of our emotions, rather than try to push them away. The magic happens when we feel blindfolded and lost in the dark. And were just curious enough to see what lies a few steps farther, and a few steps farther. And a few more. The magic happens when we walk with fear, rather than flee from it, and see every moment of uncertainty and discomfort as an opportunity to explore the unconscious parts within us. As we learn to do this, the worthwhile vision tugging at our hearts will become real tangible, out from inside of us and into the world. And isn’t that the whole point to express who we are, and what we have to give? Oh my gosh, does that not just give you chills? That is such a powerful message, I hope just that what I just read shows you the kind of book that it is and how real the stories are, and how relatable she makes it out to be, please, please go get this book choose wonder over worry by Amber Ray. What I really love about what I just shared is, again, this message that what you’re feeling inside of you doesn’t have to be something negative, the fear, the worry, that doubt, it doesn’t have to mean don’t, it doesn’t have to mean stop. Instead, it actually means that you are in the right place that you are about to do something magical. And that you are about to share your gifts with the world in a brand new way in a way that is so powerful, and so needed. You are about to contribute to the world, what you have to offer, your purpose here, your passion, your experience, your expertise, your education, you as a business owner, whether you are just on the verge of starting your business and scared whether you have dipped your toe into building your business, but are still holding on to that safety net of a job you don’t love. Or whether you are fully invested in your business, and are on the brink of taking it to the next level or trying something different or expanding your offerings. All of that comes with fear comes with worry comes with doubt comes with impostor syndrome. And that is normal. And that is expected. And you are exactly where you should be you are experiencing exactly what we expect you to experience. But it’s how you translate that that makes the difference between whether you go after it and take the leap and do something magical. Or you stay stuck. You stay in your comfort zone. You keep telling yourself the stories that keep you from moving forward. And you believe those stories,

23:30
fear worry, impostor syndrome, and V. What if those feelings? What if those emotions? And what if the thoughts that are charged with those emotions aren’t meant to keep you standing still?

23:48
What if they are there to keep you moving forward anyway? What if they are the signs and signals that you are doing something important that you are creating a different life for yourself that you are starting a business that will surely succeed?

24:06
We have the ability to determine what those feelings mean, and what power those thoughts have over us. And all it takes. We talk about it all the time is knowing that that’s what’s going on. And using that power that you have because this is your life. This is your mind. These are your thoughts. You get to decide

24:34
to move forward, instead of standing still to come to your business every day with the intention to move forward. That is all it takes. And you do that over and over and over again. And then you have a business that is thriving and impactful and successful. And yes, you

25:00
don’t have fear almost every day, but you know what it means, you know, the message that it’s really trying to get across to you, which is keep going, which is you are on the verge of creating something magical, where you are on the right path. That is what we can do with the fear that we all feel as entrepreneurs. And this is not even just for business, we feel fear in so many different areas of our lives.

25:30
We can apply this to every scenario, where we are on the verge of doing something great for ourselves. And that voice tries to keep us back. And it only tries to keep us back, because that’s how you’ve interpreted it. So can it instead be something that propels you forward with even more passion, even more vigor?

25:57
I think it can. And this book is going to give you the tools to get you there. So once again, taking a backseat from my own content, and instead, guiding you to something I think would be really beneficial for every single one of you out there. If you are a reader, grab the book, choose wonder over worry by Amber Ray. If not, it’s on audio, I’m sure you can get on Audible or something like that. Check that out, too. All right, my friends. With that I will leave you while I head on vacation and have a few days off. But don’t worry, I will still be showing my dance moves over on my social media at unstuck Entrepreneur on Instagram. Yes, I have gotten to the point where not only am I loving creating reels, but I’m actually learning the trending dances on reels and doing them for public consumption. I don’t know what it’s gotten into me. But it’s super fun. And I really love it. And it gives me a new way to recreate content where you know, some of the stuff that we’re used to doing posting the pictures, posting the quotes, things like that, that we are used to doing on social media. Honestly, it’s, I think it’s gotten a little stale for all of us. And so for me, I just love that reels, give me a new way to share my work with the world in a really fun way. So that’s what I’m doing over there. Please be sure to follow if you’re not already at unstuck Entrepreneur on Instagram and send me a message while you’re there. slide into my DMs and introduce yourself. Let me know who you are, what you’re up to what kind of business you have or want to have. And we can chat about it. Alright, until next time, take care. If you’re like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications did the trainings. And now you’re excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But

28:00
how do you actually do that? It’s a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this whole business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I’m here a passionate nutritionists turn business coach for wellness professionals. Because I’m done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don’t know the right steps to take. If you’re like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business. You’ve probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you’re doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm

28:50
good news, you don’t need a perfect website a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn’t like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you, what feels good to you, what’s right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing?

29:35
What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited in your business? Because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid

30:00
plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to Shawnmynar.com/WBB that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that’s Shawnmynar.com/WBB

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

BEST OF: Setting Your Prices + Charging Appropriately For Your Services. — Ep. 160

The work you do is invaluable…you should be paid appropriately for that. Knowing how to price your offerings as a service-based business is one of the most important things to learn right away. 

There’s so much more to it than just deciding on a number based on what everyone else is doing or what you think your clients can “afford.” In today’s episode, I’m breaking down the 3 culprits to not charging appropriately and the tools you need to get clear and confident in your prices. 

“I believe that everyone has a dream inside of them that they deserve to live out. I believe that the work YOU do as a wellness practitioner is so valuable to this world and you should be compensated appropriately for that.” – Shawn Mynar

“Knowing your worth and your value is an inside job. You’ve got to start doing the inner work required for a successful business.” – Shawn Mynar

“You have to change your money story. You have the very real ability to change your mind, to reprogram that subconscious mind and store different programming that then is what plays out in your life.” – Shawn Mynar

“You cannot just go to the strategy, the practical tips of building a business and expect to create success. You have to do the mindset work and energy work while also figuring out the practical strategy.” – Shawn Mynar

+++

MONEY WORKSHOP

CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE

UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM

SHAWNMYNAR.COM – Get the latest scoop

+++

Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!

I appreciate your support.

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
Hey, Hey there friends, Sean here. And this is a best of episode of The unstuck entrepreneur podcast, where I’m taking the most popular most talked about most important episodes of the past and bringing them back for an encore presentation. So enjoy the replay of this episode, and I’ll be back in a few weeks with another new episode and fresh topic. I’m Sean miner, and this is unstuck a space for heart centered entrepreneurs to implement both the inner work and outer strategies required to get unstuck and build the impactful profitable business of their dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. Let’s get into today’s session.

0:54
Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to unstuck. So grateful to have you here checking out this episode. Hello to all the new listeners if this is your first episode of unstuck special welcome and shout out to you Happy to have you here. Today,

1:13
we’re gonna do things a little differently. I don’t even know if you’ll really notice to be honest, but let me tell you what’s going on behind the scenes. So I did a presentation for the nutritional therapy Association about a month ago. And for those that don’t know, the NTA is the program that I went through to become certified as nutritionist six over six years ago now I believe is when I graduated. And they asked me recently to come back and do a little presentation for the recent graduates and those that were in kind of they have kind of a business offshoot program for new practitioners to get their business up and running, and asked me to come and do a talk specifically about knowing your worth uncovering your money blocks, and most importantly, charging appropriately. Of course, I was thrilled I was excited. Yes, absolutely, I will be there. But as you all probably know by now, I also am adamant about all of us repurposing the content that we create. So that presentation, that talk I gave was very apt for a very specific audience. And so I will now be using that content which I spent, you know, several hours, at least creating to now get it out into the masses with this podcast episode. So this is going to be me repurposing a presentation that I gave to the NTA. And using it to now also be of service to you all here. So I have instead of notes, normally, I have a little Google document of notes for each episode, just to make sure I don’t forget anything. Instead of that I have slides. So I’m going to be going through my slides, no, you cannot see them. I don’t even know if there’s anywhere that I could post them so that you could optionally see them, probably not not worth it. So you will not see the slides. But I will be going through them and giving you the little spiel that I created from each of these slides. And you’ll still get obviously, all everything you need out of it without the slides. Before we get into it, I have a very, very important announcement. I am hosting a special live free workshop just for you all. And it is happening super, super soon, August 30. It’s a Monday, I’m hosting a free workshop to go over the six things that you need to do in your business to start making more money. And this is specifically for wellness entrepreneurs how to actually make money in your wellness business, there are six things I can tell you right now. They are a combination of some mindset tools that you need in your business and to incorporate into your business, energetic tools to incorporate into your business. And real strategy, practical things that you need to be doing in your business, all centered around making the money that you want to make totally up to you how much that is. But if you want to actually make real money in your business, we have to talk. We got to talk I’ve been there. I’ve been on both ends. And I have the lessons that I kind of learned the hard way if I’m going to be honest, I have those lessons in one package for you. So you don’t have to make those same mistakes. You don’t have to have it take as long as it did for me to start making real money in your business and I’m sharing that with you all for free. In a I want to say it’s gonna be one hour, but let’s be honest, it’s probably not it’s probably going to be about 75 minutes So I will stay on and answer any and all questions that you have for as long as you want. So I will actually be live, we will actually be interacting. And it’s a great way to just start getting some free help to get your business started. And to get your business growing in the way that you want it to grow and build and expand. Let’s do it together. August 30, you have two opportunities, one at 10am. Mountain Time. So do the math Google if you need to, to figure out what time that is in your timezone. And then 5pm, Mountain Time, same day, August 30. So 10am 5pm, sign yourself up, get on the list, Shawnmynar.com/money workshop, super easy, Shawnmynar.com/money workshop, we’ll have that linked in the show notes for easy access. But yeah, I’d say why the heck not you know what it’s free. It’s free coaching for your business. No matter what stage of business you’re in. This is not just for people that already have an established business. This is for all of you. For everyone who has even the slightest dream of having a business, you need to know this stuff. Now, bottom line. So make sure you get registered, even if for some reason you can’t attend live or don’t get to see the whole thing live, you will get a replay if you register. So make sure you’re on the list. And we can talk money, one of my favorite topics that no one wants to talk about. But you know what we’re going to talk about it, which starts today we are talking about charging appropriately. And in the context of that topic, what we’re really talking about is you knowing and recognizing your worth, and you getting out of your own way when it comes to making money, which means money blocks, or having the money blocks talk. So this, again, is a presentation that I created for people that had no idea who I was. So it starts with an introduction and even if you’ve been listening to the podcast from day one, and you know my story, you’ve heard it 1000 times. I’m sorry, let’s just do it one more time. Real quick. I’m just gonna give you a brief intro for all the new listeners here. So I’m Shawn, I’m a functional nutritional therapy practitioner by trade, a certified success coach, a podcaster, blogger and online business boss, I have eight and a half years of experience with my own thriving holistic health business. I’m passionate about helping women live their dreams and reach their fullest potential have been always will be have that passion in me. And I love chocolate. Of course. Now if you have known me for five days, then you know I love chocolate. It’s just everything. I also love oat milk lattes, hiking and lazy mornings. So my business started January 1 of 2013. When I started, it was a personal training business. I started taking one on one clients right away driving to their homes. It was in home personal training business, which I thought was pretty darn cool. Little did I know how much time, energy and effort that would take from me not to mention gas. Something to consider. Anyways, I was working long hours, I was basically just on demand at the ready for my clients on unwilling or unable to say no for the sake of my own sanity, because it meant money out the door possibly. And I wasn’t willing to do that. So long hours, six days a week I had one day off every week. And that was it. And even in doing all of that I was still not making ends meet and eventually accumulated debt about $20,000 worth of debt on my business credit card, my shiny new business credit card. So that happened over the course of a couple years about two years. And now fast forward to 2021. As of the time I’m recording this in August 2021. And now I have helped 1000s through online group programs get healthy and happy 1000s of people which is something I’m so probably the thing I’m most proud of is the amount of lives I’ve been able to touch in a matter of years and how I’ve transitioned my business to be able to do that. I have over 5 million podcast downloads. I’ve been a podcaster since 2014. I want to say it all blends together but I’ve had three podcasts and have had a great time doing that. i Right now work about part time hours and they’re the hours that I want to work so I have tons of flexibility and freedom in my schedule and with my time Just something that has been an always will be, the most important value to me is to have that freedom and flexibility. And I also have financial freedom, which was also something that I never thought possible that I’ve now been able to achieve in my business. I believe that building a thriving, successful wellness business doesn’t have to be hard. I believe it doesn’t have to require struggle, stress, grinding or long hours, I believe that everyone has a dream inside of them that they deserve to live out. And I believe that the work you do as a wellness practitioner, is so incredibly valuable to this world, and you should be compensated appropriately for that. And this is where we kind of get into the why behind why what I teach and why I teach it, because in the past six years since I graduated from the NTA, I’ve seen so many fellow nutritionists, nutritional therapy practitioners, not live out something that I know and they know is their passion is something that they find their mission and purpose to be simply because that business part scares them. And it’s overwhelming. And this is the reason why I am here teaching what I teach, doing what I do, and why I focus on the wellness entrepreneur in particular, because I’ve been in those shoes myself. And I’ve gotten beyond it and created what I wanted to create. But also the amount of you know, my peers, my fellow NTPs, and other health coaches and personal trainers and yoga instructors and energy healers that aren’t doing it. They’re not doing what they’re so passionate about simply because the business side of things is hard and challenging and scary and doesn’t come naturally. Which is like many of us, that’s not something that comes naturally, because we’re helpers. So we want to help people. That’s our natural tendency. And it’s not necessarily to grind and hustle and figure out this whole business side of things. So that’s why I’m sitting where I am today talking about what I talk about, because I believe that you have an deserve this dream of yours to play out, I believe you have a bigger purpose here. And I think that we’re making it a little more challenging than it needs to be a little more complicated than it needs to be. And we don’t have to grind and hustle our way to the top. There is another approach, and I am living proof that it is possible. And I want you to discover that in your life as well. That was a little bit of a rant. But here I am doing it. Let’s just continue success in your business is a combination of three ingredients. And this is what I teach and why I teach it first mindset, because for every external result you’re looking to have there is inner work required. We cannot chase the external drivers only without going inward first and in addition to so like along with so while we’re reaching for this certain number, are there certain number of followers or downloads or money made or whatever you want, what inner work is required along the way first, and also. I also teach energy because how you show up in your business determines what you will attract. I’m a believer in energetic attraction points in a vibrational energy. And in the universal laws that state like attracts like when it comes to energy, and it happens in all areas of our life. And your business is no exception. So how you show up in your business from an energetic emotional perspective, determines what will happen in your business. And then lastly, the third ingredient for success is the strategy because yes, sometimes the how like how to do this thing in my business isn’t always clear. No matter how much mindset work you do, no matter how much energy and work you do, it still is like Yeah, but I just need to know like how to start a podcast or how to build a program that people will buy. So I also love teaching the strategy behind all this stuff, but from a different place. Because when you do that mindset work and you Keep that a focus, and you do the energy work and you keep that a focus in your business. And then you put that you infuse that into the strategy and the practical things you’re doing on a day to day basis in your business. It’s a whole lot different, it feels different. It looks different. It attracts the right people, and it works. So getting into the actual topic, we’re talking about charging appropriately. And the real question to ask yourself and feel for that first initial gut answer is, are you charging enough for your services? What’s that got response? Is it like, Yes, I feel confident and secure in the amount of making and the amount I’m charging, how much my one on one sessions are, how much my group packages, how much my online course is how much I’m charging for this ebook, whatever you have, that is for sale for purchase, are you charging enough for your services. And if you’re not at the point yet, where you have anything that’s for sale, this is something that you are going to come back to, before you put anything out into the world that has a price point, ask yourself the question and feel for the answer. Don’t think through the answer, because you’re going to have tons of back and forth, you’re going to have lots of arguments back and forth, or why it should be this way, or why you’re not worth charging this much. We’ve got a feel for the answer. And if you’re not, then we got to do something about it, we have to make sure that you are getting paid what you are worth,

16:42
here’s what not to do to determine the pricing of your services. And I just want to reiterate this is I think a lot of what I’m saying will apply to product based businesses or other type of businesses. But this is specifically for service based businesses. So service based business, you are not charging by the hour. So you’re not thinking, Okay, well, in my other job before I quit, and started doing after going after my dreams and doing what I actually love and helping people, I was making this much money, that breaks down to being this much per hour. So I’m going to charge like $5 More than that. So I’m making a little bit more than I was at my other job. That’s not how we go about figuring this out how to determine your prices, you are not charging for your time only you are charging for so much more than that, we’re going to go over everything else that you need to factor in to determine how much you are charging for an hour with you. And it’s not just time based, you also are not going to look at what other people are charging. Now, I want to say that I think there’s something to be said for doing a little bit of research, seeing kind of what the market is what’s out there. And then using some of that information, along with all of this other information to decide what’s best for you, and your business and your clients. But say thinking doing this research and then thinking, well, this person charges this much, and they have the same credentials, and they’re in the same market. So I’m gonna charge that much too. That’s not how this works. We are all incredibly unique in so many different areas, all different areas of what we offer to our clients. So that isn’t right. And you know, thinking, well, online courses are about this module, it seems like most courses are like to 97. So I’m just going to charge 297 that has taken into account nothing of what you actually need to be thinking about in terms of pricing. And then the last thing you’re not going to do to determine your prices is to try to figure out what your clients can quote unquote, afford this is what I see happen most often is you try to analyze who is going to be buying your program or becoming a one on one client, or buying your ebook, whatever it is, and then you try to figure out what they can afford, which is completely pointless because afford, what people can afford is relative. So really, we can just when it comes to pricing really like everything. Let’s just get that word out of our vocabulary. Let me give you an example of how a Ford is relative. So say for example, I tell you that you have to spend $1,000 And you’re like well actually no, I’m not doing that. Like that’s a lot of money. I don’t what am I even buying Hang with this $1,000. And I say, an apple, where you’re like, Absolutely not. That’s ridiculous, I can’t afford that that’s not fair, I can go get an apple for $1 at the store No way. Or if I say, a new Ferrari, well, then like, that’s a steal. Absolutely. Here’s my $1,000 Give me the Ferrari. So there is you can see it’s based on the person, of course, for sure, their circumstances, their situation, the whole situation, the whole thing, basically, and also, what they’re getting in return. And that’s what we have to focus on is what they’re getting in return and making that so valuable, that the price point is a no brainer, no matter what that price point is, and it’s all relative. So trying to figure out what your clients can afford is basically a huge waste of time. And I would highly recommend, you just don’t just wipe that whole thought process out. Because really what you’re doing in that process is kind of imposing your money blocks onto someone else. And that’s not for you to decide or determined. So when we have money blocks ourselves, we then assume the same thing of the people that we’re trying to help of our clients or the people we’re selling to. And it’s a whole big disaster. So we’re going to really try to take that out of our business entirely correct? Yes. All right. The three main culprits to not charging enough there are the big three, I’m sure there are lots of others, we’re going over the big three right now. Number one, not recognizing your worth and acknowledging your value to that is a mindset, an energy thing. The second thing, having money blocks and a scarcity mindset, you will never ever make the money you want to make charge that what you should be charging if you have money blocks, and it is something that is a continuous work in progress, I still find new money blocks almost every day. And I’ve been doing this and work consistently for gosh, four years now. And I got rid of a lot of them. And as you get rid, it’s like there’s more and more layers to the onion that you need to peel back, peel back, peel back. And that’s what you continue to do probably for most of your life, because you’re always going to be presented with new opportunities for that growth. And for those blocks to come to the surface so they can be released. And that’s what it is. It’s just a process. And then the third thing is not knowing strategy and best practices for charging appropriately. So as you can see, we’ve got some mindset stuff, we got some energy stuff, and we have the strategy behind it too, we’re gonna go over all of them. Now, first thing, knowing your worth and value is an inside job, we’ve got to start doing the inner work required for a successful business. There is nothing I want more than to take you by the shoulders, look you in the eye, give you a big hug, smile, and tell you how worthy, deserving and incredible you are, how you are doing great things, how many lives you are changing, and how priceless that is. But you have to believe it for yourself for any of that to matter. I, your partner, your friends, your parents, your kids can tell you how worthy and deserving you are of all the good things of all the money that you want to make, and how valuable what you’re doing really is to this world, but you have to believe it, or else it doesn’t matter. So those words just kind of bounce off of you because your subconscious mind does not take them to be true. It doesn’t line up. It doesn’t match up with what you believe and what with what you tell yourself. And so it just goes unnoticed from the mind’s perspective. Now you may be like, oh, yeah, thanks. That’s great. Wow, how amazing compliments but your mind doesn’t take it in, doesn’t absorb it. How do you know if you are having trouble acknowledging your worth and value?

24:44
Do you ever say things to yourself? So think things basically, I am not an expert. I can’t charge that much. I’m not smart, skilled, tech savvy professional at experience, you name it enough for people to pay that. So insert anything there, I’m not smart enough for people to pay that I’m not professional enough for people to pay that I’m not experienced enough for people to pay that. If I price my services too high, no one will buy from me.

25:21
I don’t need to make a lot of money, I just want to help people. I don’t deserve and or am not capable of having a six or seven figure business. Do any of these things go through your mind when you start thinking about what to charge when you start putting a number on the paper that looks a little scary, or could potentially be too much, too much, quote unquote. In your mind, do these things come up? If so, or anything like this, there is some awareness to build, there’s some mindset work to do to get you to a place where you are confident in your abilities, where you understand how valuable the work that you’re doing is and when you feel comfortable enough, getting paid what you’re worth. This all, as you can see, as I’m sure many of you know, if you’ve been listening to unstuck at all, we always talk about the ego here, this all comes from your ego, your ego is that mental chatter that speaks directly to your limiting beliefs directly to the identity you’ve created for yourself, that lives in your subconscious programming. Now, your ego is there to keep you in your comfort zone where you can’t get rejected, because you’ve charged too much where you can’t fail, because no one will buy from you because you charge too much. It’s there as a protection mechanism, which is great, it has a job, and it’s doing its job. And sometimes it’s really helpful for it to do its job. In this case, though, what it’s doing and really in all of business. When you have the ego chatter that is speaking to this identity that you’ve created to where you aren’t good at business, you aren’t valuable enough, you don’t know enough, you might mess up, you might fail. And then what when we have all these stories, which is very common, and almost expected, really, in the business world, as an entrepreneur, it happens to everyone. But it affects your confidence and how you show up and your business and people will pick up on that energy. So we start talking about mindset, but then really see how it expands into the energetic expression that we have for our business and who we will attract or not attract based on those thoughts that we have going on. So we really need to do this ego work to get where we want to go just even from Yes, a mindset perspective, but also from the practical standpoint of business and just taking the right actions and doing the right things strategically in your business, it really does come back to what’s going on in your mind. So the first tool that I have for you that really helps with this kind of thing. And some of you may have done this before, if you’ve been in unstuck entrepreneur, or even some of my other programs in the past, we always start with an ego dump. This is where we actually journal, but from the place of our ego that has these stories and fears and excuses and beliefs that it just keeps telling us that’s really keeping us stuck. We get those out onto paper. Because when you do, it gives it a little less power and control. It’s like you can finally see what you’ve been going on and on and on about in your head you can read it and see that it’s not true or not something you wish to believe anymore, not something that you want to have your identity wrapped around in anymore. And it just that like we break the spell a little bit when we put it onto paper. So it’s one of the first things that I recommend anybody do. So just some ideas to help you get started and how you can do this ego dump. Of course, get a journal a piece of paper, whatever you have, pen and paper always works best. So I highly encourage that. Ask yourself these questions and see what comes up from this like scared ego voice. Why can’t I charge and then pick a number that sounds scary? Like why can’t I charge $200 An hour and then list all the reasons why you can’t. What might happen if I do charge urge $1,000 For this course, pick something that feels a little like you’re pushing it, you would be pushing the price, because we want to get those fears out, we want to get those stories out. So push yourself with this, you know, whatever you choose, it doesn’t have to be $1,000 or $200, pick your number. The next one, why can’t I have a business that makes? And then pick a number that feels like a really awesome amount of money you would love to make? Why can’t I have a business that makes $100,000 a year? Why can’t I have a million dollar business? What is your ego say? And what might happen? If I do make $100,000 this year? How might you be perceived? What might happen?

30:50
So these are the starting points to get your ego dump going and then just write write all the reasons why you are uncomfortable around money, uncomfortable asking for money, charging a higher number for your sessions and your coaching packages, and your programs and your courses and your ebooks and all that stuff. And then the next thing to do is to call yourself out. So this is where we take everything we just wrote from the egos perspective, and find the cracks in your story. So the first thing to ask yourself, you can do it for basically the whole page, if you want you or for each kind of belief that comes up. Is this true? How has this belief been holding me back? What would happen if I didn’t have this belief?

31:49
And how can I prove this belief wrong. So as you can see, if you want to do it for the whole page that absolutely works, and you can kind of go more so for the general mindset that you have around charging appropriately and making what you’re worth. But you can also kind of pick out some of the beliefs that you see coming up some other stories that seem really clear and obvious. There’s a story there, there’s something going on there. Pick those out and answer for each one of these. And that’s a very powerful practice, too. So let me give you an example. Let me say that my belief is that if I price my services, or my programs, or my courses too high, no one will buy from me. Like I will hear crickets, I’m gonna be like, Nope, you’re too expensive. I’m out. Is this true? While I mean, it seems like it would be potentially true, but I don’t know, actually, for sure. I have no evidence to show that no one buys something. That is something that’s priced this price point. Actually, there are several things out there that are this price point that people do buy. So that actually proves that that’s not true. Okay, that’s the first one. How has this belief been holding me back? Well, I’ve been keeping my prices lower than I want them to be for fear that no one will buy if I raise them. So I haven’t raised my prices. Or I’m not, I’m afraid to raise my prices, or I’m starting out really low lower than I want. What would happen if I didn’t have this belief? Well, I would just immediately, like, add an extra 50 bucks to my one on one sessions. Or I would charge more for this course and I’m putting tons of work into or the coaching program that I do, I would charge more for it. And then how can I prove this belief wrong? Well, you change the price. And then you watch people buy it, you see that people don’t immediately say no, and you aren’t hearing crickets just because you raise the price. And now that belief has been proved wrong, which means it is officially weakened in your mind. So you’ve started the reprogramming process of these beliefs that you’re having just from this exercise, but then you actually have to do it like you actually do have to increase your price and prove yourself wrong. Okay. So let’s move on to the second culprit for not charging enough which is having money blocks and a scarcity mindset. Oh, yeah, we get to talk money mindset. One of my favorite topics of all time, your money blocks might sound something like and I know you guys are familiar if you’ve been listening to the unstuck podcast for a while we talk about money mindset several times before, but let’s just go over some of these stories again. I have to work hard to make money. My financial gain is someone else’s loss, I’ll be happy, I’ll feel more secure, I’ll take more risks, I’ll have more investment. In my business, once I make more money, life becomes easier with more money. Success is measured by the amount of money I make. Wanting to make lots of money is selfish and greedy. I’ll turn into a bad person, if I have a bunch of money. I’m not materialistic, I don’t need extra cash. Hey, welcome to Your Money stuff, if any of that remotely rang true, or if you have any other kind of achiness, around money, and around charging and around asking for money, and selling and all that stuff, this goes into the bucket of money blocks, and a scarcity mindset. And this is something that we spend time on in unstuck entrepreneur, because you can do everything else, right in your business, you can have the most amazing sales page, and sales funnel and all this stuff going on and still not make any money because you still have money blocks. So we have to do this work, if you are going to have your own business, you’ve got to do this work, or else you’re going to remain stuck. You had stories about money before you even had any money of your own. Likely before you even really knew what money was before you held your first dollar bill, you were being infused with money blocks, money stuff, money stories, because of your parents, your siblings, your aunts and uncles, your family, friends, anybody that you were around, during this very transformational stage where we are developing our subconscious mind, which is before the age of seven, you created stories and beliefs and blocks about money. And then that money story will become your reality, and will continue playing out in your life until you change the story. So we likely have a story that maybe you don’t even really know you’ve never done this kind of work before. So it’s going on in the background, based on what you were taught what you saw what you heard, as a child before you even had any money of your own. And now you’re taking that into your adult life with the money that you do now have or don’t have, their money you make or aren’t making. And until you change that money story, that’s going to continue to be what plays out for you. So you have to change the story, you have the very real ability to change your mind to reprogram that subconscious mind to have and store a different programming that then is what plays out in your life. And this is what we do as part of unstuck entrepreneur is to really focus on changing that story over and over and over again, and having it be this continuous process in your business journey and really your whole life. So how do we change our story? Here’s a very, I mean, this stuff. I mean, I could just obviously talk about this for all podcast episodes forever. So this is a very brief discussion on this and a very simplified tool to start working on, you are going to write your new money story and answer these questions for me again, with that journal that we know and love. What is your ideal money situation? How much do you want to earn? How much do you want to have saved? What do you want your bank accounts to look like? When you log into your account?

39:03
If you had all the money you could ever dream of in your bank account right now. What about you would change? How would you think? Speak? Act? Hold yourself? How would you feel in that life? Write out a day in the life of your new money reality as if it were already happening. So I want you to go through your day with all of the money you could ever want that bank account looks exactly how you want it to look. You have the amount of money saved that you want to have saved. What is your day look like? Write out the whole day. What do you do? So besides the fact that it’s kind of fun to do this, there also is a scientific reason to do this as well and that is because your subconscious mind does not know the difference between real and imagined and this is why visualization is so powerful, why talk about it all the time. It’s one of my favorite, favorite favorite tools.

40:07
Because the longer and more frequently you spend your time envisioning the life, business money situation, bank account that you desire, the quicker and stronger you will be at reprogramming your subconscious. And then you will start to act accordingly. Because that is now what your subconscious mind takes to be true. So just as when we were young, and we developed our subconscious mind, and the programming that was stored in it, we can do that again. Now, even though we’re older than seven, by way of what we’re thinking, and how we’re acting, and how we’re feeling and behaving. And to do that, it really starts from this place where we have that vision. So you start by envisioning it, you start by getting into Dreamland, and really thinking about what you want and how it would feel and how it would look and what you would do, and then moving from that place. And the more times you can get into this place where we’re visualizing it and really seeing that picture, then the more your subconscious mind is exposed to that, not knowing that it’s not actually happening already. But it’s just going on in your mind, you’re imagining it, and we start to change, we start to shift and we start to act according to that person that has this big bank account that’s completely financially secure. And that is when we make some really awesome moves in our life and our business. Last thing we’re going to talk about today is the third culprit to not charging enough which is not knowing the strategy and best practices for charging enough. So here is my strategy that I recommend for all my clients to setting your prices. The first thing is to get clear on your income goals, your income goals, how much do you want to make. And also considering things like expenses, you will incur in your business tax rates that you have federal and state taxes to consider? Think about all of that. And use that as a guiding system to figure out not only how much you want to charge for your services, but also what services you want to offer. Because with one on ones, we’ve talked about this before, if you’re only charging, or if you’re only doing one on one sessions, then you have a cap income, because you only have so much time to do those one on one sessions. So do you want to add in something else that would make for a better financial situation where you have an uncapped income potential, these are all things to consider. But you’ve got to start with what you want to make. And it is okay. If you want to make a lot of money if you want to be financially secure, and have financial freedom. If you want to have financial freedom, money is not bad money is not evil, you’re not going to become a selfish, greedy, terrible person, when you have a lot of money, you are naturally a good person, you are going to continue to be a good person, no matter what your bank account is. And in fact, having more money in your bank account often allows people to become even better because you have more resources to share that goodness with others. So please don’t feel like you have to cap your income, because otherwise you’ll be a bad person. So how much money do you want to make knowing that you can make any amount you want to make once you figure it out? Once you get past all that stuff we talked about earlier and start really doing the work here. So quick rule of thumb that I have is to plan on about half of your revenue going into your actual bank account. And this is not something a lot of people consider at the beginning and when they’re setting their prices is that you know what, as an entrepreneur, you pay a lot of taxes and a lot of states. So you got to account for the taxes. Yes, you will have expenses, it’s up to you what is or is not something that you want to have as a business expense. So be aware of that. And for me, I think it’s just easiest to think 50% is going to expenses and investment into my business and then 50% is going to be my actual income that I will have to spend personally and that really has always helped me determine my prices fairly. And then the next thing is determine everything That’s required from you for that session. Let’s say that it’s a one on one client session. But same things apply. If it’s a group coaching program, where you are spending a lot of time live, or an online course that you worked really hard for months and months behind the scenes, creating this course, it’s just all things to consider no matter what your paid offer is, what are they paying for? So this is the next question to ask, what are they paying for? So yes, they’re paying for your time, not just the time that you spend with them. But the time it takes to research the time it takes to communicate in other ways. For instance, if you do have one on one clients, are they allowed to email you if so that’s gonna be time that you’re spending, communicating with them in between sessions, writing up recommendations and doing research on those recommendations, writing up protocols, that kind of stuff. So the time you’re spending, putting your energy towards that person or that group, those people think about that. Also, like I said, time spent creating the program, creating the course writing the book, putting together all this stuff, consider that the knowledge so the knowledge that you have the experience that you have the expertise that you have, the education you have. And it’s not just like, Well, I went and got my certification in this thing. Also, think about your own personal experiences and expertise, the things that you’ve done on your own the research that you did, when you were going through something similar, or when someone you knew your friend, or your partner or someone was, was having issues and you started doing research for them. That all is included, in your knowledge, your experience, your expertise, and your education. I think so many of us these days, are finding that some of our greatest lessons and teachers are what we go through ourselves. And that’s then why we come into this space, wanting to be of service to others who have experienced something similar or are going through it, or someone they know is going through it. We have to consider what we’ve done not just in our schooling and in our certifications, and our degrees and all that stuff, but on the outside to the extra stuff. Keep that in mind. So what are they paying for? And then the last thing, most importantly, understand the value of your service to that person? How life changing? Is it? How life changing? Is it? So how big of a problem? Is it for them in their lives right now? How much has it impacted their lives? How much? Are they not living? How they want to live? Because of what they’re currently going through? That you can provide the solution for? How uncomfortable are the symptoms? Or the problems that they’re currently experiencing? How much have they tried on their own to help their situation? DIY style? How long have they been seeking help? Maybe they’ve been to other doctors or other practitioners, and they’re still not getting anywhere? They’re looking? And this was me googling every day constantly trying to find a different answer. How long have they spent doing that? Because, of course, in all of these cases, the bigger the problem, the more it’s impacted them, the more uncomfortable they are right now, the longer they’ve spent trying to do this on their own. And the longer they’ve spent seeking help and not getting any answers. Obviously, the more valuable and life changing, it will be for them to work with you and to be guided to a solution to have someone that can help. So that is what we really need to focus on when we’re deciding how to charge. So these three things, how much do you want to make? What are they paying for? And how life changing is it? So answering those questions in your journal will help kind of start getting your gears turning for the strategy aspect of charging appropriately and figuring out your pricing. Those are the things that we need to consider. As you can see, it’s a lot it’s not just a matter, like I said at the beginning, it’s not just a matter of like what is everyone else charging, okay, fine. That’s what I’ll charge to. Or this is how much I want to make an hour because this is what I’m used to. I’ll just charge that. No, no, no. There’s so much more to it. And I hope you guys can see that now. And we’ll take the time and do your due diligence to go through Will all of this not just the strategy aspect because like I said, and like I will continue to say a bazillion times as we progress in this podcast, you cannot just go to the strategy, the practical tips of building a business and expect to create success, you have to do the mindset work, you have to do the energy work that is also required and do it along the way, while also figuring out the practical strategy. Alrighty, so let’s just wrap this up really quick, because I know I went through a lot in a short period of time, this topic, let me reiterate, is so massive. So, so massive, and I think you all know that I think there’s so much more to talk about here, when it comes to charging appropriately honoring your worth. And gosh, everything, all of it, there’s so much more this is very much kind of the first step. And then you can kind of the snowball effect starts happening once you start here. So let’s go over the three culprits to not charging enough the stuff we went over, not recognizing your worth and acknowledging your values, the first thing to do is that ego dump, and then call yourself out, find the cracks in your story. The second thing, having money blocks and a scarcity mindset. So it really starts with awareness and understanding that you do have some money blocks and money stories and things going on related to money. And then the thing that we talked about today, that tool to start changing that is to create your new money story and get to that place where you’re really in it and feeling it and getting excited about it and getting the visualization going and moving from that space. And then the third thing is not knowing the strategy and best practices, which we just talked about, and those questions that you need to ask yourself, which are, how much do you want to make? What are they paying for? And how life changing is it? Those are the three big questions to answer for yourself to really get a base of how you should be charging for any and all of your paid offers as a service based business owner. And of course, this was directed towards wellness practitioners. But it’s not just for wellness practitioners. As you can see there, there’s just so much value in doing all of this work for everyone who wants to have their own business or already has their own business. We’ve got to start here, my friends, and that is why we talk about it on the unstuck podcast. And also it’s why we actually do it together in unstuck entrepreneur, we got to go through this whole process in order to really truly build the business of your dreams, that doesn’t feel scary and overwhelming. And we don’t have to hustle and grind to get there. We start with this work. All right, that will do it for today. Thank you so much for being here. If you know someone who has a business of their own, or wants to have a business of their own, many of us have our own like little bubble of friends that kind of do something similar to what we do. If you know someone to send them this episode, or any other episode of unstuck that you think they would benefit from, it would mean so much to me, it means so much to this show. When you all as listeners, as people that get value from what we talked about here, share it with other people that you know would also get value from it. It’s really just an act in paying it forward passing goodness on. And I would love to connect with someone you know, that could also use some guidance on their business journey. And lastly, just a reminder, you gotta sign up for the free business workshop. Live.

54:11
It’s live people, you and me, we’re just going to be there chatting it up on August 30 10am Mountain Time or 5pm Mountain Time that day, we will connect live I have six tips for you on how to actually make money in your business. Important important stuff things that I have learned over my eight and a half years now that I want to make sure you know right away so you don’t have to waste a years trying to figure it out like I did. So I will break them all down for you and be there to answer any and all questions you have and we can just hang out it’s going to be great, but you’ve got to sign up in order to get the information Shawnmynar.com Um, slash money workshop, it’ll be linked in the show notes, you can head there, and just put your little name in there. And I’ll make sure to send you the link, and you’ll be registered. And even if you can’t attend live or have to leave early, you’ll get the replay to watch when you can, and I can’t wait to hang out with you all live. All right, that will do it for this episode. And until next time, take care. If you’re like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications, did the trainings. And now you’re excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But how do you actually do that? It’s a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this whole business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I’m here. A passionate nutritionist turned business coach for wellness professionals. Because I’m done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don’t know the right steps to take. If you’re like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business, you’ve probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you’re doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm good news, you don’t need a perfect website, a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn’t like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you, what feels good to you, what’s right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing? What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited in your business? Because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to Shawnmynar.com/wbb that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that’s Shawnmynar.com/wbb

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

Turn Procrastination Into Inspired Action — Ep. 159

Let’s be honest, we’ve all procrastinated a time or two in our lives. And, if you’re a business owner or wanting to start your own business, it might be a place you find yourself in on a regular basis, perhaps without you even realizing it. Maybe for you, it looks like perfectionism, busy-ness, or procrasti-learning, but one thing’s for sure…you’re putting off taking real, inspired action…not doing those things you know you REALLY need to do to move the needle in your business. In this episdoe, I’m sharing my tips to turn that procastination into inspired action stay tuned.

“In reality, you know enough. You already know what you need to do and you know you can take action with the knowledge that you currently have.” – Shawn Mynar

“The learning experience comes from doing…really get honest with yourself and see if you already actually know what you need to know.” – Shawn Mynar

“Perfectionism is a huge sign of procrastination. If you’re a perfectionist because you need everything to be perfect, you procrastinate.” – Shawn Mynar

“You will easily notice how much quieter the ego is when you are just focusing on the next step, it is obvious… It’s all about that organization and chunking things up and focusing on one step at a time.” – Shawn Mynar

“A lot of us have integrity with others, in our relationships and things like that. But what about with yourself? Are you staying committed to the dreams that you created?” – Shawn Mynar

Signature Program Bundle – shawnmynar.com/bundle

Instagram – @shawnmynar

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
Let’s be honest, we’ve all procrastinated a time or two in our lives. And if you’re a business owner or wanting to start your own business, it might be a place you find yourself in on a regular basis, perhaps without you even realizing it. Maybe for you, it looks like perfectionism, busyness, or that all too common procrastinate learning. One thing’s for sure, though, you’re putting off taking real inspired action, not doing those things you know, you really need to do to move the needle in your business. In this episode, I’m sharing my tips to turn that procrastination into inspired action. So stay tuned.

0:44
Hey there, I’m Sean miner, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home and my sweat pants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.

1:28
Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. Happy to have you here happy to have you checking out the show. So grateful for all of your support. As always, let’s get into talking a bit about procrastination a hot topic really, for everyone, I think, but especially for us business owners. Quickly before we do that, I want to give you one quick announcement, which is that the next five episodes of unstuck entrepreneur are going to be best of episodes, I’ve done this before. I like to do this once in a while. It’s good for a lot of reasons. First of all, I am taking a break, I’m taking a little bit of a staycation. And then also just taking some time to do some different things in my business. And it’s also great because I’m picking out hand selecting past episodes from the past 160 that are the most popular, the most talked about episodes and given them some additional airtime, bringing them back for another round. And obviously, they may be episodes that you missed that you haven’t listened to. Or maybe you’ve listened to them. And now you can kind of re listen from a new place a new time in your life, a new perspective, things that maybe you didn’t even catch the first time around the first episode. Now you catch those the second time around the second time you listen. So it’s a really great opportunity to do all of that. And so that will be the next five episodes that you listen to of unstuck entrepreneur, and then I will be back after that. With a fresh perspective. I’m feeling fresh, I’m feeling good. I just had a five weeks off. And we’re ready to dive into some new topics and some new episodes. So that will be coming up. Just wanted to make sure that you were aware, procrastination. Let’s chat about it. The definition is the action of delaying or postponing something, in this case that something is your business. And even more specific than that, it is that real inspired action in your business. That action that is like partially scary. But also partially exciting, actually is probably mostly scary, but also has that excitement to it of, oh, this thing is going to move the needle, it’s going to really do something, it’s going to provide some income, it’s going to help more people, it’s going to get my work out in the world, the stuff that really makes a difference. That’s the stuff that we’re talking about. We’re talking about the stuff that gets you out of your comfort zone. We’re talking about the stuff that gets you closer to your dreams. And like I said, that kind of action that really truly moves the needle for you and your business. We’re not talking about the busy work, my friends. We can do busy work all day and feel like we’ve actually done something with our lives. But at the end of the day, that actually is a sign of procrastination because

5:00
There’s really nothing to show for it. There’s nothing that has actually, like I said, move the needle, gotten you to the next step gotten you out of your comfort zone gotten you closer to your dreams, gotten your work out there. And so that’s where we kind of have to have this like criteria for our action steps that we take. And I don’t want to talk about those action steps. There are times and places to do busy work. Yes, it needs to get done. But that time and place is going to be once you already have created momentum in your business. Once you’ve already done the scary things, once you’ve already gotten some stuff out there, gotten some work going made some money, gotten some clients. And then we can take a little breather and maybe have a day or two where you do the busy work yet fumble with your website, you create some things on Canva, you do some stuff just as like a breather. And because you know that stuff’s fun, too. It’s fun to take a break and do that kind of thing. That’s not we’re talking about today, we’re talking about those big inspired action steps, not the stuff that you feel you need to take either not those things that five people told you to do. And so now you feel like you have to do it, the inspired stuff, the things that yes, are scary, but also gives you that tinge of excitement that you know will bring you closer, or get you to where you want to be the right moves for you. So just had to go on a little tangent there to really, really make sure you know what kind of action we are delaying or postponing when we’re talking about procrastination in this episode. We also know I think I think most of you listening, if you have even listened to another unstuck entrepreneur episode prior to this, most of you know about the ego. And that mental chatter voice that goes on in our head, most of the time. It’s the loud, obnoxious voice that is constantly telling you things that you cannot do, that you should not do. It’s warning you against things that are scary, it’s warning you against things that could happen and should or should not happen. It’s that like annoying chatter box in our heads that we all have. Procrastination is one of the telltale signs that your ego is in charge of the show here. And it has made itself in charge, because it wants to stall. Because there is something scary ahead. It is telling you out of fear, fear of failure, fear of success, fear of judgment, fear of being seen, all the fears, and specifically those fears that we face as business owners as people who are doing new things and putting their work out there and putting themselves out there, and being of service and making their own money making their own living creating their own lives. There’s some unknowns there. And those unknowns are scary to the ego, because your ego wants to keep you safe in your comfort zone. So anything that gets you outside of your comfort zone where there is risk of failing, succeeding judgment being seen any of the things that you have created in your mind as a story of things that could go wrong, that is going to keep you in this place of fear and stalling. And procrastination is that way of your ego stalling you.

9:06
And it looks like commonly, I’ve already mentioned one of the biggest ones busy work. And this is where like I said you’re spending hours designing things in Canva you’re spending weeks working on or tinkering with your website. You’re you’re just spending time on things that don’t directly contribute to your bottom line. And yes, those who procrastinate those who love doing busy work could say, Yeah, well I need these Canva designs to post on social media because without that, then you know that is how I get clients is by posting on social media, whether you have or have not actually done that. That’s what your ego will say your ego will say I need a website to get clients and to send people to an order

10:00
or to, for them to learn what I do. And again, that’s an ego move that’s again, keeping you in this place of busyness. And the best part about this, if you are a procrastinator is that it doesn’t feel like it, you can easily convince yourself and this is coming from your ego can convince you that you are, quote, unquote, working, you are quote, unquote, building your business, because you are working on your website, you are designing things in Canva. And so you know, we have that kind of fall back to where it seems like you are doing things for your business. But at the end of the day, what we’re talking about here is real inspired action. And I can tell you with 100% certainty, that you do not need a website to make a lot of money to get clients to fill your group program to host a paid workshop. You don’t need a website to do any of that right now, everything that I’m doing as far as having free workshops, having landing pages, having freebies, getting people on my email, list, everything that you see, when you interact with my business, unless you go directly to Sean miner.com. Anything else that I am sending to you to like Sean miner.com/bundle, Sean miner.com/day, Sean miner.com/masterclass. So anything I’m doing that has a slash is not my website, it’s a landing page. And I create, it has nothing to do with my website. It’s not even connected. I have created a redirect, yes, but they’re not connected. So I don’t need a website. And you don’t need a website. And you don’t need it to be all fancy and flashy either, to start making money to start getting clients to start putting your work out there and to create a paid offer and have people sign up, or even to have people sign up for your freebie and start building your email list. You don’t need it. So that is that can be debunked, that is something that your ego is telling you. And yeah, they’re important. I’m not saying don’t ever have one. But that is definitely something I would recommend you work on once you are already making money, once you already have established a paid offer in your business, and a way to get people into that using a quick landing page. And you know, there’s all different platforms you can use for landing pages, I use Kajabi, you can use ConvertKit, too. I’ve used that before, most platforms that you use to either host your email list or host, your online programs and courses and workshops and things like that. We’ll also have landing pages for you to use and to make that experience really nice for your clients. So yes, all that to say that those are the kinds of things that can be done after you have started to generate revenue in your business. And so anything outside of that, I am going to consider busy work anything that is not time spent on revenue generating activities, like building your program, designing the slides for your paid workshop, creating your schedule to or your packages for your one on one clients. That stuff. Yes, work on that. And then put that out into the world. And once that’s been established, then you can like I said, have those days where you’re just like, I just want to do some busy work and that is what you’re doing. And that is not procrastination at that point. Procrastination can also show up like I mentioned in that intro as procrastinate learning. I first heard this term in the book chill printer by Denise Duffield Thomas and I believe the name of that book has since changed to chill and prosper. It’s a great book at least ShopRunner was I assume it’s the same book and just a different title now, really great. I really loved that. And you might too but when I heard this, I was like, Oh my gosh, yes. This is what so many people are doing. Yes, I was in this place at one point too. I get it. But it’s this thing where you know enough to take action. But you’re continuing to tell yourself that you need to learn more to take action. Like you’re stuck in this cycle where you’re like, oh, but then now there’s this course and this

15:00
person’s hosting this thing. And oh, there’s this book here that I think would really help me. And it’s like you’re just constantly in this cycle of thinking that you need to learn more, when in reality, and this is all coming from your ego. In reality, you know, enough, you already know what you need to do. And you can take action with the knowledge that you currently have. And again, this is tricky, and is really easy to convince yourself that you’re not procrastinating. Because it feels like you’re doing something, it feels like you know, you’re going through the modules of this online course, or you’re reading the book, or you’re watching the recordings of the workshop and taking notes. So it feels like you’re doing something again, just like that busy work. But it is a point where you have to get real with yourself and gauge how much you actually already know. And is it enough to take action? And if you really get honest with yourself, the answer is probably yes. It probably is a case where you already know enough. No, you don’t have to be an expert. No, you don’t have to know everything under the sun before you start taking action. There is this thing. And maybe we can try it and see how it goes. Where you learn as you go. It’s this amazing thing where the learning experience comes from doing which you all know, I’m a fan of. So you can give that a try. If you find yourself in this place of procrastinate learning, really get honest with yourself and see if you already actually know what you need to know. The next way that procrastination can show up is in this place of overthinking common common place to be in. And what is really happening is like this mechanism of again, your ego out of this place of fear and out of this place of unknown, wanting to try to know everything and wanting to try to already determine what could and could not happen and try to get you out of any risk. Try to keep you away from anything that could possibly go wrong. Anything that could possibly have happened, anything that could possibly be scary. And so as you’re trying to figure that out, you overthink, and because you’re thinking constantly and trying to plan it all out and figure out which is the best and then reconsidering it and then reconsidering it again and going back and forth. And doing all of this thinking, that also means you’re not doing. And when you’re not doing well, then that means you’re safe, because you’re not doing. So the ego is working, it’s doing its job, it’s keeping you stuck, and it’s keeping you stalled out in this place of procrastination all because that mind is going a mile a minute trying essentially to keep you safe trying to keep anything bad from happening, trying to keep you from doing anything risky. And it comes across as overthinking. And then it is a byproduct, procrastination comes into play to

18:29
perfectionism is a huge, huge sign of procrastination be in it again, it’s this cycle where if you’re a perfectionist, then because you need everything to be perfect, you procrastinate, because it’s never going to be perfect. So that is a way of stalling. And then also if you are a procrastinator, then you can use that idea that need

18:58
to be perfect to continue on your stream of procrastination. So they work together very much go hand in hand. And it very much is one of those kind of quote unquote excuses that we can use to stay stalled out is because it’s not perfect, when you know, it will never be perfect. And so you can continue staying in that place. And then there’s also you know, I don’t love using the word excuses and I use air quotes when I say that, but you I’m talking about the things like using these stories of you don’t have the money you don’t have the time you don’t have the experience to actually take this real inspired, true honest. move the needle action in your business. And then but like think about it this way, why do you want or have a business? Isn’t it to get you more of all of those things for you to make more money?

20:00
For you to have more time for you to get more experience. And so the only reason why you have those barriers is because you’re procrastinating. So it’s again, this cycle of, I don’t have the money, I don’t have the experience, I don’t have the time to make this all work. So I will use that to feed my procrastination. But then that procrastination will already always keep you from the things that you want. And it is even like, if this is gonna get kind of a little nutty, but stick with me here. You use those excuses, to not build your business, so that you can continue having those excuses.

20:46
Think about it. It’s weird. Our ego does some crazy things. This is not you choosing to do any of this, it is your ego, based on your limiting beliefs based on your stories based on things that have happened in into your past, based on things you want to stay clear of and fears that you have. But you use the excuses of not having money, time, resources, experience, etc. To continue to not have money, time, experience, resources, etc. Mind blowing, just think about it. Okay, let’s move on to talking about more deeply why this happens. So yes, I’ve already brought up the ego that’s really 100% at play when you are in this place of procrastination. And why that is happening. More specifically, is because you’re looking too far ahead. This is like the plain and simple, how basic can we get this to really get to a point where we can get ourselves out of it. And it is because you’re looking too far ahead that this is why you are now here, you’re focused on steps two through 100. Versus just focusing on step one. Because if you focus on that step right ahead of you,

22:09
you’ll first of all, get to step 10 2100. So much faster and without the ego really ever getting involved. And more importantly, you’ll actually do that first step. Because the first step isn’t scary. That first step is doable.

22:30
It’s when the ego gets involved because of all the steps in front of you. It’s like there’s that much more material to feed off of. The more steps, the scarier it all gets. Step one, not so bad step 20. Super scary step 100. Impossible not going to happen. And when you’re looking at it from this big picture as a whole. And you’re really going down the line of all the things you have to do to actually make this thing happen to actually put your work out there to actually create a new paid offer to create a program to start a podcast to put up a YouTube channel when you’re thinking about all of the steps. Scary, impossible, so many things can go wrong, don’t want to go their ego gets involved makes it even scarier. And then you find yourself procrastinating. So if you actually want to turn that procrastination into inspired action, you’ve got to always stay focused on just the next step. So now in order to do that, and to do it in a way where you actually will turn those steps into the the outcome that you want, you do have to know all the steps. And I think this is another reason why we can turn to procrastination too, is because you haven’t really created an organized plan or an organized set of action steps that need to be taken to get where you want to go. So instead, it feels disorganized. It feels like a lot it feels bigger than it actually is. And it just feels like you’re biting off more than you can chew and right there is a reason to stay stalled out. But if we can actually sit down first, know your goal, like that inspired goal, that thing that you really want to do in your business that will directly move the needle for you. Pick one of those things. Create that goal and then sit down and break it up into actionable doable steps. That is your step one that should not hopefully be scary and that

25:00
should not hopefully lead to you procrastinating. Because this is actually giving you more clarity around what you need to do. So sit down and write out all the steps, they don’t have to be an order yet, they don’t have to be, like perfectly figured out, you don’t have to know every single thing. But do some research, maybe ask some people as some friends or your coach, or you can DM me and ask me, ask some people and make sure that you’ve really figured out the entire flow of what you need to do to get to that end goal. Then look at that list, once you have it all figured out. And I want you to take out all of the things that aren’t essential, like, Did you accidentally put in some busy work type things that aren’t directly focused on getting that goal achieved, like some stuff that could be done afterwards, that isn’t of the highest priority that can kind of take a backseat, until you know, goal is already achieved. And you’re going back and refining or adding to or having a busy work session, then make sure that you have taken those tasks out and put them on a separate list, put them somewhere else. So we really want to make sure that this list of steps that you have is essential, inspired real action. Also, it should be doable. So if you have, you know this one step that’s like, create 20 videos for my YouTube channel, that might be overwhelming. Like, let’s chunk that down more. So instead of creating 20, create my first YouTube video, create my second YouTube video, create my third YouTube video, edit my first YouTube video, you know, like really chunk it down and make it doable, actionable reasonable, and directly related to getting that work out there to getting that goal complete.

27:15
Now, you’re going to go back through that list of all of the essential things and figure out the order that you want to take, there will be some things that need to be done first, like you can’t start recording your podcast episodes before you have a mic. You can’t edit episodes before you record them. Okay, so now you have this list of action items that directly correlate and correspond with your one big inspired action goal. And there in order, there’s no fluff, it’s exactly what you need to do. And now you just focus on the one step that you are at, you do step one, cross it off the list, then you focus on step two, cross it off the list. Step three, step four, step five, until it’s done, just focus on that very next step, it can be a big step, it can be a small step, that doesn’t matter. Keeping it actionable, and doable is what really matters. And making sure you don’t start looking at number 10 and number 20 Number 30 down the list. And getting back into that place and getting the ego involved even more, you will notice, you will really easily notice how much quieter the ego is when you’re just focusing on that next step. It is obvious, like how much less chatter you have how much easier it is to get that step done to get the work done, and how much more focused you are and how much more excitement or flow you’re in when you are doing that work. It really does make a difference. It’s all about that organization, and chunking things up and focusing on one step at a time. It is amazing what this as a practical tool will do to help with your procrastination.

29:28
But now, we can’t end this conversation here. Because there’s something really big we still have to talk about. And that is the idea of commitment and integrity. Integrity, I think a lot of you actually would say that integrity is a big value of yours. integrity in your relationships in your friendships. You

30:00
You know, for those that aren’t familiar, what I think of when I think of integrity is doing what you say you’ll do. That is important, right? That’s important in all of your relationships, and it’s important in careers.

30:15
With your family, like that is a big deal. But what about doing what you say you’ll do to yourself, staying in integrity with yourself? A lot of us have integrity with others in our relationships and things like that. But what about with yourself? Are you staying in integrity? Are you doing what you say you’ll do? Are you staying committed to that list? Are you staying committed to the dreams that you created to that business that you really want to the people that you really want to help? If you’ve been here for a while, and if you’ve been in any of my programs, then you created a vision, for your business, for your life, for the life of your family, because of this business that you created, there is a path that you are going down. And as soon as you created that vision, it became a probability for you. And so when we have this procrastination, and the ego starts getting involved, that becomes kind of on the backburner. It’s a little fuzzier, I guess that vision becomes fuzzier, because our ego has gotten involved. But well, what will always bring it back is staying in integrity. And making self integrity, as important as integrity in your relationships, integrity in your family, Integrity with your partner, doing what you say, you’ll do. That’s important friends. And that is when this I like your commitment to what you want to create becomes so strong, that it will happen, that there’s nothing that could keep that from happening. So that’s one thing that yes, you know, started with the practical stuff of things you can do to help with your procrastination, but on another level, working on your integrity, and coming back to that, and making that a focal point in your life for yourself,

32:35
as it is for others in your life. And then the next thing is just remembering to always be building and working on your awareness. Because, as I’ve mentioned, 100 times now, in this episode, the ego is responsible for your procrastination, and we have complete control over that ego, you, your inner you, your inner knowing your inner voice has more power has complete power over that inner chatter, that mental chatter in that ego voice. And so once you have built your awareness around that, then you can be fully aware of that voice that is luring you to that side of procrastination, wanting to hold you back. And you can choose whether you listen or not, you can choose in an instant, whether that is something that you do or don’t do, whether that is something you believe or don’t believe. And you can move from that place. And we’ve talked about this so much about inspired action comes from that inner knowing that inner voice, your intuition, and it’s being cut off by your ego, but it can just as easily be reversed. Like I said, in a flash in one instant. And it just comes from being aware and not just letting your mental chatter run the show without questioning it. You should always be questioning that voice. Because there’s another answer. There’s another way.

34:20
And, you know, lastly, similar to the integrity thing, but also just always be reminding yourself of those goals that you have of those dreams that you want to create of that vision and that plan that you have for what could be what you want to happen, how you want your life to look how you are choosing to spend your time. Again, it’s that awareness thing we get so lost in the day to day that we lose sight of what we’re really trying to do and then that gives the ego that much more space to just take over. But if you stay in touch with

35:00
If what you’re really doing here with those plans that you have for your life, well, it becomes a lot harder to for that voice to come through. Because you’re committed. And when you’re committed, and you’re in touch, and you know what you want, and you’re living in integrity with yourself. And you’re focusing on the awareness of, and just the ability to choose your thoughts and choose what you act on. Procrastination doesn’t stand a chance, does it? Right. So that is what I really wanted to end this conversation with. Guys, I procrastinate. We all do. It’s part of being human, it is okay, it’s going to happen. I’m not saying that you’re never allowed to procrastinate and talk yourself out of doing things. I do it for sure. But this is your reminder, this is your invitation to just continue taking action to stop doubting yourself to stop talking yourself out of what you really want to focus on what feels good and inspiring. And just makes you want to keep moving forward. All right, my friends, that will wrap it up for this episode. And like I mentioned, the next five will be past episodes you may or may not have already heard, but are back by popular demand. So definitely recommend re listening if you have already heard them. And just like I said, you will always pick up something new because you’re at a different moment in your life. And if you are interested in if part of this whole non procrastination that you are getting yourself into means that you are now ready to build your signature program and get your work out into the world and create a new revenue stream for your business. Then the signature program bundle is open right now, we have some extra special bonuses going on now and extra special pricing this week only. So if you want to do and you want the to do list the action steps already laid out for you. And basically everything I just told you to do in terms of like organizing, and focusing on the next step of your business. I do that all for you around your signature program in the bundle and take all the guesswork and really just give you a step by step do exactly this. And you will have a signature program out into the world that is creating income for you and your business. So if that is something you’re interested in, Shawnmynar.com/bundle That is your link to get the special pricing going on this week and the extra special bonuses. And that will be ending soon. So Shawnmynar.com/bundle, and until next time, take care. Hey friend, real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Sean miner.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I’ll see you over there

 

It’s Time To Make Some Money! [Client Attraction Challenge #5]

How To Stand Out From The Crowd In A Saturated Industry — Ep. 158

Do you ever feel like there are SO many people doing what you’re doing or want to be doing that you’ll never be able to stand out from the crowd? Do you worry that your industry is saturated and your business will get lost in the sea of competitors? Knowing your industry, market, and competition is important as a business owner, but often, that knowledge also means we get worried about our place within that. So on this episode, I’m sharing a list of practical, simple things you can do to make sure you stand out in your industry and attract people to your work.

“There’s so many different personality traits… but being able to express that fully is what will get people attracted to you.” – Shawn Mynar

“Get specific, know and speak directly to your niche.” – Shawn Mynar

“When you have a program, no one is going to have anything like it, that is why it is signature because it also involves how you guide people, how you organize it, the journey that you’re taking someone on and most importantly the support and community that you build around it.” – Shawn Mynar

“You have to have a message and you need to bring it to the surface over and over again. It’s something that you really want your dream clients to know, and feel and realize themselves.” – Shawn Mynar

Signature Program In A Day FREE, LIVE Workshop – shawnmynar.com/day

Instagram – @shawnmynar

FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:

0:00
Do you ever feel like there are so many people doing what you want to be doing that you’ll never be able to stand out from the crowd? Do you worry that your industry is saturated and your business will get lost in this sea of competitors, knowing your industry market and competition is important as a business owner, but often that knowledge also means we start getting worried about our place within that whole thing. So on this episode, I’m sharing a list of practical, simple things that you can do today to make sure you stand out in your industry and attract people to your work. Let’s dive in.

0:41
Hey, there, I’m Sean miner, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business way work from home in my sweat pants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.

1:25
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host on each and every episode of this show. Thank you so much for being here on this episode. And for every one that you check out. Your support means the world. Today we’re approaching a topic that I think is pretty relevant to a lot of you listening out there, and the industries that you might be in and feeling like they are saturated feeling like there’s just a lot of people doing what you want to or are doing, or something similar. And so how can you stand out in the crowd. And that is what we’re going to talk about today. I do want to let you know quickly before we get into it that I am hosting the signature program in a day free live workshop coming up next week, next Tuesday, August 9, if you’re listening to this, around the time when it airs, we have a free live workshop coming up for anyone who thinks they might want to add a signature program to their business. Or if you know you do but you’re still not doing it. This is the place for you to be because we are going to do it together. By the time you are done. With the workshop, you will have the clarity around your signature program, you’ll get a lot of questions answered, you will be able to move on to the next step of actually creating the thing because you’ve gotten all of the pieces of the puzzle in place. That is the goal. That is what we’re doing together. It is free, it is alive. It is interactive. It is one of those things where you come in and you do some work. And you brainstorm and you share and you get some ideas going and you see how it feels. It’s not one of these sit back. And just like watch this webinar where you don’t even actually learn anything or take anything away from it. This is an experience, if you want in head to Shawnmynar.com/day That’s d-a-y Shawnmynar.com/day. Again, it is happening August 9, at 11am. Mountain Time, you can do the math to figure out what that is where ever you are located in the world. If at all possible. It really is one of those opportunities that you want to be at live. If you can, if you can make it work. If you can rearrange your schedule, and fit that time in it is so valuable. watching a replay. Yeah, that’s works. And I will definitely provide a replay if you can’t be there live as long as you register, because that’s how I know that you want a replay. But it’s just one of those things where the energy, the vibe, and what we’re doing together really works best alive because you can do it right then and there. You can actually do the work at that time with everyone doing it together. So it’s really fun. I ran this a couple of months ago, it was such a blast. We had so much fun. And it was such a success, like so many people really really enjoyed it and really got a lot out of it. But I wanted to make sure to do it again relatively soon. So those that couldn’t be there the first time still had that opportunity and

5:00
could really get going with this without having to wait even longer. So Shawnmynar.com/day, save your seat and I will see you there live, it’s going to be so much fun.

5:12
Now, getting into the topic of an industry being saturated. First of all, let’s be clear on this one thing, the industry that you are in, isn’t saturated. Really, any industry and any business in any area only becomes saturated, when everybody who has the problem that your product or service solves has a resolution to that problem, when the problem no longer exists anymore, because everyone already has a product that helps or has gone through the service that helps. And now there is no more problem, which if you think about it, that’s actually very few industries, that is when we actually have a saturation in the market. And then you might need to start worrying about your business and your idea and if it really is viable at that point. So instead of saying saturated, we can say mature for sure which I still I think most of you that are in a service based business, and a lot of you are in a wellness industry, or some type of business where you help others that isn’t even mature, that isn’t even definitely not saturated, and isn’t even mature isn’t even there yet, it’s still a fresh new industry on so many levels. So let’s just say for example, that you are a nutritionist, does everyone have the knowledge and education they need on what they should and should not be eating for their specific health needs? Absolutely not, like 90% of people have no idea and don’t even know where to go to get that information. That is how I knew that kind of industry is the nutrition health coach kind of industry, like this didn’t wasn’t really a big thing in like, 1950, you know, so relatively speaking, very new, very young type of industry. Same thing goes for like a mindset coach, for example, is everyone walking around in like this state of peace, and they have total awareness, and they have no limiting beliefs, they can just glide through life with no problems. Of course not absolutely not, again, a very new young industry, and so much opportunity there for people who need and want your help, both now people that are aware of their needs and desires now, and years from now, as this becomes more and more and more well known as the industry progresses. So when we’re really thinking in terms of like, is the market I’m in saturated? Why are there so many people doing what I want to be doing? Instead of thinking in that regard, I want you to think about the number of people who still need your help the whatever, 7 billion I don’t even know what we’re at anymore people in this world that you could be of service to that your business could help. And when you start thinking of it that way, then it takes on a whole new meaning and a whole new level. And that’s really the beauty of having a service based business, which is what a lot of you out there listening right now have is because I don’t know that it’s really ever going to be possible to be in a completely saturated industry, in your area in what service you provide. Because there’s very few people if any, doing exactly what you do. There are obviously people who have studied what you have studied. There are people who help the people that you help, but no one is doing exactly what you do. And we’ll talk about that coming up in a way for you to stand out from the crowd. So that all being said, I still I know that it feels like there are a lot of people doing what you are doing or want to be doing. I think this is especially the case when you are you know, say you’re on social media or you’re listening to podcasts, you’re consuming content of other people who are doing something similar to what you

10:00